THE PREROGATIVE OF POPULAR GOVERNMENT. A Politicall Discourse in two Books.

  • The former Containing the first Praeliminary of Oceana, inlarged, interpreted, and vindicated from all such mistakes or slanders as have been alledged against it under the Notion of Objections.
  • The Second Concerning Ordination, against Dr. H. Hamond, Dr. L. Seaman, And the Authors they follow.

In which two Books is contained the whole Commonwealth of the Hebrews, or of Israel, Senate, People, and Magistracy, both as it stood in the Institution by Moses, and as it came to be formed after the Captivity.

As also the different Policies introduced into the Church of Christ, during the time of the Apostles.

By JAMES HARRINGTON.

Without counsell purposes are disappointed, but in the multitude of Coun­sellors they are established. Solomon.
La multitudine è piu Savia è piu costante ch'vn Principe. Machiavil.

LONDON, Printed for Tho. Brewster at the three Bibles at the West end of Pauls Church-yard, 1658.

The Epistle Dedicatory.

I Dedicate my Book to the Mirth and Discourse of the Ʋniversity Wits or good Companies, upon condition that they laugh not alwaies in the wrong place; for if a Man who can tell what he would have be ridicu­lous, what are such as would have they know not what?

Policy is an Art, Art is the Observation or Imitation of Nature, Nature is the Provi­dence of God in the Government of the world, whence he that proceeds according unto Prin­ciples acknowledgeth Government unto God, and he that proceeds in defiance of Princi­ples, attributes Government unto Chance, which denying the true God, or introducing a false One, is the highest point of Atheisme or Superstition.

Nullum numen abest, si sit Prudentia; sed te
Nos facimus, Fortuna, Deam, Coelo (que) locamus.

[Page]I neither do nor ever did refuse Obedience unto any Government, I never was nor am of any party, I go not about as some that would impose their own impertinence or absurdities upon me, endeavour to insinuate to settle a Commonwealth an't please you, which belongs not to me, but I undertake, as any man may do, to vindicate the reason of Popular government. In which Controversie let him that will buckle with me, I will give him a fall or he shall give me one, nor care I whether, because who ever get the fall, the good Companies and the good people too of this Nation will get arise in that knowledge, which if we be not like them that dwell upon the Cataracts of Nylus, among all this noice we have bad and are like to have of Axes and Hammers, is the most seasonable and necessary. But the University Wits or good Companies, are good at two Things, at diminishing a Com­monwealth and at Multiplying a Louse.

An Answer to three Objections against Popular government, that were given me after these two Books were Printed.

Object. 1.

MOnarchical government is more Natural, be­cause wee see even in Commonwealths that they have recourse unto this, as Lacedemon in her Kings; Rome both in her Consuls and Dictators, and Venice in her Dukes.

Answer. Government whether Popular or Monarchical is equally artificial; wherefore to know which is the more natural, we must consider what piece of Art cometh nearest unto Nature; as for example, whether a Ship or an House be the more natural, and then it will be easie to resolve that a Ship is the more natural at Sea, and an House at Land. In like manner where one man or a few men are the Landlords, Monarchy must doubtlesly be the more natural, and where the whole people are the Landlords, a Commonwealth; for how can we un­derstand that it should be natural unto a people that can live of themselves, to give away the means of their livelyhood to one or a few men that they may serve or obey? Each government is equally artificial in effect or in it self, and equally natural in the cause, or the matter upon which it is founded.

A Commonwealth consists of the Senate propo­sing, [Page] the People resolving, and the Magistracy exe­cuting; so the power of the Magistrates (whether, Kings as in Lacedemon, Consuls as in Rome, or Dukes as in Venice) is but barely executive, but to a Monarch belongs both the Result and Execu­tion too; wherefore that there have been Dukes, Consuls, or Kings in Common wealths, which were quite of another nature, is no Argument that Mo­narchical government is for this cause the more natural.

And if a man shall instance in a mixed govern­ment, as King and Parliament, to say, that the King in this was more natural then the Parliament, must be a strange Affirmation.

To argue from the Roman Dictator, an imperfe­ction which ruin'd that Commonwealth and was not to be found in any other, that all Common­wealths have had the like recourse in exigences unto the like remedy, is quite contrary to the uni­versal testimony of Prudence or Story.

A man who considers that the Commonwealth of Venice hath stood one thousand years, which never any Monarchy did, and yet shall affirm that Monarchical government is more natural then Popular, must affirm that a thing which is less na­tural may be more durable and permanent then a thing that is more natural.

Whether is a government of Laws less natural then a government of Men? or is it more natural unto a Prince to govern by Laws or by Will? Compare the violences and bloody rapes perpetu­ally made upon the Crown, or Royal dignity in the Monarchies of the Hebrews and the Romans, with the State of the government under either Commonwealth, and tell me which was less vio­lent [Page] or whether that which is more violent must therefore be more natural.

Object. 2.

The government of Heaven is a Monarchy, so is the government of Hell.

Answer. In this (saith Machiavel) Princes lose themselvesand their Empire that they neither know how to be perfectly good nor intirely wicked. He might as well have said, that a Prince is always subject to error and misgovernment, because he is a Man, and not a God nor a Divel. A shepherd unto his flock, a plough-man to his team is a better Na­ture, and so not only an absolute Prince but as it were a God. The government of a better or of a superior Nature, is to a worse or inferior as the go­vernment of God. The Creator is another and a better nature then the creature, the government in Heaven is of the Creator over his creatures that have their whole dependence upon him and subsi­stence in him. Where the Prince or the Few have the whole Lands, there is some what of dependence resembling this; so the government there, must of necessity be Monarchical or Aristocratical; But where the people have no such dependence, the causes of that Government which is in Heaven are not in Earth; for neither is the Prince a distinct or better Nature then the people, nor have they their subsistence by him; and there­fore there can be no such effect. If a man were good as God, there is no question but he would be not only a Prince but a God, would go­vern by love and be not only obeyed but wor­shipped: or if he were ill as the Divel, and had as much power to do mischief, he would be dreaded [Page] as much and so govern by fear. To which later the nature of man hath so much nearer approaches, that albeit we never saw upon Earth a Monarchy like that of Heaven, yet it is certain the perfection of the Turkish Policy lies in this, that it cometh nearest to that of Hell.

Object. 3.

God instituted a Monarchy, namely in Melchizedec, before he instituted a Commonwealth.

Answer. If Melchizedec were a King so was Abraham too,though one that paid him tithes, or was his subject; for Abraham made War or had the power of the Sword, as the rest of the Fathers of Families he fought against; So if Canaan were a Monarchy in those days, it was such an one as Germany is in these, where the Princes also have as much the right of the Sword as the Emperor, which comes rather (as hath been shewn already) to a Com­monwealth; but whether it were a Monarchy or a Commonwealth we may see by the present state of Germany, that it was of no great good Example, nor was Melchizedec otherwise made a King by God then the Emperor; that is as an Ordinance of Man.

FINIS.

Epistle to the Reader.

WHo so sheddeth Mans bloud, by Man shall his bloud be shed; for in the Image of God made He Man. If this Rule hold as well in shedding the bloud of a Turk as of a Christian, then that wherein Man is the Image of God is Reason. Of all Controversies, those of the Pen are the most Ho­nourable; for in those of Force, there is more of the Image of the Beast; but in those of the Pen, there is more of the Image of God. In the Con­troversies of the Sword, there is but too often no other reason then Force; but the Controversie of the Pen hath never any Force but Reason. Of all Controversies of the Pen next those of Religion, those of Government are the most honourable, and the most useful, the true end of each, though in a different way, being that the will of God may be done in Earth as it is in Heaven. Of all Contro­versies of Government, those in the vindication of Popular Government are the most Noble, as that from whence all we have that is good is descended to us, and which if it had not been, Mankind at this day had been but a Herd of Beasts. The Prero­gative of Popular government must be in an ill hand, or is a Game against which there is not a Card in the whole Pack, for we have the Books of Moses, those of the Greeks and of the Romans, not to omit [Page] Machiavel, all for it: what have they; what can they have against us? A Sword; but that rusts, or must have a Scabbard, and the Scabbard of this kind of Sword is a good frame of Government.

A Man may be possessed of a Piece of ground by force, but to make use or profit of it, he must Build upon it, and Till it, by reason; whatever is not foun­ded upon Reason cannot be permanent. In reason there be two parts. Invention and Judgement. As to the later; in a Multitude of Counsellors (say both Solomon and Machiavel) there is strength. For Judgement there is not that Order in Art or Na­ture that can compare with a Popular Assembly. The voice of the People is the voice of God. Hence it is, that in all well Order'd Policies the people have the ultimate result: but unless there be some other to invent, a Popular Assembly can be of no effect at all, but confusion. Invention is a solitary thing. All the Physicians in the world put together inven­ted not the circulation of the bloud, nor can in­vent any such thing, though in their own Art; yet this was invented by One alone, and being in­vented is unanimously voted and embraced by the generality of Physicians. The Plough and Wheels were at first (you must think) the invention of some rare Artists, but who or what shall ever be able to tear the use of them from the people? Hence, where Government is at a loss, a sole Legi­slater is of absolute Necessity; nay where it is not at a loss, if it be well modelled, as in Venice, the Proposers though frequently changeable, as in that case is Necessary, are very few, as the Counsellers, the Savi the Provosts. Where ever a Common­wealth is thus proposed to▪ the ballance or Popular Assembly will doe her duty to admiration, but till [Page] then never. Yet so it hath been with us of late years, that albeit in Royal Authority there was no more then the right of proposing, and the King himself was to stand ( legibus & consuetudinibus quas vulgus elegerit) to the result of the People, the popular Coun­cil hath been put upon Invention, and they that have been the prevailing party have used means to keep the Result unto themselves, quite contrary unto the nature of popular Administration. Let one speak and the rest judge. Of what ever any one Man can say or doe, Mankind is the Natural and competent Judge, in which is contained the very reason of Parliaments: through the want of this Understanding came in Confusion. Man that is in Honour and hath no understanding is like the Beasts that perish. Nor can we possibly return unto Order but by mending the hedge where it was broken. A prudent intire and fit proposition made unto a free Parliament recovers all. To them who are of the greatest Eminency or Autho­rity in a Commonwealth belongs Naturally that part of Reason which is invention, and using this, they are to propose: but what did our Grandees ever invent or propose, that might shew so much as that themselves knew what they would be at? and yet how confidently do they lay the fault upon the people and their unfitness (forsooth) for Go­vernment: in which they are wondrous wise. For this I will boldly say where there was an Aristocra­cy that performed their duty, there never was nor ever can be a people unfit for Government; but to the contrary, where the Aristocracy have failed, the people (being once under Orders) have held very often. But while they are not under Orders if they fail it is not their fault, but the fault of the [Page] Aristocracy; for who else should model a govern­ment but Men of Experience? There is not in England (I speak it to their shame) one GRANDEE that hath any perfect knowledge of the Orders of any one Commonwealth that ever was in the World. A way with this same grave complection, this huff of wisdom maintain'd by making faces. The people cannot doe their duty consisting in judgement but by virtue of such Orders as may bring them together and direct them; but the duty of the Aristocracy consisting in invention may be done by any one man and in his study; and where is there that one man among all the Grandees that studies? They are so far from knowing their own duty, that a Man for proposing that in which no man can find a flaw hath done e­nough to be ridiculous unto them, who are ridicu­lous unto the whole world in that they could never yet propose any thing that would hold.

But if this amount unto a demonstration it amounts unto a cleer detection of your profound Grandees, and a full proof that they are Phanatical persons, State-Jesuits, such as have reduced the Politicks to Mental reservation, and implicite faith in their nods or night-caps.

God to propose his Commandements to the peo­ple of Israel, wrote them in two Tables; the De­cemviri to propose their Commandements unto the people of Rome, wrote them in twelve Tables. The Athenians proposed in writing sign'd with the name of the particular Inventor, After this pattern doe the Venetians (as was said) the same at this day. But no Goose-quil, no scribling, your Grandees are above this.

Moses who was the first Writer in this kind shall [Page] be pardoned, but Machiavel the first in later times that hath revived his principles, or trodden in his steps, is deservedly pelted for it by Sermons. They are not for the Scripture but the Cabala.

I will tell you a Story out of Bocalini. Apollo having spy'd the Philosopher and great Master of silence Harpocrates in the Court of Parnassus, used such importunity with him, that for once he was perswaded to speak, upon which such apparent dis­covery was made of the Hypocrite, and the plump ignorance which he had so long harber'd under a deceitful silence, that he was forth with banished the Court. Were there cause I could be modest, but this virtue to the diminution of sound and wholesome principles would be none: wherefore let a Grandee write and I will shew you Harpo­crates.

Thus having sufficiently defi'd Sir Guy, I may with the less impeachment of reputation descend unto Tom Thumbe. Not that I hold my self a fit person to be exercised with Boys-play, but that some, who should have more wit, have so little as to think this something. A good Rat-catcher is not so great a blessing unto any City, as a good Juggler-catcher would be unto this Nation. Now because I want an Office, I shall shew my Parts unto my Countrey, and how fit I am for the white Staff or long Poll of so worshipful a Preferment.

‘Ridiculus ne sis, esto.’
THE FIRST BOOK, CONT …

THE FIRST BOOK, CONTAINING The first Praeliminary of Oceana, in­larged, interpreted, and vindicated from all such mistakes or slanders as have been alledged against it under the notion of Objections:

[...]
[...]

A full Answer to all such Objections as have hitherto been made against OCEANA.

NEither the Author or Authors of the Consi­derations upon Oceana, nor any other have yet so much as once pretended one Contradi­ction or one Inequality to be in the whole Common­wealth. Now this is certain, That Frame of Govern­ment which is void of any contradiction or any inequality is void of all internall causes of diso­lution, and must for so much as it embraceth have attained unto full perfection: This by wholesayl is a full Answer unto the Considerations, with all other obje­ctions hetherto and will be (with any Man that Compre­hends the nature of Government) unto Thousands of such Books or Meriads of such tittle tattle. Nevertheless be­cause every man is not provided with a sum▪ in the fol­lowing discourse I shal comply with them that must have things by retayl, or somewhat for their Farthing.

Preface.

IT is commonly said (and not without en­couragement by some who think they have Parnassus by the horns) that the Univer­sity hath lashed me: so it seems I have to do with the University, and lashing is lawful; with both which I am contented. In Moor-fields while the People are busie at their sports, they often and ridiculously lose their Buttons, their Ribbands, and their Purses; where, if they light, as sometimes they doe, upon the Masters of that Art, they fall on kicking them awhile, (which one may call a rude Charge) and then to their work again. I know not whether I invite you to Moor-fields, but (difficile est Satyram non scri­bere) all the favour I desire at your hands is but this, that you would not so condemn one Man for kicking, as in the same Act to pardon another for cutting of purses. A Gentleman that commits a fallacious argument to writing, or goes about to satisfie others with such reasons as he is not satisfied with all himself, is no more a Gentle­man but a pick pocket; with this in my mind, I betake my self unto my work, or rather to draw open the Cur­tain, and begin the Play.

One that hath written Considerations upon Ocea­na, speaks the Prologue in this manner, I beseech you Gentlemen, are not we the Writers of Politiques somewhat a ridiculous sort of People? Is it not a Epist. fine piece of folly for private men sitting in their Cabinets to Rack their brains about Models of Government? Certainly our Labours make a very [Page] pleasant recreation for those great Personages who sitting at the Helm of Affairs have by their large experience not onely acquired the perfect Art of Ruling, but have attained also unto the compre­hension of the Nature and Foundation of Govern­ment. In which egregious Complement the Conside­rer hath doft his considering Cap.

It was in the time of Alexander the greatest Prince and Commander of his age, that Aristotle with scarce inferiour Applause and equall fame, being a private Man, wrote that excellent piece of Prudence in his Cabi­net, which is called his Politicks, going upon far other Principles then those of Alexander's government, which it hath long out-lived: the like did Titus Livius in the time of Augustus, Sir Thomas Moore in the time of Henry the Eighth, and Machiavil when Italy was under Princes that afforded him not the ear. These works nevertheless are all of the most esteemed and ap­plauded in this kind; nor have I found any Man, whose like endeavours have been persecuted since Plato by Dionysius. I study not without great examples, nor out of my calling; either Armes or this Art being the proper Trade of a Gentleman. A man may be in­trusted with a Ship and a good Pilot too, yet not under­stand how to make Sea-cards. To say that a Man may not write of Government, except he be a Magistrate, is as absurd as to say that a man may not make a Sea-card unless he be a Pilot. It is known that Christopher Columbus made a Card in his Cabinet that found out the Indies. The Magistrate that was good at his Stee­rage never took it ill of him, that brought him a Card, seeing whether he would use it or no was at his own choice; And if flatterers (being the worst sort of Crows) did not pick out the eyes of the living, the ship of Govern­ment at this day throughout Christendome had not [Page] struck so often as she hath done. To treat of affairs Arte della Guer. Proem. (saith Machiavil) which as to the conduct of them appertain to others, may be thought a great bold­nesse; but if I commit errors in writing, these may be known without danger, whereas if they com­mit errors in acting, such come not otherwise to be known, then in the ruine of the Commonwealth. For which cause I presume to open the Scene of my Dis­course, which is to change according unto the variety of these following Questions.

  • Whether Prudence be well distinguisht into An­tient
    I.
    and Modern?
  • Whether a Commonwealth be rightly defined
    II.
    to be a Government of Laws, and not of Men: and Monarchy to be a Government of some Man, or few Men, and not of Laws?
  • Whether the ballance of Dominion in Land be
    III.
    the Natural cause of Empire?
  • Whether the ballance of Empire be well divi­ded
    IIII.
    into National and Provincial; and whether these two, or Nations that are of distinct ballance, comming to depend upon one and the same head, such a mixture create a new ballance?
  • Whether there be any common Right or Interest
    V.
    of Mankind, distinct from the parts taken seve­rally; and how by the Orders of a Common­wealth this may best be distinguisht from private Interest?
  • Whether the Senatusconsulta or decrees of the
    VI.
    Roman Senate had the power of Laws?
  • Whether the Ten Commandements proposed
    VII.
    by God or Moses, were voted by the people of Israel?
  • Whether a Commonwealth comming up to the
    VIII.
    perfection of the kind, come not up to the per­fection [Page] of Government, and have no flaw in it?
  • Whether Monarchy comming up to the perfe­ction
    IX.
    of the kind, come not short of the perfection of Government and have some flaw in it? in which is also treated of the ballance of France, of the O­riginal of a landed Clergy, of Armes and their kinds.
  • Whether a Commonwealth that was not first
    X.
    broken by her self, were ever conquer'd by any Monarch?
  • Whether there be not an Agrarian, or some Law
    XI.
    or Laws of that Nature to supply the defect of it in every commonwealth; and whether the Agra­rian as it is stated in Oceana be not equal and satis­factory to all Interests or Parties?
  • Whether courses or Rotation be necessary unto
    XII.
    a well Order'd Commonwealth? In which is con­tained the Parembole or courses of Israel before the captivity, together with an Epitome of the whole commonwealth of Athens, as also another of the commonwealth of Venice.

Antient and Modern Prudence. CHAP. I. Whether Prudence be well distinguished into Antient and Modern.

THe Considerer, where by Antient Prudence I understand the Policy of a Common-wealth, and by Modern Prudence that of King, Lords and Commons, which introduced by the Goths & Vandals upon the ruine of the Roman Empire, hath since reigned in these Western Countreys, till by the predominating of some one of the three parts, it be now almost universally extingui­shed; thinks it enough for the confutation of this distin­ction, to shew out of Thucidides that of Monarchy to be a more Antient policy than that of a Commonwealth. Upon which occasion, I must begin here to discover that which the farther I go will be the more manifest; Namely that there is difference between quoting Authors, and say­ing some part of them without book: this may be done by their words, but the former no otherwise then by keeping unto their sense. Now the sense of Thucidides as he is tran­slated by Mr. Hobbs, in the place alleaged is thus: The manner (saith he) of living in the most Antient times of Greece was Thieving, the stronger going abroad under the Thu. B. 1. P. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. conduct of their most puissant Men, both to enrich themselves, and fetch home maintenance for the weak; for there was neither traffick, propriety of Lands, nor constant Abode, till Minos built a Navy, and expelling the Malefactors out of the Islands, planted Colonies of his own, by which means they who inhabited the Sea coasts, becomming more addicted to riches, grew more constant to their dwellings; of whom some [Page 2] grown now rich, compassed their Towns about with walls. For out of desire of gain the meaner sort underwent servitude with the Mighty; and the Mighty (thus overballancing at home) with their wealth, brought the lesser Cities (abroad) into sub­jection. Thus Pelops, though he were a stranger, obtained such power in Peloponesus that the Countrey was called after his Name; Thus Atreus obtained the Kingdome of Mycenae, and thus Kingdomes with honours limitted came to be heredi­tary; and rising to power proceeded afterwards to the war against Troy. After the war with Troy, though with much adoe, and in a long time Greece had constant rest (and land without doubt came to propriety) for shifting their seats no longer, at length they sent Colonies abroad; The Athenians into Ionia with the Islands, the Peloponesians into Italy, Si­cily, and other parts. The power of Greece thus improved, and the desire of money with all, their Revenues (in what? not in money, if yet there were no usury: therefore ex­cept a Man can shew that there was usury in Land) being enlarged, in most of the Cities there more erected Tyrannies. Let us lay this place unto the former, when out of desire of gain the meaner sort underwent servitude with the Mighty, it caused hereditary Kingdomes with honours limitted, as hap­pen'd also with us since the time of the Goths and Vandals. But when the people came to Propriety in Land, and their Revenues were enlarged, such as assumed power over them, not according unto the Nature of their Propriety or Bal­lance, were Tyrants; well, and what remedy? why, then it was (saies the Considerer) that the Grecians out of an extreme aversion to that which was the cause of their present sufferings slipt into Popular Government, not that upon calm Consid. p. 4. and mature debates they found it best, but that they might put themselves at the greatest distance (which spirit usually ac­companies all Reformations) from that with which they were grown into dislike. Whereby he agrees exactly with his Author in making out the true force and Nature of the ballance, working even without deliberation, and whether Men will or no. For the Government that is Natural and easie being in no other direction than that of the respective ballance, is not of choice but of necessity. The Policy of King, Lords and Commons was not so much from the pru­dence [Page 3] of our Ancestors, as from their Necessity. If Three hundred Men held at this day the like overballance unto the whole People, it were not in the power of Prudence to institute any other then the same kind of Government, through the same Necessity. Thus the meaner sort with Thucidides submitting unto the Mighty, it came to King­domes with hereditary honours; but the People comming to be wealthy, called their Kings though they knew not why, Tyrants, nay and using them accordingly found out means with as little deliberation it may be as a Bull takes to tosse a Dog, or a Hern to split an Hawk; that is, rather (as at the long run they will ever doe in the like case) by instinct than prudence or debate, to throw down that, which by the meer information of sense they could no longer bear, and which being thrown down they found themselves eased. But the question yet remains, and that is (forsooth) whether of these is to be called Antient Prudence. To this end, never Man made a more unlucky choice then the Considerer hath done for himself of this Author, who in the very beginning of his book speaking of the Pelopenesian war, or that between the Commonwealths of Athens and Lacedemon, saies, that the Actions which preceded this, and those again that were more antient, though the truth of them through length of time cannot by any means be clearly disco­vered, yet for any argument that (looking into times far past) he had yet light on to perswade him, he does not think they have been very great either for matter of war, or otherwise; that is for matter of Peace or Government; And lest this should not be plain enough, he calls the Prudence of the Mr. Hobbs in the Magire. three Periods (observ'd by Mr. Hobbs) that from the be­ginning of the Grecian memory to the Trojan war, That of the Trojan war it self, and that from thence to the present Thu. B. 1. p. 3. Commonwealths and Wars, whereof he treateth, The Im­becility of antient times. Wherefore certainly this Prevarica­tor (to give him his own fees) hath lesse discretion then a Common Attorney, who will be sure to examine onely those Cousid. p. 34. witnesses that seem to make for the cause in which he is en­tertained. Seeing that which he affirmeth to be Antient Prudence is deposed by his own witness to have been the imbecility of antient times, for which I could have so many [Page 4] more then I have leisure to examine, that (to take onely of the most Authentick) as you have heard one Greek, I shall add no more then one Roman, and that is Florus in his Prologue where computing the ages of the Romans, (in the same manner Thucidides did those of the Greeks) he affirmeth the time while they lived under their Kings, to have been their infancy, that from the Consuls until they conquer'd Italy, their youth; that from hence unto their Emperors, their Manly age, and the rest (with a Complement or Salvo unto Trajan his present Lord) their dotage.

These things, though originally all Government among the Greeks and the Romans were Regall; are no more then they who have not yet passed their Novitiate in story might have known. Yet says the Considerer, It seems to be a de­fect Consid. p. 2. 3. of experience to think that the Greek and the Roman actions are only considerable in antiquity. But is it such a defect of experience to think them only considerable, as not to think them chiefly considerable in antiquity, or that the name of ancient Prudence doth not belong unto that prudence which was chief in Antiquity? True saith he, it is very frequent with such as have been conversant with Greek and Roman Authors to be led by them into a belief that the rest of the world was a rude inconsiderable people, and which is a term they very much delight in, altogether Bar­barous. This should be some fine Gentleman that would have Universities pulld down; for the Office of an Uni­versity is no more then to preserve so much of Antiquity as may keep a Nation from stinking or being barbarous, which falt grew not in Monarchies but in Commonwealths; or whence hath the Christian world that Religion and those Laws which are now common, but from the He­brews and Romans, or from whence have we Arts but from these or the Greeks? That we have a Doctor of Divinity or a Master of Art we may thank Popular government, or with what languages with what things are Schollars conversant that are otherwise descended? will they so plead their own cause as to tell us it is possible there should be a Nation at this day in the world without Universities, or Universities without Hebrew, Greek and Latine, and not be barbarous, that is to say, rude, unlearned, and in­considerable? [Page 5] Yes, this humour even among the Greeks and Romans themselves was a servile addiction unto narrow Prin­ciples, and a piece of very pedantical pride. What man! the Greeks and the Romans that of all other would not serve, servile! their Principles, their Learning, with whose scraps we set up for Bachelours, Masters and Doctors of fine things, narrow! their inimitable eloquence a piece of very Pedantical pride! The world can never make sense of this any otherwise then that since Heads and Fellows of Col­ledges became the only Greeks and Romans; the Greeks and Romans are become servily addicted, of narrow Principles, very Pedants, and prouder of those things they do not understand, then the other were of those they did; For say they, in this question, the examples of the Babyloni­ans, Persians, and Egyptians (not to omit the antient and like modern discoveries of the Queen of the Amazons, and of the King of China) cannot without grosse partiality be neglected. This is pretty; they who say nothing at all to the policy of these governments, accuse me, who have fully opened it, of negligence. The Babylonian, Persian, and (for ought appears to the contrary) the Chinesse Po­licy, is summed up, and far exceld by that at this day of Turky; and in opening this, I have opn'd them all, so far from neglect, that I everywhere give the Turk his due, whose policy I assert to be the best of this kind, though not of the best kind. But they will bear me down and but with one Argument (which I beseech you mark) that it is absolutely of the best kind; for say they, it is of a more absolute form (hath more of the Man and less of the Law in it) then is to be met with in any Kingdome of Europe.

I am amazed! This is that kind of government which to hold Barbarous, was in the Greeks and Romans Pedan­tical pride, but would be in us who have not the same tempta­tion of Interest, downright folly. The Interest of a people is not their guide but their temptation! we that hold our land divided among us, have not the same temptation of in­terest that had the servile Hebrews, Greeks and Romans, but the same that had the free people of Babylon, Persia and Egypt, where not the people but the Prince was sole Land­lord! O the Arts in which these men are Masters! To fol­low [Page 6] the Pedantical pride of Moses, Lycurgus, Solon, Ro­mulus, were with us downright folly; but to follow humble and learned Mahomet or Ottonian, in whose only Model the perfection of the Babylonian, Persian, Egyptian policy is consummated, is antient Prudence! Exquisite Polititians! egregious Divines for the leading of a people into Egypt or Babylon! These things considered, whether antient pru­dence as I have stated it be downright folly, or as they have stated it, be not downright knavery, I appeal unto any Court of Claims in the world, where the Judges (I mean) have not more in their Caps then in their heads, and in their Sleeves then the scarlet. And whereas men love compen­dious works, if I gain my cause, the Reader, for an answer unto the Oxford book need look no farther then this Chap­ter. For if Riches and Freedome be the end of Govern­ment; and these men propose nothing but slavery, beg­gary and Turcisme, what need more words?

CHAP. II. Whether a Commonwealth be rightly defined to be a Go­vernment of Laws and not of Men, and a Monarchy to be the Government of some Man or few Men, and not of Laws.

THat part of the Preliminaries, which the Praevari­cator (as is usual with him) recites in this place fasly and fraudulently, is thus. Relation had unto these two times (that of Antient, and that of Modern Prudence) the One as is computed by Janotti ending with the Liberty of Rome, the other beginning with the Arms of Caesar (which extinguishing liberty became the translation of Antient into Modern Prudence, introduced in the ruine of the Roman Empire by the Goths and Van­dals) Government to define it (de jure) or according unto Antient prudence, is an Art whereby a civil Society of Men, is instituted and preserved upon the foundation of Common right or interest, or (to follow Aristotle and Livy) it is an Empire of Laws, and not of Men.

[Page 7] And Government to define it (de facto) or according unto Modern prudence, is an Art whereby some Man, or some few Men subject a City or a Nation, and rule it according unto his or their private interest, which because the Laws in such cases are made according to the interest of a Man, or some few Families, may be said to be an Empire of Men, and not of Laws.

Hereby it is plain, whether in an Empire of Laws, and not of Men, as a Commonwealth; or in an Empire of Men, and not of Laws, as Monarchy;

First, That Law must equally proceed from will, that is either from the Will of the whole People, as in a Common­wealth; from the will of one Man, as in Absolute, or from the will of a few Men, as in regulated Monarchy.

Secondly, That will whether of one, or more, or all, is not presumed to be, much lesse to Act without a Mover.

Thirdly, That the Mover of Will is Interest.

Fourthly, That Interests also being of one, of more, or of all; those of one Man, or of a few Men, where Laws are made accordingly, being more private, then comes duly up unto Law (the Nature whereof lyeth not in partiality but in Justice) may be called the Empire of Men, and not of Laws: And that of the whole People comming up to the Publique Interest (which is none▪ other then Common right and Justice, excluding all partiality or private Interest) may be truly called the Empire of Laws, and not of Men. By all which put together, whereas it is demonstrable, that in this division of Government, I do not stay at the Will, which must have some Motive or Mo­ver, but go unto the first and remotest Notion of Government in the Foundation and Origination of it, In which lies the cre­dit of this Division, and the Definition of the several members; that is to say, of interest whether private or publique: The Praevaricator telleth me, That this Division of Govern­ment Consid. p. 6▪ having (he knows not how) lost her Credit, the defini­tions of the several Members of it need not be considered far­ther then that they come not at all up to the first and remotest notion of Government in the Foundation and Origination of it, in which lies all the difficulty, and being here neglected, there is little hope the subsequent discourse can have in it the [Page 8] light of probable satisfaction, much less of force of infallible demonstration.

Very good, Interest it should seem then is not the first and remotest Notion of Government, but that which he will out-throw, and at this cast, by saying that the Declaration of the will of the Soveraign power is called Law, which if Consid. p. 8. it out-live the person whose will it was, it is onely because the persons who succeed in power are presumed to have the same will, unless they manifest the contrary, and that is the abroga­tion of the Law; so that still the Government is not in the Law, but in the person whose will gave a being unto that Law. I might as well say, The Declaration unto all men by these presents that a man oweth money is called a Bond, which if it outlive the person that entred into that bond, it is only because the persons that succeed him in his estate, are presumed to have the same will, unlesse they manifest the contrary, and that is the abrogation or cancelling of the bond; so that still the debt is not in the bond, but in his will who gave a being unto that Bond. If it be alledged a­gainst this example that it is a private one, the Case may be put between several Princes, States, or Governments, or between several States of the same Principality or Go­vernment, whether it be a regulated Monarchy or a Com­monwealth; for in like Obligation of the States, (as of the King, the Lords and Commons) or parties agreeing, Au­thoritate Patrum & jussu Populi, till the Parties that so a­greed to the Obligation, shall agree to repeal or cancel it, lyeth all law, that is not meerly in the will of one Man, or of one State, or Party as the Oligarchy. But not to dis­pute these things farther in this place, let the Government be what it will, for the Prevaricator to fetch the Origina­tion of Law no farther then the will, while he knows very well that I fetcht it from interest, the Antecedent of will; and yet to boast that he hath out-thrown me, I say he is neither an honest man, nor a good Bowler. No matter, he will be a better Gunner; For where I said that the Magi­strate upon the Bench is that unto the Law, which a Gun­ner upon his Platform is to his Cannon; he goes about to take better Aim, and says, if the proportion of things be ac­curately considered, it will appear that the Laden Cannon [Page 9] answers not to the Laws, but to the power of the person whose will created those Laws: which if some of them, that the power of the person whose will created them, intended should be of as good stuff or Carriage as the rest, do never­theless according unto the Nature of their matter or of their charge, come short or over, and others break or re­coyl: sure this Report of the Prevaricator is not accord­ing unto the bore of my gun, but according unto the bore of such a Gunner. Yet again, if he be not so good a Gunner, he will be a better Anatomist; For whereas I affirm, that to say, Aristotle and Cicero wrote not the rights or rules of their Politicks, from the Principles of Nature, but transcribed them into their books out of the practice of their own Commonwealths, is as if a man should say of famous▪ Hervey, that he transcribed his Circulation of the bloud, not out of the principles of Nature, but out of the Anatomy of this or that body: he answers, that the whole force of this objection amounts but to this, that because Hervey in his Circulation, hath follow'd the Principles of Nature; therefore Aristotle and Cicero have done so in their Dis­courses of Government.

Pretty! It is said in Scripture, thy Word is sweet as honey; Amounts that but to this, because honey is sweet, there­fore the Word of God is sweet? To say that my Lord Protector hath not conquer'd many Nations, were as if one should say that Caesar had not conquer'd many Nati­ons; Amounts that but to this, that because Caesar con­quer'd many Nations; therefore my Lord Protector hath conquer'd many Nations; what I produce as a similitude, he calls an objection, where I say as he says because; what in­genuous man doth not detest such a cheat! A similitude is brought to shew how a thing is or may be; not to prove that it is so; it is used for illustration, not as an argu­ment; the Candle I held did not set up the post, but shew where the post was set, and yet this blind Bayard hath run his head against it. Nor hath he yet enough; if he be not the better Naturalist, he will be the better Divine, though he make the worse Sermon. My Doctrine and Use upon that of Solomon, I have seen servants upon horses, and Princes walking as servants upon the Earth, discovers the true means [Page 10] whereby the Principles of Power and of Authority, the goods of the mind and of the fortune may so meet and twine in the wreath or Crown of Empire, that the Go­vernment standing upon Earth, like an Holy Altar, and breathing perpetual Incense unto Heaven, in Justice and Piety, may be something as it were between Heaven and Earth, while that only which is proposed by the best, and resolved by the most becomes Law; and so the whole Go­vernment an Empire of Laws, and not of Men. This he says, is a goodly Sermon; it is honest and sense. But let any man make sense, or honesty of this Doctrine, which is his own; To say that Laws doe or can govern is to amuse Consid. p. 7. our selves with a form of speech, as when we say Time, or Age, or Death does such a thing, to which indeed the phansie of Poets or superstition of Women may adapt a person, and give a power of Action; but wise Men know they are onely expres­sions of such Actions or qualifications as belong to things and persons.

Speak out, is it the word of God, or the knavery and nonsense of such Preachers that ought to Govern? Are we to hearken unto that of the Talmud, There is more in the word of a Scribe then in the words of the Law, or that which Christ thereupon saith unto the Pharisees; You have made Mat. 15. 6. the word of God of none effect by your traditions? Say, is a Commonwealth to be govern'd in the word of a Priest or a Pharisee, or by the Vote of the People, and the Interest of Mankind?

CHAP. III. Whether the Ballance of Dominion in Land be the Na­tural Cause of Empire.

THe Doctrine of the Ballance is that, though he strain at it, which choaks the Prevaricator: for this of all other is that Principle, which makes the Politiques (not so before the Invention of the same) to be undeniable throughout; and (not to meddle with the Mathematicks [Page 11] an Art I understand as little as Mathematicians doe this) the most demonstrable of any whatsoever.

For this cause I shall rather take pleasure then pains to look back or tread the same path with other and perhaps plainer steps; As thus; If a man having one hundred pounds a year, may keep one servant, or have one man at his Command, then having one hundred times so much, he may keep one hundred servants; and this multiply'd by a thousand, he may have one hundred thousand men at his Command. Now that the single person, or Nobility in any Countrey of Europe, that had but half so many men at Command, would be King or Prince, is that which I think no Man will doubt. But ( Point d'argent Point de Suisse) if the Money be flown, so are the Men also. Though riches in general have wings, and be apt to bate; yet those in Land are the most hooded and ty'd unto the Pearch, whereas those in money have the least hold, and are the swiftest of flight. A Bank where the money takes not wing, but to come home seased, or like a Coy Duck, may well be great; but the Treasure of the Indies going out, and not upon returns makes no Bank; Whence a Bank never paid an Army, or paying an Army, soon became no Bank. But where a Prince or a Nobility hath an estate in Land, the Revenue whereof will defray this Charge; there their men are planted, have toes that are roots, and Armes that bring forth what fruit you please.

Thus a single person is made, or a Nobility makes a King not with difficulty or any great prudence, but with ease, the rest comming home, as the Oxe that not only knows his masters Crib, but must starve or repair to it. Nor for the same reason is government acquired with more ease then it is preserved; that is, if the Foundation of Propriety be in Land; but if in money, lightly come, lightly go. The rea­son why a single person or the Nobility that hath One hundred Thousand men, or half so many at Command, will have the Government, is that the Estate in Land whereby they are able to maintain so many, in any Euro­paean Territory, must overballance the rest that remains unto the People, at least, three parts in four, by which means they are no more able to dispute the Government [Page 12] with him or them, then your servant is with you. Now for the same reason, if the People hold three parts in four of the Territory, it is plain there can neither be any single person nor Nobility able to dispute the Government with them; in this case therefore (except force be interposed) they govern themselves. So by this computation of the ballance of propriety or dominion in Land, you have according unto the Threefold Foundation of Propriety, the root or generation of the Threefold kind of Govern­ment or Empire.

If one man be sole Landlord of a Territory, or over­ballance Oceana, p. 4. the whole People, three parts in four, or therea­bouts, he is grand Seignior; for so the Turk not from his Empire, but his Propriety is called, and the Empire in this case is absolute Monarchy.

If the few, or a Nobility, or a Nobility with a Clergy be Landlords unto such a proportion as over ballanceth the People in like manner; they may make whom they please King, or if they be not pleased with their King, down with him, and set up whom they like better, an Henry the fourth, or the seventh, a Guise, a Montforth, a Nevil, or a Por­ter, should they find that best for their own ends and pur­poses: For as not the ballance of the King, but that of the Nobility in this case is the cause of the Government, so not the Estate or riches of the Prince or Captain, but his virtue or ability, or fitnesse for the ends of the Nobility, acquires that Command or Office. This for Aristocracy, or mixed Monarchy. But if the whole People be Landlords, or hold the Land so divided among them, that no one Man, or Number of Men within the Compasse of the Few or Aristo­cracy overballance them, it is a Common-wealth. Such is the branch in the Root, or the ballance of Propriety na­turally producing Empire, which not confuted, no Man shall be able to batter my superstructures, and which con­futed, I lay down my Armes. Till then, if the Cause ne­cessarily praecede the effect, Propriety must have a being before Empire, or beginning with it, must be still first in order.

Propriety comes to have a being before Empire or Go­vernment two wayes, either by Natural or violent revolu­tion. [Page 13] Natural revolution happeneth from within, or by Commerce, as when a Government erected upon one [...] ­lance, that for example of a Nobility or a Clergy, through the decay of their Estates comes to alter unto another bal­lance; which alteration in the Root of Propriety leaves all unto Confusion, or produceth a New branch or Govern­ment according to the kind or nature of the roote. Vio­lent revolution happeneth from without, or by Armes, as when upon Conquest there followes confiscation. Confis­cation again is of three kindes, when the Captain taking all unto himself, plants his Army by way of Military Colo­nies, Benefices, or Timars, which was the policy of Maho­met; or when the Captain hath some sharers, or a Nobi­lity that divides with him, which was the policy introdu­ced by the Goths and Vandals; or when the Captain di­vides the Inheritance by lots, or otherwise, unto the whole People; which Policy was instituted by God or Moses in the Commonwealth of Israel. This triple distribution whether from natural or violent revolution, returns as to the generation of Empire, unto the same thing that is unto the nature of the ballance already stated and demonstra­ted; Now let us see what the Praevaricator will say, which first is this.

The Assertion that Propriety producing Empire consisteth only in Land, appears too positive. A Pig of my own Sow; Consid. p. 14. this is no more then I told him, only there is more imply'd in what I told him, then he will see; which therefore I shall now farther explain. The ballance in money may be as good or better then that of Land in three cases. First, where there is no propriety of Land yet introduced, as in Greece during the time of her Antient imbecility, whence (as is noted by Thucidides) the meaner sort through desire of gain, underwent the servitude of the Mighty. Se­condly, in Cities of small Territory and great Trade, as Holland and Genoa, the Land not being able to feed the People, who must live upon Traffick, is overballanced by the means of that Traffick; which is money. Thirdly, in a narrow Countrey, where the lots are at a low scantling, as among the Israelites, if Care be not had of money in the regulation of the same, it will eat out the ballance of [Page 14] Land. For which cause though an Israelite might both have money, and put it forth unto usury; ( Faenera­bis multis gentibus, Thou shalt lend (upon usury) unto many nations) yet might he not lend it upon usury unto a Citi­zen Deut. 15. 6. 23. 19. or brother ( Non Faenerabis fratri tuo) whence two things are manifest. First, that Usury in it self is not unlawful. And next that Usury in Israel was no other­wise forbidden, then as it might come to overthrow the ballance or foundation of the Government, for where a Lot as to the General amounted not perhaps to four acres: a Man that should have had a Thousand pounds in his Purse, would not have regarded such a lot in compari­rison of his mony, & he that should have been half so much in debt, would have been quite eaten out. Usury is of such a Nature as not forbidden in like cases, must devour the Government. The Roman People while their Territory was no bigger, and their lots (which exceeded not two Acres a Man) were yet scanter, were flead alive with it; and if they had not helped themselves by their tumults and the institution of their Tribunes, it had totally ruin'd both them and their Government. In a Commonwealth whose Territory is very small, the ballance of the Go­vernment being laid upon the Land, as in Lacedemon, it will not be sufficient to forbid usury; but money it self must be forbidden; Whence Lycurgns allow'd of none, or of such only as being of Old, or otherwise useless Iron, was little better, or (if you will) little worse than none. The Prudence of which Law appeared in the neglect of it, as when Lysander General for the Lacedemonians in the Peloponesian war, having taken Athens, and brought home the spoil of it, occasion'd the ruine of that Commonwealth in her Victory. The Land of Canaan compared with Spain or England, was at the most but a Yorkeshire, and Laconia was lesse then Canaan. Now if we imagine York­shire divided as was Canaan, into six hundred thousand lots, or as was Laconia into thirty Thousand; a Yorkeshire Man having one Thousand pounds in his purse, would, I believe, have a better estate in Money then in Land; wherefore in this Case to make the Land hold the bal­lance, there is no way but either that of Israel, by forbid­ding [Page 15] usury, or that of Lacedemon, by forbidding money. Where a small summe may come to overballance a Mans estate in Land, there I say Usury or money for the preser­vation of the ballance in Land, must of Necessity be for­bidden, or the Government will rather rest upon the bal­lance of money, then upon that of Land, as in Holland and Genoa. But in a Territory of such extent as Spain, or England, the Land being not to be overballanced by money, there needeth no forbidding of money or usury. In Lacedemon Merchandize was forbidden, in Israel and Rome it was not exercised; wherefore unto these Usury must have been the more destructive; but in a Countrey where Merchandise is exercised, it is so far from being de­structive, that it is necessary; else that which might be of profit to the Commonwealth would rust unprofitably in private purses, there being no Man that will venture his money but through hope of some gain; which if it be so regulated that the Borrower may gain more by it then the Lender (as at four in the Hundred, or thereabouts) Usu­ry becomes a Mighty profit unto the Publique, and Cha­rity unto private Men; in which sense we may not be per­swaded by them that do not observe the different causes that it is against Scripture. Had usury to a brother been permitted in Israel that government had been overthrown: but that such a Territory as England or Spain cannot be overballanced by money, whether it be a scarce or a plen­tiful Commodity, whether it be accumulated by Parsi­mony, as in the purse of Henry the 7th, or presented by Fortune, as in the Revenue of the Indies, is sufficiently demonstrated, or shall be.

First, by an Argument ( ad hominem one) good enough Consid. p. 12. for the Praevaricator, who argues thus; The wisedom or the riches of another Man can never give him a Title to my Obe­dience, nor oblige Mr. Harrington to give his Cloaths or Money to the next Man he meets, wiser or richer then himself.

If he had said stronger, he had spoiled all; for the par­ting with a mans Cloaths or Money in that case cannot be helped; now the richer as to the case in debate, is the stronger; that is, the advantage of strength remains unto the ballance. But well; he presumes me to have Cloaths [Page 16] and Money of mine own, Let him put the same case in the People or the similitude doth not hold: But if the people have Cloaths and Money of their own, these must either rise (for the bulk) out of Propriety in Land, or at the least out of cultivation of the Land, or the revenue of Industry, which if it be dependent, they must give such part of their Cloaths and Money to preserve that dependence out of which the rest ariseth, to him or them upon whom they depend, as he or they shall think fit, or parting with no­thing unto this end must lose all; that is, if they be Te­nants, they must pay their Rent or be turned out. So if they have Clothes and Money dependently, the ballance of Land is in the Landlord or Landlords of the People: but if they have cloaths and money independently, then the ballance of Land must of Necessity be in the People them­selves, in which case they neither would if there were any such, nor can because there be none such, give their money or cloaths to such as are wiser, or richer, or stron­ger then themselves. So it is not a mans cloaths and money, or riches, that obligeth him to acknowledge the title of his obedience unto him that is wiser or richer, but a mans no cloaths, nor money, or his poverty, with which if the Praevaricator should come to want, he could not so finely praevaricate but he must serve somebody, so he were rich, no matter if less wise then himself; Wherefore seeing the People cannot be said to have cloaths and mo­ney of their own without the ballance in Land, and ha­ving the ballance in Land, will never give their cloaths, or money, or obedience unto a single person or a Nobility, though these should be the richer in money, the Praevari­cator by his own Argument hath evinced that in such a Territory as England or Spain, Money can never come to overballance Land.

For a second Demonstration of this Truth, Henry the Seventh (albeit he mist of the Indies, in which for my part I think he hit) was the richest in money of English Princes. Neverthelesse this accession of Revenue did not at all praeponderate on the Kings part, nor change the bal­lance. But while making Farmes of a Standard, he en­creased the Yeomanry; and cutting off Retainers, he a­based [Page 17] the Nobility, began that breach in the ballance of Land, which proceeding hath ruin'd the Nobility, and in them that Government.

For a Third, the Monarchy of Spain, since the silver of Potosi sailed up the Guadalquivir, which in English is, since that King had the Indies, stands upon the same ballance in the Lands of the Nobility on which it al­ways stood.

And so the Learned Conclusion of the Praevaricator, Consid. p. 16. That it is not to be doubted but a Revenue sufficient to main­tain a force, able (to cry ware hornes) or beat down all opposition, does equally conduce to Empire, whether it arise from Rents, Lands, Profits of ready Money, Duties, Customs. &c. asks you no more then where you saw her premisses: For unless they ascended his Monti, and his Banks, it is not to be imagined which way they went, and with these be­cause he is a profest Zealot for Monarchy; I would wish him by no means to be Montebanking or medling; for the Purse of a Prince never yet made a Bank; nor till Spending and Trading money be all one, ever shall. The Genoese (which the King of Spain could never doe with the Indies) can make you a Bank out of Letters of Exchange, and the Hollander with Herrings. Let him come no more here; Where there is a bank, ten to one, there is a Commonwealth. A King is a Souldier, or a Lover; neither of which makes a good Merchant; and without Merchandize, you will have a lean bank. It is true, the Family of the Medice's were both Merchants, and made a Bank into a Throne: but it was in a Commonwealth of Merchants, in a small Territory, by great purchases in Land, and rather in a meer confusion then under any set­tled government; which causes if he can give them all such another meeting, may do as much for another Man; otherwise let it be agreed and resolved, that in a Terri­tory of any extent, the ballance of Empire consists in Land and not in money, always provided that in case a Prince have Occasion to run away (as Henry the third of France out of Poland) his ballance in ready money is abso­lutely the most proper for the carrying on of so great, and suddain an Enterprize.

[Page 18]It is an excellent way of disputing, when a man hath alled­ged no experience, no example, no reason to conclude with no doubt. Certainly upon such occasions it is not unlawful nor unreasonable to be merry. Reasons (says one Comme­dian) are not so common as Blackberrys. For all that (saith an­other Commedian) no doubt but a revenue in taxes is as good as a revenue in fee-simple, for this, in brief, is the sense of his former particular, or that part of it, which the Monti and the Banks being already discharged, remains to be answer'd. Yet that the Rents and Profits of a mans land in Fee-simple or Propriety, come in naturally and easily, by common consent or concernment; that is, by virtue of the Law founded upon the publick interest, and there­fore voluntarily established by the whole people, is an ap­parent thing. So a man that will receive the Rents and Profits of other mens Lands, must either take them by meer force, or bring the people to make a Law devesting them­selves of so much of their Propriety; which upon the mat­ter is all one, because a people possest of the ballance, can no otherwise be brought to make such a Law farther then they see necessary for their common defense, but by force, nor to keep it any longer then that force continues. It is true, there is not only such a thing in nature as health, but as sickness: nor do I deny that there is such a thing as a government against the ballance. But look about, seek, find where it stood, how it was ycleeped, how liked, or how long it lasted. Otherwise the comical Proposition comes to this, It is not to be doubted but that violence may be permanent or durable, and the Blackberry for it is be­cause nature is permanent or durable! What other con­struction can be made of these words? It is not to be doubted but a revenue sufficient to maintain a force able to beat down all opposition (that is a force able to raise such a revenue) doth equally (on which word grows the Blackberry) con­duce to Empire: that is as much as could any natural ballance of the same! He may stain mouths, as he hath done some, but he shall never make a Politician. The Earth yieldeth her natural increase without losing her heart; but if you come once to force her, look your force continue, or she yields you nothing: and the ballance of [Page 19] Empire consisting of Earth, is of the nature of her E­lement.

Divines are given to speak much of things which the Considerer baulks in this place that would check them, to Consid. p. 23. the end he may fly out with them in others, whereunto they do not belong, as where he saith, that Government is founded either upon Paternity, and the natural advantage the first Father had over all the rest of Mankind, who were his sons, or else from the increase of strength and power in some Man or Men, to whose will the rest submit, that by their submission they may avoid such mischief, as otherwise would be brought upon them. Which two Vagaries are to be fetched home unto this place.

For the former; if Adam had lived till now, he could have seen no other then his own Children, and so that he must have been King by the right of Nature, was his pecu­liar Prerogative. But whether the eldest son of his house, if the Praevaricator can find him, at this time of the day. have the same right, is somewhat disputable; because it was early when Abraham and Lot dividing Territories, became several Kings: and not long after when the sons of Jacob being all Patriarchs, by the appointment of God (whose right sure was not inferiour unto that of Adam though he had lived) came under Popular Government. Wherefore the advantage of the first Father is for grave Men a pleasant phancy, neverthelesse if he had lived till now, I hope they understand that the whole Earth would have been his demeans, and so the ballance of his pro­priety must have answered unto his Empire: as did that also of Abraham and Lot unto theirs. Wherefore this way of deduction comes directly home again unto the ballance. ( Pater familias Latifundia possidens, & neminem aliâ lege in suas terras recipiens quam ut ditioni suae, qui recipiuntur, G. De jure belli, l. 1. c. 3. se subjiciant est Rex) Fathers of families are of three sorts, either a sole Landlord, as Adam, and then he is an abso­lute Monarch; or a few Landlords as Lot and Abraham with the Patriarchs of those days, who if they joyned not together, were so many Princes, or if they joyned, made a mixed Monarchy, or as Grotius believes a kind of Com­monwealth administred in the Land of Canaan by Melchi­sedec, [Page 20] unto whom as King and Priest Abraham paid tithes of all that he had. Such a Magistracy was that also of Je­thro King and Priest in the Commonwealth of Midian. Fathers of families for the Third sort, as when the Multi­tude are Landlords (which hapned in the division of the Land of Canaan) make a Commonwealth; and thus much how ever it was out of the Praevaricators head in the place now reduced, he excepting no farther against the ballance, then that it might consist as well in money, as in land, had confessed before.

His second Vagary is in his deduction of Empire from increase of strength, for which we must once more round a­bout our Coal fire. The strength wherof this effect can be expected, consists not in a pair of fists, but in an Army, and an Army is a beast with a great belly, which subsisteth not without very large pastures; so if one man have sufficient pasture, he may feed such a beast, if a few have the pasture they must feed the beast, and the Beast is theirs that feed it. But if the People be the sheep of their own pastures, they are not onely a flock of sheep, but an Army of Lyons, though by some accidents, as I confessed before, they be for a season confinable unto their Dens. So the advan­tage or increase of strength depends also upon the bal­lance. There is nothing in the world to swear this Prin­ciple out of countenance, but the fame of Phalaris, Gelon, Dionysius, Agathocles, Nabis, &c. with which much good do them that like it. It is proper unto a Government upon the ballance to take root at home and spread out­wards; and to a Government against the ballance to seek a root abroad, and to spread inwards; The former is sure, but the later never successeful. Agathocles for having conquer'd Affrica, took not the better root in Sy­racusa. (Parvi sunt arma for as nisi sit consilium domi.)

To conclude this Chapter, the Praevaricator gives me this thank for finding out the ballance of dominion (be­ing as antient in Nature as her self, and yet as new in Art as my writings) that I have given the world cause to com­plain of a great disappointment, who while at my hand that satisfaction in the Principles of Government was expected, which several great wits had in vain studied, have in diver­sifying [Page 21] riches in words only as Propriety, Dominion, Agrarian, Ballance, made up no more then a new Lexicon expressing the same thing that was known before, seeing the opinion that riches are power is (as antient as the first book of Thucydi­des or the Politicks of Aristotle, and) not omitted by M. Hobbs, or any other Politician. Which is as if he had told Dr. Harvey, that whereas the blood is the life, was an O­pinion as antient as Moses, and no girl ever prickt her fin­ger, but knew it must have a course; he had given the world cause to complain of a great disappointment in not shewing a man to be made of Gingerbread, and his Veins to run Malmesey.

CHAP. IIII. Whether the Ballance of Empire be well divided into National and Provincial; and whether these two, or Nations that are of distinct ballance, comming to de­pend upon one and the same head, such a mixture create a new ballance?

THe Ballance of Empire that is National as it is stated in the former Chapter, stands in regulated or mixed Monarchy upon the Propriety or Native interest of the Nobility, in a Commonwealth, upon the Propriety or Native interest of the People; so these are very natural. But the ballance of absolute Monarchy partaking of force, as well as Nature, is a mixed thing and not much different from the ballance of Provincial Em­pire, or the manner of holding a Province or conquer'd Countrey. In a Province, if the Native that is rich be admitted unto power, the power grows up Native, and o­vertops the Forreign; therefore you must either▪ not plant your Citizens in your Provinces, where in time they will become native, or so planting them neither trust them with Power nor with Armes. Thus the Provincial bal­lance comes to be contrary to the National. And as [Page 22] where Empire is Native or national the administration of it can be no otherwise then according to the National bal­lance; so where Empire is forreign or provincial the admi­nistration of it can be no otherwise then contrary unto the national ballance. That this may be admitted without Opposi­tion, Consid. p. 16. 17. the Considerer is inclining to allow, Always provided that he be satisfied in this demand, whether distinct ballances under the same Head or Governour, as those of Castile and Aragon, the power of the King (I presume he means by the ballance of a Nobility) being greater in the One, and that of the People in the other, may not so poise one the other, as to produce a new ballance. To which I answer, that no One government whatsoever hath any more then one of two ballances; that (except in the Cases excepted) of Land which is National, or that of Armes which is Pro­vincial. Wherefore if the King of Spain by his war a­gainst the Commons alter'd the Ballance of Aragon, it must have been one of two ways, either by strengthning the ballance of the Nobility, and governing the Aragonian People by them, in which case their ballance though al­ter'd, remained yet National; or by holding both Nobi­lity and People by a Provincial Governour and an Army, in which Case his Empire in that Kingdome is Provincial. There is no Third way, nor putting the Case that the bal­lance of Castile be National, and that of Aragon Provin­cial; doth this any more create in the Monarchy of Spain a Third ballance of Empire, then did the Multiplication of Associations and Provinces diverse for their ballances in the Commonwealth of Rome. England and Scotland be­ing united in one Prince, made (if it had been rightly used) an increase of strength, but not a Third ballance; nor do the Kingdoms in Spain. Whether a Soveraignty have many Territories and Provinces in subjection, or in League, it is all one as to this point; the stronger Union or League will give the stronger ballance, and the Case of the present Soveraignties in Europe being no other; the more nice then wise Speculation of the Considerer, who hath not been able to discern the ballance of a League from that of Empire, is a Mares nest.

CHAP. V. Whether there be any Common right or interest of Man­kind distinct from the parts taken severally; and how by the Orders of a Commonwealth it may best be distinguisht from private interest.

IN the next place the Prevaricator does not go about to play the man, but the unlucky boy. Where I say that Consid. p. 19. 20 the soul of man is Mistress of two potent rivals, Reason and Passion; he doth not stand to weigh the truth of the thing, or the fitness of the comparison, either of which had been fair; but tumbles Dick upon Sis, the Logick upon the Rhetorick, the sense upon the figure, and scuds away in this manner. If I could be perswaded Mr. Harrington were so far in earnest, as to expect any man should be convin­ced by the metaphorical use of two or three words some far­ther consideration might be proposed. This is to use his Readers, as the Fox doth the Dogs, when having pissed upon his tail, and flapped it in their eyes, he gets away. Doth not his Book deserve to be guilded and carry'd in Statesmens pockets? Alasse, mine are nothing ( Quis leget haec? vel duo vel nemo) they break the Stationer. And yet let me comfort my self, Whose are better? the preva­ricator seems to set every whit as light by those of Hooker and Grotius, at least where they favour me. The opinions of Grotius (saies he) cannot oblige us beyond the reasons whereon they are founded; and what are those? he will dispute against that which he dares not repeat: that his Comment may take you by the Nose he hath left out the Text. The words of Grotius are of this sense. Though it In preleg. De jure B. ac. P. be truly said that the creatures are naturally carried forth, unto their proper utility: this ought not to be taken in too general a sense, seeing diverse of them abstain from their own profit, either in regard of those of the same kind, or at least of their young. Which words, saith the Prevaricator, carry a great restriction in them, and the way of producing actions [Page 24] in beasts is so different from the emanation of humane reason (mark the Impostor! the Author is speaking of natural affection, and he wipes out that, and puts in humane rea­son) that the inferences from (the natural affection of) the one, to the (degree of reason which is in the) other, must needs be very weak. Excellent! doth it therefore follow that the eminent degree of reason, wherewith all God hath endued man, must in him deface that natural affection, and desertion in some cases of private for common good, which is apparent even in beasts? What do reverend Di­vines mean to cry up this Infidel? Nay, is not he worse then an infidel that provideth not for his own family? A Commonwealth is but a great family; and a family is a little Commonwealth. Even Beasts in sparing out of their own mouths, and exposing themselves unto danger for their young, provide for their families; and in providing for their families, provide for their whole Commonwealth; that is, forsake in some things their private good and safe­ty, for the good of the publick or of the kind. In this case it is that even stones or heavy things (saies Hooker) for­sake Book 1. their ordinary wont or center and fly upwards, to re­lieve the distress of nature in common. Wretch that he is, shall a stone upon this occasion fly upwards, and will he have a man to go downwards! Yes, Mr. Hooker' s ex­pression (saith he) is altogether figurative, and it is easier to prove from thence that things wanting sense make dis­courses, and act by election, then that there is such a thing as a common interest of mankind. This is like the rest, Hooker speaketh of the necessity that is in nature, and this Gentle­man translateth that sense into the word election. So be­cause a stone is necessitated to comply with the common interest of nature, without Discourse or Election; there­fore it rather follows from hence that things wanting sense make discourses and act by election then that there is such a thing as a common interest of mankind. His old trick. I do not say that because it is so with the creatures, there­fore it must be so with man: but as we see it is with the creatures in this part, so we find it to be with man. And that so, and more then so, we find it to be with man (who though he le evil gives good things unto his children, will work [Page 25] hard, lay up, deny himself, venture his life for his little Commonwealth) is thus farther demonstrated. All civil Laws acknowledge that there is a common interest of mankind, and all civil laws proceed from the nature of man; therefore it is in the nature of man to acknowledge that there is a common interest of mankind. Upon this acknowledgement of mankind, a man that steals is put to death, which certainly is none of his private interest; nor is a man put to death for any other mans private interest; therefore there is a common interest of mankind distinct from the parts taken severally. But this though acknow­ledged in part by all Governments, yet through their na­tural frailty is nothing so well provided for in some as in others: for if the power be in one or a few men; one or a few men (we know) may be thieves, and the rather be­cause applying money that is publick, without a conside­ration that is publick, unto uses that are private, is thie­ving. But such thieves will not be hanged; in this case therefore the Government goeth not upon publick but private interest. In the frame of such a Government as can go upon no other then the publick interest, consi­steth that whole Philosophy of the Soul which concerneth Policy: and this whole Philosophy of the Soul being throughout the Commonwealth of Oceana demonstrated; For the Prevaricator to insinuate that I have omitted it, is to shew what it is that he loveth more then truth. The main of this Philosophy consisteth in deposing passion and advancing reason unto the Throne of Empire. I expected news in this place, that this were to promise more for the Magistrate or the people, then hath been performed by Stoicks, but two Girles (meaning no body any harm) have provoked his wrath (forsooth) to such extravagancy by the way, that though in all modesty it were for­bidden (as he confesseth) by their cheeks, which discove­ring the green sickness, shew'd that they were past the rod, he hath taken them up! ( Tantaene animis coelestibus ire!) what he may have in school Divinity for so rude a charge, I do not know; but he shall never be able to shew any Maxime for this kind of Discipline or Philosophy of the soul either in Chevalry or the Politicks. The offence of the [Page 26] Girles was no more, then that having a Cake (by gift of an Uucle or an Aunt, or by purchase, or such an one per­haps as was of their own making) in common, or between them, the one had most accurately divided, and the other was about to choose; when in comes me this rude fellow. How now Gentlewomen, saies he, what dividing and choo­sing! Consid. p. 22. 23. will no less serve your turn then the whole mystery of a well order'd Commonwealth? who has taught you to cast away passion (an't please you) like the Bran, and work up Reason as pure as the Flower of your Cake? Are you acquainted with the Author of Oceana, that hath seen forraign Countries, conversed with the Speculativi, learnt of the most serene Lady Venetia to work with bobbins, makes you a Magistracy like a Pippin pye, and sells Butterprints with S. P. Q. R. ? Have done as you dread Ballads, fusty Pamphlets, or the O­stracisme of Billingsgate. Have done I say; will you vy that green in your cheeks with the purple of the State? must your mother, who was never there her self, seek you in the Oven? Come, when I live to see Machiavil in puff-paste, a Commonwealth come out of a Bakehouse, where smocks were the boulters, let me be a Millhorse.—But now you must know comes the best jest of all, and I need not say that it comes from Oxford; he tells them that their Cake is dough, (let it not be lost I beseech you) and so snatching it away, eats it▪ for all the world as Jack pudding eats the Custard. Did you ever see such a Bestia?

But whereas either Office, that of dividing or choosing, was Communicable unto either of the Girles, it is not in­different in the distribution of a Commonwealth, because dividing is separating one thing, one reason, one interest, or consideration from another, which they that can so discern in private affairs are called discreet, but they that can doe it in Publick are prudent, and the way of this kind of di­viding in the language of a Commonwealth, is debating. But they that are capable of this kind of dividing or deba­ting are few among many, that when things are thus di­vided and debated, are able enough to choose, which in the language of a Commonwealth is to resolve. Hence it is that the debate of the few because there be but few that can debate, is the wisest debate, and the result of the many [Page 27] (because every man hath an interest what to choose, and that choice which suteth with every mans interest, exclu­deth the distinct or private interest or passion of any man, and so commeth up unto the Common and Publick inte­rest or reason) is the wisest result. Unto this end, God who doth nothing in vain, hath so divided Mankind into the Few, or the Natural Aristrocacy, and the Many, or the Natural Democracy, that there can hardly be upon any Occasion, a meeting of Twenty men, wherein it will not be apparant; or in which you may not see all those lines which are requisite unto the face of a beautiful Common­wealth. For example among any Twenty men, occasio­nally met, there will be some few (perhaps six) excelling the fourteen in greatness of parts. These six falling into discourse of business, or giving their judgement upon per­sons, or things, though but by way of meer conversation, will discover their abilities; whereupon they shall be list­ned unto and regarded by the Fourteen; that is, the six will acquire an Authority with, and imprint a Reverence upon the Fourteen, which Action and Passion in the Ro­man Commonwealth were called Authoritas Patrum, & verecundia Plebis; Nevertheless if the six endeavour to ex­tend the authority which they find thus acquired to Power, that is, to bring the Fourteen to Terms or Conditions of obedience, or such as would be advantageous unto the few, but prejudicial to the many; The Fourteen will soon find that consenting they hurt not only themselves by endam­maging their own interests, but hurt the Six also who by this means come to lose their virtue, and so spoil their de­bate, which while such advantages are procurable unto themselves, will go no farther upon the Common good, but their private benefit. Wherefore in this Case they will not consent, and not consenting they preserve not onely their own liberty but the integrity of the Six also, who perceiving that they cannot impair the Common inte­rest have no other interest left but to improve it; And neither any conversation nor any people, how dull soever and subject by fits to be deluded, but will soon see thus much, which is enough, because what is thus proposed by the Authority of the Six or of the Senate, and resolv'd by the [Page 28] Fourteen or by the People, is enacted by the whole, and becomes that Law, then which (though mankind be not infallible) there can be nothing less fallible in Mankind. Art is the imitation of Nature, by observation of such lines as these in the face of Nature, a Politician limbs his Com­monwealth. But saith the Praevaricator, the Parologisme lies in this, that the Twenty men are first supposed to be a Consid. p. 26. Commonwealth, and then it is considered how they would dis­pose of the Government: What is this? Art is the imitation of nature; therefore Art presumes Nature to be Art. A Picture is the representation of a face; therefore the Pi­cture-drawer presumed the face to be a picture; and in this same, there is lying, being or squatting, a thing called a Parologisme. Did you ever hear such a Parakeetisme; for to speak a word without understanding, the sense of it is like a Parrat. And yet I wrong the Parrat in this com­parison; for she though she do not understand her self, is understood by others, whereas neither can this Prevarica­tor tell what he means, nor any man else; Or riddle me, riddle me what is this? The sense of want among men that are in equality of power may beget a desire of Exchange, as Consid. p. 27. Let me have your Horse, and you shall have my Cow, which is the fountain of private Contracts; but it is not to be with reason imagined, that this should be enough to make a man part with a natural freedome, and put himself into the hands of a Power from which he can afterward have no shield, though it should be used to his own destruction.

Most Victorious nonsense! for he that saies nothing, can­not be answered. It should seem if the Twenty men were indeed a Commonwealth, or in equality of power, (for so he puts the case) they might truck Horses and Cows, but not by any means consider or once let it enter into their heads, how by Art to make good their Natural freedome: That (unlesse they set up a Prince, as you shall see anon) were to part with their Natural freedome, and put themselves into the hands of a Power from which (there being no other Power but themselves) they can afterwards have no shield. To read it throughly for the understanding, as is intimated in his Epistle, will be more (I doubt) then his Book will obtain of any reader. Yet is he, in his own [Page 29] conceit, as sure footed as any Mule, & knowes the road. But Mr. Harrington hath not lost his way without company, (his brother) Grotius complains, that they who treat of Jus Genti­um do commonly mistake some part of the Roman Jus civile for it▪ & even so he laments (an't please you) that while Men professe to consider the Principles of Government they fall upon notions which are the meer effects of Government. But as an Ape is the more ugly for being like a Man; so this Praevaricator for making faces like Grotius. I, who am complained of, deriving Government from the true prin­ciple of the same, in the ballance or foundation, set the Superstructures accordingly, and he who complains (for­sooth) never so much as proposeth any thing like a Prin­ciple or Superstructure, but runs altogether upon meer Notions; As where he asks me, what security will you give, that the Six in their Consultations shall not rather aim at their own advantage then that of the Fourteen, and so make Consid. p. 28. use of the eminence of their parts to circumvent the rest? In another place he can answer himself and say, that the Fourteen or the People in this Constitution have the Vote and the Sword too. How then should the Six circumvent them? what security hath a Prince that his people will not pull him out of his Throne? why a Nobility or an Army; and are not the people in a Commonwealth their own Army? Is this to mind principles! On the other side, How (says he) shall we be satisfied that the Fourteen will not soon begin to think themselves wise enough to consult too, and making use of their excesse in power pull the Six off their Cushions? as if there were any experience publick or pri­vate, any sense, or reason, that men having the whole power in their own hands, would deprive themselves of Counsellours, or that ever a Commonwealth deposed the Senate, or can depose the Senate, and remain a Com­monwealth. The People of Capua being enraged to the full height, resolved and assembled together, (the Se­nate, if the People will, being always in their power,) on purpose to cut the Throats of the Senators, when Pacu­vius Calavius exhorted them that ere they went upon the design, they would first make election among themselves of a new Senate, which (the Throats of the Old being cut) [Page 30] might for the safety of the Commonwealth immediately take their places; for said he, (Senatum omnino non habere non vultis. Quippe aut Rex, quod abominandum, aut quod unum liberae civitatis Concilium est, Senatus habendus est) You Livy. must either have a King, which I do not finde by you that you intend, or what ever become of this, you must have some other Senate; for the Senate is a Council of such nature▪ as without it, no free City can subsist. By which speech of Pacuvius, the People (who thought themselves as the Considerer hath it, wise enough to consult,) being convinced, fell to work for the Election of a succeeding Senate out of themselves (the Praevaricator should not tell me of Notions, but learn that in a Commonwealth, there must be a Senate is a Principle) While the People of Cupua were intent upon choosing this new Senate, the parties proposed seemed unto them to be so ridiculously unfit for such an Office, that by this means comming to a neerer sight of themselves, they were secretly so filled with the shame of their Enterprize, that slinking away they would never after be known so much as to have thought upon such a Thing. Nor ever went any other people so far, not the Florentines themselves though ad­dicted to Innovation or changing of the Senate beyond all other examples. Sons of the University, Brothers of the Colledge: Heads and Points; you love fine words; whe­ther tendeth to bring all things into servitude, my Hypo­thesis, or his arochet. Hypothytes? For saith he, I am willing to gra­tifie Mr Harrington with his partition of the Twenty men into Six and Fourteen; but if I had been in an humour of contradiction, it had been as free for me to have said that some one of the twenty would have excell'd all the rest in judg­ment, experience, courage, and height of Genius, and then told him, that this had been a natural Monarchy established by God himself over Mankind. As if the Twenty would give their cloaths or money to the next man they meet wiser or richer then themselves, which before he denied (Oportet esse memorem) God established Kings no otherwise then by election of the people; and the Twenty will neither give their cloaths nor money, How then? why in comes a Gal­lant with a file of Musqueteers, what saies he, are you di­viding and choosing here? Go to, I will have no dividing, [Page 31] give me all. Down go the pots, and up go their heels: what is this? why a King! what more? by divine Right! As he took the Cake from the Girles!

CHAP. VI. Whether the Senatusconsulta or Decrees of the Roman Senate had the power of Laws?

AMong diverse and weighty reasons why I would have that Prince look well to his file of Musque­teers, this is no small one, that he being upon no ballance will never be able to give Law without them. For to think that he succeeds unto the Senate, or that the power of the Senate may serve his Turn, is a presumption will fail him. The Senate, as such, hath no power at all, but meer Authority of proposing unto the people, who are the Makers of their own Laws, whence the Decrees of the Senate of Rome are never Laws nor so called, but Senatus­consulta. It is true that a King comming in, the Senate as there it did, to his aid and advantage may remain, so they propose not as formerly unto the People, but now unto him who comes not in upon the right of the Senate, but upon that of the People (whence saith Justinian. Quod principi placuit legis habet vigorem, quum lege Regia quae de ejus imperio lata est, Populus ei, & in eum omnes imperium Consid. p. 30. 31. suum & potestatem concedat) Thus the Senatusconsultum, Macedonicum, with the rest that had place allowed by Justi­nian in the compilement of the Roman laws, were not Laws in that they were Senatusconsulta, or proposed by the Senate, but in that they were allowed by Justiman or the Prince, in whom was now the right of the People. Wherefore the Zelot for Monarchy hath made a ( pas de clerc or) foul step in his procession where he argues thus out of Cujacius. It was soon agreed that the distinct decrees of the Senate and People should be extended to the nature of laws; therefore the distinct decrees of the Senate are laws whether it be so a greed by the people, or by the Prince, or no. For thus he hath [Page 32] no sooner made his Prince, then he kicks him heels over head; Seeing where the Decrees of the Senate are Laws without the King, that same is as much a King, as the Prae­varicator a Politician. A law is that which was passed by the power of the people, or of the King. But out of the Light; In this place he takes a Welsh bait, and looking back makes a Muster of his Victories like the busling Consid. p. 32. Guascon, who to shew what he had thrown out of the Windows in his debauchery, made a formal repetition of the whole Inventary of the House.

CHAP. VII. Whether the Ten Commandements were proposed by God or Moses, and voted by the People of Israel.

ONe would think the Guascon had done well, Is he satisfied? No, he will now throw the House out of the Windows. The principal stones being already ta­ken Consid. p. 33. 35. from the Foundation, He hath a bag of certain windes wherewithall to reverse the super structures. The first wind he lets go is but a Puff, where he tells me that I bring Switz and Holland into the enumeration of the Heathen Commonwealths, which if I had done, their Liberties in many parts and places being more Antient then the Chri­stian Religion in those Countries (as is plain by Tacitus where he speaks of Civilis and of the Customs of the Ger­mans) I had neither wronged them nor my self: but I doe no such matter, for having enumerated the Heathen Com­monwealths, I add that the proceedings of Holland and Switz (though after a more obscure manner) are of the like Oceana p. 19. nature. The next is a Storm, while reproaching me of rudeness, he brings in Doctor Ferne and the Clergy by the head and the shoulders, who till they undertake the quarrel of Monarchy, to the confusion of the Common­wealth of Israel, at least so far forth that there be no weight or obligation in such an Example, are posted. As if Consid. p. 35. 40. for a Christian Commonwealth to make so much use of [Page 33] Israel, as the Roman did of Athens, whose Laws she tran­scribed, were against the Interest of the Clergy, which it seems, is so hostile unto Popular power, that to say the Laws of Nature though they be the fountains of all Civil Law, are not the Civil Law, till they be the Civil Law; Or thus, that thou shalt not kill, thou shalt not steal; though they be in natural Equity, yet were not the Laws of Israel or of England, till voted by the People of Israel, or the Parliament of England, is to assert the People into the Mighty liberty of being free from the whole Moral Law; and inasmuch as to be the adviser or perswader of a thing is lesse then to be the Author or Commander of it; to put an indig­nity upon God himself. In which fopperies, the Praevari­cator, boasting of principles, but minding none; first con­founds Authority, and Command, or Power: and nextfor­gets that the dignity of the Legislator, or (which is all one,) of the Senate succeeding unto his Office, as the San­hedrim unto Moses, is the greatest dignity in a Common­wealth; and yet that the Laws or Orders of a Common­wealth derive no otherwise, whether from the Legislator (as Moses, Lycurgus, Solon, &c.) or the Senate (as those of Israel, Lacedemon, or Athens) then from their Authority re­ceived and confirmed by the Vote or Command of the People. It is true, that with Almighty God it is other­wise then with a Mortal Legislator, but through ano­ther Nature which unto him is peculiar, from whom as he is the cause of being, or the Creator of Mankind, Omni­potent power is inseparable; yet so equal is the goodnesse of this Nature unto the greatnesse thereof, that as he is the Cause of welbeing by way of Election for Example in his chosen people Israel, or of Redemption, as in the Chri­stian Church, Himself hath prefer'd before his Empire, his Authority or Proposition. What else is the mea­ning of these words, or of this proceeding of his? Now therefore if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my Cove­nant, Exod 19 5. ye shall be unto me a Kingdom, or I will be your King; which Proposition being Voted by the People in the Affir­mative, God proceeds to propose unto them the Ten Com­mandements in so dreadful a manner, that the People be­ing exceedingly affrighted, say unto Moses, speak thou with [Page 34] us, and we will hear thee; that is, be thou henceforth our Exod. 20. 19. Legislator or Proposer, and we will resolve accordingly; but let not God speak with us, lest we die. From whence­forth God proposeth unto the People no otherwise then by Moses, whom he instructeth in this manner, These are the judgements which thou shalt propose or set before them. Deut. 29. 1. Wherefore it is said of the book of Deuteronomy contain­ing the Covenant which the Lord commanded Moses to make with the children of Israel in the Land of Moab, beside the Covenant which he made with them in Horeb (Haec est lex quam Moses proposuit) this is the law which Moses set before Deut. 4. 44. the children of Israel. Neither did God in this case make use of his Omnipotent power, nor Christ in the like, who also is King after the same manner in his Church, and would have been in Israel, where when to this end he might have muster'd up Legions of Angels, & been victorious with such Armies, or Argyraspides, as never Prince could shew the like, saies no more then O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how often would I have gathered thee and thy Children, as an Hen ga­thereth Math. 23. 37. her Chickens under her wings, and ye would not? where it is plain that the Jews rejecting Christ that he should not reign over them, the Law of the Gospel came not to be the Law of the Jews; and so if the Ten Comman­dements came to be the Law of Israel, it was not onely because God proposed them, seeing Christ also proposed his Law, which neverthelese came not to be the Law of the Jews, but because the people received the One, and reje­cted the Other. It is not in the Nature of Religion, that it should be thought a profane saying, that if the Bible be in England, or in any other Government, the Law or Re­ligion of the Land, it is not onely because God hath pro­posed it, but also because the People or Magistrate hath received it, or resolved upon it; Otherwise we must set lighter by a Nation or Government, then by a private person who can have no part nor portion in this Law, un­less he Vote it unto himself, in his own Conscience, with­out which, he remains in the Condition he was before, and as the Heathen who are a Law unto themselves. Thus whereas in a Covenant there must be two parties, the Old and New Testament being in summe the Old and New [Page 35] Covenant, These are that Authority and Proposition of God and Christ, to which they that refuse their Vote or result may be under the Empire of a Clergy, but are none of his Commonwealth. Nor seeing I am gone so far, doth this at all imply free-will, but (as is admirably observ'd by Mr. Hobbs) the freedome of that which naturally pre­cedes will, namely, Deliberation or Debate, in which as the Scale by the weight of Reason or Passion comes to be turned one way or other, the Will is caused, and being caused, necessitated. When God commeth thus in upon the Soul of Man, he gives both the Will and the Deed; from which like Office of the Senate in a Commonwealth that is from the Excellency of their Deliberation and Debate which prudently and faithfully unfolded unto the People, doth also frequently cause and necessitate both the Will and the Deed, God himself hath said of the Senate, that they are Gods: an expression though divine yet not unknown to the Heathens ( Homo homini Deus) one Man for the Ex­cellency of his aid, may be a God unto another; but let the praevaricator look to it; for he that leadeth the blind out of his way, is his Divel.

For the things I have of this kind, as also for what I have said upon the words Chirotonia and Ecclesia, the Praevari­cator is delighted to make me beholding underhand unto Mr. Hobbs, Notwithstanding the open enmity which he saith I profess to his Politicks. As if Josephus upon that of Sa­muel 1 Sam. 8. 7 [...]. they have not rejected Thee, but they have rejected me that I should not reign over them, had not said of the People [...] that they unchirotonized or unvoted God of the Kingdome. Now if they unchirotonized or unvoted God of the Kingdome, then they had chiroto­nized or voted him to the Kingdome, and so not only the Doctrine that God was King in Israel by Compact or Co­venant, but the use of the word Chirotonia also in the sense I understand it, is more Antient then Mr. Hobbs. I might add that of Capellus (Deus Populi Judaici Rex erat veluti In Diatriba de▪ vota Iephts▪ Politicus, & Civilis Legislator) God was as Political King and Civil Legislator of the Jews. And for the use I have made of the word Ecclesia, as no Man can read such as have written of the Grecian Commonwealths, and misse it, [Page 36] so I do not remember that Mr. Hobbs hath spoken of it: To these things fuller satisfaction will be given in the se­cond Book which nevertheless I do not speak to the end I might wave Obligation to so excellent an Author in his way. It is true, I have opposed the Politicks of Mr. Hobbs to shew him what he taught me, with as much disdain as he opposed those of the greatest Authors, in whose wholesome Fame and Doctrine the good of Mankind being concern'd; my Conscience bears me witnesse, that I have done my duty: Nevertheless in most other things I firmly believe that Mr. Hobbs is, and will in future Ages be accounted the best Writer, at this day, in the World: And for his Treatises of Humane Nature, and of Liberty and Necessity, they are the greatest of New Lights, and those which I have followed and shall follow.

CHAP. VIII. Whether a Commonwealth comming up to the perfection of the kind, come not up unto the perfection of Go­vernment, and have no flaw in it.

WHat a Comonwealth comming up to the per­fection of the kind is, I have shewn both by the definition of an equal Commonwealth, and the Exemplification in all the parts.

The Definition is contained in the first of my Pre­liminaries, which because it is short I shall repeat.

An equall Commonwealth is a Government established upon an equall Agrarian arising into the super structures or three Orders, The Senate debating and proposing, the People re­solving, and the Magistracy executing, by an equall Rota­tion, or interchangeable election, through the suffrage of the People given by the Ballot The Exemplification is the whole Commonwealth of Oceana. Each of which by him, [Page 37] who, if his doctrine of pure and absolute Monarchy be ob­serv'd can be no English man, is called an Irish bog; as in some sense it is, seeing the Praevaricator hath set never a foot in it, that will stand, nor hath more to say, then that Consid. p. 43. where there is one ambitious poor man, or one vicious rich man, it is impossible there should be any such Government as can be secure from sedition.

Which first is rather to make all Governments alike, then to object against any, seeing that there should not be one ambitious Poor man, or one vicious Rich man, is equally if not more improbable in a Monarchy then in a Com­monwealth.

Secondly, That one Man alone, whether he be rich or poor should without a party be able to disturbe a Com­monwealth with sedition, is an absurdity; nor is such a party as may be able in some sort to disturbe the Peace by robbing upon the High-way, or some such disorder always able to disturbe a Government with sedition: Wherefore this feat goes not so much upon the ability of any one man Rich or Poor, as the puissance of the Party he is able to make, and this puissance of the party goes upon the Nature of the Government and the content or discontents thence deriving to the Few, or the Many. The discontents whether of the Few or the Many derive from that which is, or by them is thought to be some bar unto their Interest, and those Interests which are the causes of sedition are three; the desire of Liberty, the desire of Power, and the desire of Riches, nor be there any more▪ for where the People through the want of bread, through violence offer'd unto their Women, or Oppression, rise up against their Governours, it relates unto the desire of Liberty, those also under the name of Religion make not a fourth but come unto One of the Three.

Now to speak in the first place of the Many, and anon of the Few, the people in an equal Commonwealth, have none of these three Interests. Not the desire of Liberty, because the whole Frame of an equal Commonwealth is no­thing else but such a Method whereby the liberty of the People is secured unto them. Not of power, because the power which otherwise they could not exercise, is thus [Page 38] estated in them. Nor of riches, because where the rich are so bounded by an Agrarian that they cannot overballence; and therefore neither Oppresse the People nor Exclude their industry or merit from attaining to the like estate, power, or honour, the whole People have the whole riches of the Nation already equally divided among them, for that the riches of a Commonwealth should not go accor­ding unto the difference of mens industry, but be distri­buted by the Pole were unequal; Wherefore the people in an equal Commonwealth having none of those interests which are the causes of sedition, can be subject unto no such effect.

To affirm then with the Considerer, that the whole of this Libration, is reduced to the want of power to disturbe the Commonwealth, must needs be mistaken, seeing in the Commonwealth proposed the people have the power, but can have no such interest, and the people having no such interest, no party can have any such power, it being im­possible that a party should come to overballance the People, having their Arms in their own hands. The whole matter being thus reduced unto the want of power to di­sturbe the Government; this according to his own Argu­ment will appear to be the Libration in which the power whereof the Governour is possessed so vastly exceeds the power remaining with those, who are to obey (which in case of contest must be so small a party) that it would be desperately un­reasonable for them to hope to maintain their Cause. If the true Method then of attaining to perfection in Government be to make the Governour absolute, and the people in an equal Commonwealth be absolute, then there can be none in this Government, that upon probable terms can dispute the power with the Governour, and so this State by his own Argument must be free from Sedition. Thus far upon oc­casion of the ambitious poor Man Objected. I have spoken of the Many, and in speaking of the Many, implicitely of the Few; for as in an unequal Commonwealth, for Example, England during the Peerage or Aristocracy, the Many de­pended upon or were included in the Few; So in an E­qual Commonwealth the Few depend upon or are included in the Many, as the Senate of Venice depends upon, or is [Page 39] included in Great Council, by which it is annually ele­cted in the whole or in some part. So what was said in an equal Commonwealth of the Many or the Poorer sort, is also said of the Few or of the Richer; who through the virtue of the Agrarian, as in Oceana, or of other Orders supply­ing the defect of an Agrarian, as in Venice, not able to o­verballance the people can never have any power to disturbe the Commonwealth in case they had such an interest, nor can have any such interest in case they had such power. For Example in Oceana putting the case, that the Few were as powerful as it is possible they should be; that is, that the whole Land were fallen into five thousand hands. The Five Thousand excluding, the People could get no more Riches by it, because they have the whole Land al­ready, no more Liberty by it, because they were in perfect Liberty before; nor any more power by it, because through the equality of the ballance or of their Estates, they can be no more by themselves, then an equal Commonwealth, and that they were with the people; but would be much lesse, the power or Commonwealth, in which there be Five thousand Equalls, being not greater but much less then the power or Commonwealth wherein the whole people are E­quall: because the power or effect of a greater People is proportionably greater then the power or effect of a lesser people, and the Few by this means would get no more then to be the lesser people. So the people being no bar unto the riches, Liberty, nor power of the Five Thousand and the desire of Liberty, Riches, and Power being the only causes of Sedition, There could arise no Sedition in this Com­monwealth by reason of the Nobility, who have no such interest, if they had the power, nor have any such power if they had the interest, the people being equally possessed of the Government, of the Arms, and far superior in Number. In summe, an equal Commonwealth consisteth but of one hereditary Order, as the people, which is by election divi­ded into two Orders as the Senate and the Congregation in Lacedemon, or the Senate and the Great Council in Venice; for the Gentlemen of Venice, as hath been often said, are the people of Venice, the rest are Subjects. And an unequal Commonwealth consisteth of two Hereditary Orders, as [Page 40] the Patritians and Plebeians in Rome, whereof the former only had an hereditary capacity of the Senate; whence it comes to passe that the Senate and the people in an equall Commonmealth having but one and the same interest, never were, nor can be at variance; and that the Senate and the people in an unequall Commonwealth having two distinct interests, never did nor can agree. So an equall Common­wealth cannot be seditious, and an unequall Commonwealth can be no other then Seditious.

If a Man be resolved as the Considerer is, to huddle these things together, there is no making any thing of this kind of Policy; of which therefore it will be a folly to talk. For example, Lacedemon is either to be considered as not taking in the Helotes, and then in her self she was an equall Commonwealth void of any sedition, or cause of it, how much soever she were troubled with the Helotes. So the Objection made by him, of her troubles by the Helotes is impertinently urged, to shew that she was a Seditious Com­monwealth. Or if he will needs have it, that she took in the Helots, it is undeniable that she took them in unequally, and so was unequall, whence the troubles by the Helots must needs be impertinently urged against an equall Com­monwealth.

Again, when I alledge Venice from Piero Gradenigo, that is for the space of about four hundred years from the present date, at which time the Reformation yet in force began, as an Example of an equall Commonwealth, for him to instance in the times before, when though the Common­wealth according to the intention, were as Equal as now, yet being not bound by sufficient Orders to give her self security of her Native Liberty, her Dukes on the one side, did what they pleased, and the inraged People on the other side banished, condemned to death, or murthered them, who sees not the Imposture? Indeed he blushes at it himself. Wherefore my Assertion being not yet knocked on the head, he promiseth to kill it better, first by the Example of Lacedemon leaving out the Helots, and next by that of Venice since the time of Piero Gradenigo.

For the first you must know that once upon a time Consid. p. 60. Pausan. Lacon. there was a quarrel between Cleomenes and Demaratus [Page 41] Kings of Lacedemon about succession which was determi­ned by the Ephori, that is, by a Court of Justice and not by the Sword; the like hapned in Leotychides the known bastard of Alcibiades or so confessed to be by his Mother Plut. Alc. unto divers of her Maids. Now this is a Maxime in the Politicks where the differences of Kings can go no farther, then a Court of Justice, there the Government is seditious. Most ridiculous! Is there a stronger Argument that such a Government is not Seditious? No matter give him room, Much more fatall was the contest between Cleonymus and his brother Areus the son of Acrotatus by whose war Zarax was ruin'd and Pyrrhus came into the game, who besieg'd the Capital City: the reign of Agis and Cleomenes was so full of turbulency as would put a man out of breath to re­late. Fair, and softly was not all this after Lysander, and the Spoils of Athens and so ruin'd Lacedemon? I affirm there can be no sedition in an Equal Cmmonwealth, and he to oppose me, shews that there was Sedition in an unequal One; whether doth this Affirm his Assertion or mine?

But for better luck in Venice. This City by Mr. Har­rington' s own confession, is possest of several advantages. Yes, I say that the Commonwealth of Venice, thus Seated is like a Man in a Cittadel who thereby may be the safer from his Enemies, but nere a whit the safer from diseases. What conclusion would you expect he should infer from hence? why among these therefore there is good cause to reckon her Immunity from seditions; Doth not our Logician repeat faithfully and dispute honestly? Again, Sir, she is like a Ship ready to be boarded by Pirates, hath the Turk on this Frontier, the Pope on that, the King of Spain on ano­ther. As if this were an Argument every Govern­ment must not be void of Sedition, seeing there is none except they be Islands, whose frontiers are not bounded by the Territories of other Princes. Well, but since the last Reiglement (in English Reformation) in the time of Gra­denigo; you have had three seditions in Venice, that of Marino Boccone, that of Baiamonte Tiepolo, and that of Marino Falerio.

Bodin hath been long since beaten for this like Stockfish, [Page 42] and yet our Author will be serving it up for a Courtly dish. Bocconi would have kill'd the Duke, but was hanged before he could doe it. Felton kill'd a Duke, that had greater power here then the other in Venice, and was hang'd afterwards, therefore England was a seditions Go­vernment; for this must either be undeniable for Felton's sake, or why must the other be so for Bocconi's? Again, Falerio and his Complices would have destroyd the great Council, but were hanged before they could do it. Vaux and his Accomplices would have blown up the Parliament, but were hanged before they could doe it; therefore England was in this relation a seditious Government, else why was Venice? There passeth not a Moneth but there die Rogues at Tiburn, is the Government therefore seditious? or is this one regard in which it is not? where all that so invade the Government are by virtue of the same brought unto that end, there the Commonwealth, or the Orders of it are not the Cause but the Cure of Sedition, and so these are undeniable Arguments that Venice is not seditious, where since the Reformation there hath not been a cut Fin­ger upon this score, save onely through the conspiracy of Baiamonte, which indeed came to blows. Nor for this yet, can Venice be called a seditious Commonwealth. You find no man accusing Rome of sedition in that she had a Manlius or a Melius that dangerously affected Monarchy, because unto these her Orders, by which they suffered death assoon appli'd the remedy. But Rome was a sediti­ous Commonwealth because the perpetual fewd that was between the Senate & the People sprung out of her Orders, and was that to which there was no Remedy to apply. Eng­land was not a seditious Government because it had a Vaux or a Felton, but because the power antiently of the Nobility, and late of the People was such by the Orders of the same as might at any time occasion Civil war. Put the case a slave or some desperate fellow have kill'd a Great Turk, the Government for that cannot be said seditious, but in this that through the very nature of the Policy, the Janizaries at any time may do as much, it is undeniable seditious. Baiamonte's conspiracy he will not say was of this nature. It was not a disease in the bones of the Commonwealth, but a [Page 43] thing that no sooner appear'd, or broke out (though it be true, there happen'd a little scratching first) then it fell off like a scab; such an accident may befall the best constitu­tion, and Venice never had the like but once: if he could say as much of a Monarchy, he gains no advantage; yet let him say it, and prove it, I give him all. I omit many falshoods and absurdities in the proceeding of the Prevaricator, as where he intimateth the power of the Dukes to have been that wherby Venice gained I know not what, and yet to have been that also by which Falerio had like to have spoiled all: Each of which (the Duke of Venice having no power at all) is known to be false. Why should▪ I stay to put you in mind that having affirmed Venice to derive her Immunity from intestine discord no otherwise then a Ship, that is ready to be boarded by Pirates, he instanceth in such exam­ples to the contrary, as took Occasion by the hair of a Forreign scalpe, while in those of Boccone and Tiepolo the Commonwealth by her Wars with the Genoeses and Ferrara, was put to her plunges, and in that of Falerio reduced unto the last extremity. I shall onely Note that if such suddain Flashes as these may come under the name of Se­dition, he hath done a fine Office for Monarchy, seeing no Senate is so much exposed to like blowes, as any Prince.

Well; but for all this it is confessed that there may be such a thing as a seditious Commonwealth, in that the fewd between the Senate and the People of Rome could not be cured; what security saith he will you give us, that Consid. p. 48. the like may not happen in Oceana, or that the whole body of the People being intrvsted with giving a Vote and keeping a Sword, may not by way of Counsel or Arms, fall to such work as Levelling the Five Thousand, or bringing the Agrarian from two to one Thousand pounds a year, or less, as they phansie.

To which I answer by a like question, What security will he give me that the People of any Commonwealth shall not cast themselves into the Sea? A Prince may be mad and doe so, but the people is naturally incapa­ble of such madnesse: If men will boast of their know­ledge in principles and yet talk of nothing but effects; [Page 44] why may not a Man fly as well as a Bird? but if causes may be regarded, let him once shew how the Will seeing it is not free, nor moved without some Object, should move the people in such a manner; or for what, they ha­ving all the Liberty and all the Power that can be had, should strive? Well, that is soon done, for the Land may come into the hands of Five thousand, and so the Booty may be great and the resistance small. Good. The Romans being the wisest of all people went no farther towards the Remedy of their grievances then to strive for the intro­duction of an Agrarian, in which they fainted too, even to the Destruction of that Government. Except these, none have been so wise, and if there be any such thing familiar with the Nature of the people, why appeared it but once, and then vanished without effect? why did not the people for Example under the late Monarchy (when the Dominion or Freehold of the Nation, by greater shares, was in a smaller party, and they had not onely Riches, but Liverty, and Power too, to whet them on) ever so much as think of levelling Three hundred Men for the Nobility and Clergy in whom was the ballance, were no more. If it be reply'd that the people were not armed; by whom did the Barons make War with the Kings? If that they were not trusted with a Vote; what was that of the House of Commons? Let Dominion or Freehold stand upon what ballance you will, unequal or equal, from the begin­ning of the world you shall never find a people turning Levellers: And as Reason is Experience in the root, so Experience is Reason in the branch, which might there­fore be sufficient in the Case. Nevertheless for clearer sa­tisfaction in a point of such Concernment, I shall endea­ver to dig up and discover the Root of this branch, or the reason of this Experience. That which in Beasts is instinct, whereof they can give no Account, is in it self that wisdome of God whereby he provideth for them; so is it with the People, they are not Levellers, nor know they why, and yet it is, because to be levellers, were to destroy themselves. For seeing I must repeat, to repeat briefly. There is no Territory of any Extent and Populousnesse where the Re­venue of Industry is not twice as much as the dry Rent. [Page 45] (This hath been demonstrated in Oceana.) The revenue of industry is in those that work, that is, the People: Wherefore the Revenne of the People, where their industry is not obstructed, is twofold unto that of the Nobility, holding the whole Territory in Freehold. But where their Industry is obstructed, their Revenue is nothing. Civil war being of all other the greatest obstruction of Industry, the People in taking Arms must venter all they have, for that, which if they obtain, they lose two for one; and if they obtain not, all for nothing. Wherefore a People never will, nor ever can; never did, or ever shall take Arms for Levelling. But they are instructed with a Vote; and therefore taking away the Lands of the five Thousand, or diminishing the Agrarian by way of Counsel, they need not obstruct their industry, but preserving the Re­venue of that, may bring themselves into the possession of the Land too. This will they, this can they lesse do, be­cause being in Counsel they must propose something for the advantage of the Commonwealth, or of themselves, as their End in such an Action. But the Land coming to be in the possession of five Thousand, falleth not into a Number that is within the compass of the few, or such an One as can be Princes, either in regard of their number, or of their estates, but unto such an One as cannot consent to abolish the Agrarian, because that were to consent to rob one another, nor can have any Party among them, or against their Common interest, strong enough to force them, or to break it, which remaining, the five thousand neither be nor can be any more then a Popular State, and the ballance remaineth every whit as equal, as if the Land were in never so many more hands. Wherefore the Commonwealth being not to be bettered by this means, the People by Counsel can never go about to level nor diminish the Agrarian for the good of the Commonwealth. Nor can they undertake it for the enrichment of them­selves, because the Land of Oceana, as hath been demon­strated, being levell'd or divided equally among the Fathers of Families only, cometh not to above Ten pounds a year unto each of them, whereas every Footman costeth his Master Twenty pounds a year; and there is not a [Page 46] Cottager having a Cow upon the Common, but with his own labour, at one shilling a day, gets Twenty pounds a years; which the Land being levell'd, were impossible, because there would be no body able to set a Labourer on work, or to keep a Servant; wherefore neither would, nor could the People by Counsel go about any such businesse. So there being no possible cause of disagree­ment between the Few and the Many, the Senate and the People, there can be no such effect; whence this is the government, which being perfectly equall, hath such a Li­bration in the frame of it, that no man in or under it, can contract such Interest or Power, as should be able to disturb the Commonwealth with Sedition. Yet after all this, the Praevaricator will only tell Mr. Harrington (for to deny the Conclusion, is a fair way of disputing) that this Libration Consid. p. 67. is of the same Nature with a perpetual motion in the Me­channicks. But let me tell him, that in the Politicks there is nothing Mechannick, or like it. This is but an Ideo­tism of some Mathematician resembling his who imagined the Stream of a River to be like that of his Spiggot,

(Rusticus expectat dum defluat amnis, at ille
labitur & labetur in omne volubilia aevum.)
The silly Swain upon a river stood,
In hope the Rolling bottome of the flood
Would once unwind it self, whose liquid clue
The silver thread for ever shall renew.

The Mathematician must not take God to be such an One as he is. Is that of the Sun, of the Stars, of a River, a perpetual Motion? even so One generation goeth, and Galen de usu partium. l. 4. another cometh. Nature (saith Gallen) hath a tendency to make her Creature immortal, if it were in the Capacity of the Matter on which she hath to work, but the People never dieth; This Motion of theirs is from the hand of a perpetual Mover, even God himself, in whom we live and move, and have our being; and to this Current the Po­litician addeth nothing but the banks, to which end, or none, the same God hath halso created humane Prudence. Wherefore there is not any thing that raiseth it self against [Page 47] God or right reason, if I say that it is in humane prudence so to apply these banks, that they may stand as long as the River runneth; or let this Considerer consider again, and tell me out of Scripture or Reason, why not. Mathe­maticians, it is true, pretend to be the Monopolists of demonstration; but speak ingenuously, have they, as to the Politicks, hitherto given any other demonstration, then that there is difference between seeing, and making of Spe­ctacles? Much more is that comparison of the Politicks, going upon certain and demonstrable Principles, unto Astrologers and Fortune-tellers, who have none at all vain and Injurious: For as in relation to what David hath said, and Experience confirmed, of the Age of Man, that it is Threescore years and Ten; I may say, that if a Man lie bed-rid, or die before Threescore years and Ten, of any Natural infirmity, or disease, it was not through any imperfection of Mankind, but of his particular Con­stitution. So in relation unto the Principles and definition of an Equal Commonwealth yet unshaken, nay untouched by this Praevaricator, I may safely affirm, that a Common­wealth is a Government, which if it have been seditious, it hath not been from any imperfection in the kind, but in the particular Constitution, which where the like hath hapned must have been unequal. My retrait unto these Principles is called running into a bogg; as if such as have no Principles were not boggs, Informis limus, Stygiaeque Paludes.

CHAP. IX. Whether Monarchy comming up to the perfection of the kind, come not short of the perfection of Government, and have some flaw in it? In which is also treated of the ballance of France, of the Original of a landed Clergy; of Arms and their kinds.

OF Monarchy I have said, that whereas it is of two kinds, the One by Arms, the Other by a Nobility; for that by Arms, as (to take the most perfect mo­del) in Turkey, it is not in Art, or Nature to cure it of this dangerous flaw, that the Janizaries have frequent in­terest, and perpetual power to raise Sedition, or tear the Magistrate in Pieces. For that by a Nobility, as (to take the most perfect Model) of late in Oceana, it was not in Art or Nature to cure it of that dangerous flaw that the Nobility had frequent interest and perpetual power by their Retainers and Tenants to Raise sedition and Levy war; whence I conclude that Monarchy reaching the per­fection of the kind, reacheth not the perfection of Go­vernment, but must still have some dangerous flaw in it.

This place (though I did not intend by it to make work for a Tinker) could not be of lesse concernment then it proves to the Prevaricator, who as if he were obliged to Mend all; falls first to patching with a Monarchy by Arms, then with Monarchy by a Nobility; at length dispairing, throws away each, and betakes himself with egregious confidence, to make out of both a New Monarchy, which is neither. By observation of these three Flourishes, the present Chapter may be brought into some Method: The first blow of his Hammer, or that whereby he intends the flaw or hole in Monarchy by Arms, shal henceforth be men­ded and Tite, is this. That the Guards of the Kings person be Consid. p. 16. not increased beyond Necessity of security, that they be not suffered to stagnate at Court, but be by a perpetual circulation [Page 49] drawn out upon service, and chiefly that they consist not of one intire body, united under the same head, but be divided into distinct parties and Commands; as we may see in France, where though (in proportion to the: extent of their Domini­ons) the Kings guards be more Numerous then those of the Roman or Turkish Emperours, yet being divided into di­stinct bodies of French, Scots and Switz under their several Colonels and Captains, they have never been the Authors of any the least sedition: And in Turkey of late years they begin to learn the Art of poizing the Janizaries by the Spahy's, and so have frequently evaded the danger of their mutinies. Which fine work at the first view goes upon this false ground, that the Foundation of Monarchy by Arms is laid upon the Princes Guards or the Court Militia, whereas Monarchy by Arms consisteth in no other ballance, then the Princes being sole Landlord, which where imperfect as it was in that of the Roman Emperors, the Empire is the most troubled, and where perfect as in Turkey, the Empire is lesse seditions: For that which he saith of France, it re­lates to Monarchy by a Nobility; and therefore is not to be confounded (according to his method) with this, but re­fer'd unto the next branch.

As to Monarchy by Arms, though it be true that the bal­lance of Dominion in any of the three kinds may be said to be Natural, in regard of the Effect; yet seeing God hath given the Earth unto the Sons of Men, that of a sole Landlord, as Turkey, is not so Natural in the cause or foun­dation, as the Timars, and therefore requireth the Applica­tion of some kind of force, as the Janizaries, who are not the root of the Government, that being planted in the Earth of the Timars or military Farmes and Colonies (for that the Janizaries are not the Foundation of this Empire, which was founded long before, is plain in that this Order was not introduced, till by Amurath the second) but the Dragon that lyeth at that root, and without which the fruit would fall into the Mouths of the Timariots by way of propriety (as when the Knights fees granted first for life, became afterwards hereditary in Oceana) which would cause such a fall from Monarchy that it would be­come (as we have seen) the rise of Popular power (the [Page 50] Lots in case this should happen, of the Timariots, little differing from those divided by Joshua unto the Children of Israel) wherefore when this happens in the Turkish Mo­narchy, it is at an end: And that this doth not happen, though there be diverse other concurrent Policies, I would have any Man shew me, how it could be but for the Jani­zaries: Otherwise it is plain that the Janizaries being a flying Army, on wing at all games, and upon all occasions, are not so much the guard of the Prince, as of the Empire; which ruin'd, the Prey falls unto the Timariots, as those that are in possession, except these be ruin'd too, who being all Horse, and far greater in Number then the Janizaries, that are Foot, would in case the awe of the Prince, and the policy of the Government which holds them divided, were broken, be invincible by the Janizaries, who never­theless by these aids can easily contain them. Whence the sedition of the Janizaries, like that of a Nobility, may be dan­gerous to the Prince, but never threatens the Throne; whereas the sedition of the Timariots like that of a people would be more against the Throne then the Prince. These things considered, and in them the Nature, Constitution, or Disease of Monarchy by Arms, we may consult the more rationally with the Considerer upon the Applications or remedies by him offer'd, which are three.

First, that the Guards of the Kings person be not increased beyond the necessity of security. But of what security, that of his Person, or of his Empire, or of both? for speaking of a Monarchy by Arms, in this later sense only it is true; and if so, then this singular Maxime of State (Frustra fit per plura, quod fieri potest per pauciora) might have been spared (Celais'en va sans le dire come les heures de nostre curè.)

Secondly, that they be not suffered to stagnate at Court, but be by a perpetual circulation, drawn out upon service; for if there be not perpetual service (it should seem) Men might be apt to think that Government was instituted for peace as well as War. I add no more then is imply'd in his words, which as to this of Turkey have chanced well; where not the Stagnation of the Janizaries only but of the Court it self (which by the institution should always be in [Page 51] exercise of Arms) is the cause of that present decay, so per­ceivable in this Empire. But the Prince sitting still or stagnating, to what the Circulation of the Janizaries (whose alienation from the Government, or intelligence with the Timariots, must needs be of dangerous conse­quence) could tend, should have been thought on; other­wise to expose the Empire to danger, for the safety of the Prince, is no cure of the Government.

But his chief remedy remains, this Court Militia must not consist of one intire body united under the same head, but be divided under several Colonels, Captains, Parties, Brigades, and distributed unto several Quarters. As if this were a Cure, there were any Army that could be mutinous; but where he saies not united under the same head, he intimates perhaps divers Generals, and divers Armies; Now such are the Turkish Beglerbegs and the Provinces under their Go­vernments. That these therefore be kept divided, so that not any two of them can lay their heads together, without having them cut off; nor any Son succeed the Father in Government, requires that there be always a sufficient force (distinct from the interest of the Timariots and Beg­lerbegs) united, and still ready upon occasion of this ser­vice, and the Janizaries with the Spahi's or Court horse, being united, are no more then sufficient for this service: wherefore if these also were so divided as thereby to be weakened, they could not be sufficient for this service; and their division except such as might weaken them would be of no security to the Prince. That the Pro­vinces, under this awe, are lesse apt to Rebel, then the Court guards to Mutiny, is no wonder; but the Court­guards being cured by the prescription of this Physitian, of possibility of Mutiny (which without weakening them is impossible) the Provinces (if Liberty, or Riches, or Power, be desirable) would never indure the yoak of this Govern­ment. Wherefore it being inavoidable in the Turkish Em ­pire, that either the Janizaries, or the Timariots may doe what they list (in regard that whether of them be able to give law unto the other, must at the same time be able to give law unto the Prince, and to bring them unto an equal ballance, were to make a Civil war, or at least to sow the [Page 52] seed of it) the Native wound of Monarchy by Arms re­mains uncured and uncurable. What more may be done for Monarchy, founded upon a Nobility, comes next to be tried. In this the Considerer gives his word, that there never riseth any danger unto the Crown, but when either a great part of the Soveraign power is put into the hands of the Nobility, as in Germany and Poland, (where it should Consid. p. 47. seem by him, that the Electors, and the Gentry, do not put power into the hands of the Emperor, or King, but the Emperor, or King, puts power into the hands of the Electors, or Gentry) or when some Person or Family is suffered to overtop the rest in Riches, Commands, and De­pendance, as the Princes of the bloud, and Lorrain, not long since, in France; and of old the Montforts and Nevi [...]s in England. The first of these he declareth to be a vicious government, and a Monarchy only in Name; the second he undertakes shall easily admit of this remedy. That the great ones be reduced (decimo sexto) to a lesser volume, and levelled into an Equality with the rest of their Order.

His put-pin is pretty, the Emperor puts power into the hand of the Electors; and the King of Poland puts power into the hands of the Gentlemen; which Governments there­fore (and all such like, as when the King of England put power into the hands of the Barons, at such time as he was no longer able to keep it out of their fingers, by which means the Antient and late Government of King, Lords, and Commons was restored) are vicious Constitutions, and Monarchies only in Name; such as he will not meddle with, and therefore let them go. Well; but where is the Patient then? if these be not Monarchies by Nobility, what do we mean by that thing? or what Government is it that we are to Cure? why such an One, where some Person or Family is suffered to overtop the rest in Riches, Commands, and Dependance, as the Princes of the bloud, and Lorrain, not long since, in France; and of old the Montfords and the Nevils in England. So then the same again (for these are no other) upon recollection, are those that admit of this Easie cure. Let the great Ones be re­duced to a lesser volume, and levell'd with the rest of their Order. But how? if they be the weaker party, they are [Page 53] not the great ones, and if they be the stronger party, how will he reduce them? Put the case a Man have the Gout, his Physitian does not bid him reduce his overtopping toes unto the volume of the other foot, nor to levell them unto Equality with the rest of their Order, but prescribes his remedies, and institutes the Method that should do this feat. What is the Method of our Aesculapius? (Point de Novelle,) or where are we to find it? e'en where you please. The Princes of the bloud, and of Lorrain in France; the Montforts, and the Nevils in England, overtopped not their Order, by their own riches or power, but by that of the party, which for their fidelity, courage, or conduct, intrusted them with the managing of their Arms, or affairs. So the Prince that would have levelled them, must have levelled their party; which in case the controversie be upon the right, or pretended right of the Nobility in the Government (which commonly makes them hang together) may come to the whole Order: what then? Why then, Consid. p. 49. says he, the Prince must preserve his Nobility weighty enough to keep the People under, and yet not tall enough in any par­ticular person to measure with himself: which abating, the figure is the same again; and so I have nothing to answer but the figure. Now for this, the Prince himself is no otherwise tall, then by being set upon the shoulders of the Nobility; and so if they set another upon the same shoulders, (as in Henry the 4th. or the 7th. who had no Titles unto the Crown, nor could otherwise have measured with the Prince) be he never so low, he comes to be tall enough in his particular person to measure with the Prince, and to be taller too, not only by those Old Examples, but others that are younger than our selves, though such (the Nobility having not of late, been weighty enough to keep the People under) as derive from another Principle, that of Popular ballance. A Prince therefore preserving his Nobility weighty enough to keep under the people, must pre­serve in them the ballance of that kind of Empire; and the ballance containing the riches, which are the power, and so the Arms of the Nation; this being in the Nobility, the Nobility, when willing, must be able to dispose of the King, or of the Government. Nor under a lesse weight [Page 54] is a Nobility qualified to keep down the people, as by an Argument from the contrary; Henry the 7th. having found the strength of his Nobility, that set him in a Throne to which he had no right, and fearing that the tide of their favour turning, they might do as much for another, abated the dependance of their Tenants, and cut off their Train of Retainers, which deminution of their weight, releasing by degrees the People, hath caused that Plain, or Level, into which we live to see the Mountain of that Monarchy now sunck and swallowed; wherefore the ballance of the Nobility being such as failing that kind of Monarchy comes to ruine, and not failing, the Nobility, if they joyn may give Law unto the King, the inherent disease of Monarchy by a Nobility, remains also uncured, and un­curable.

These are points to which I had spoken before; but The ballance of France. something concerning France, and Forraign Guards, was mumbled by the Praevaricator in a wrong place, while he was speaking of Turkey, where there is no such thing. This least I be thought to have courted Opposition for no­thing, shall open a New Scene; while I take the occasion in this place to speak first of the Ballance of the French Mo­narchy, and next of the Nature and use of Forraign Guards.

The whole Territory of France, except the Crown Lands, which on this account are not considerable, consisteth of three shares, or parts, whereof the Church holdeth one, the Nobility another, and the Presidents, Advocates, other Officers of the Parliaments, Courts of Justice, the Citizens, Merchants, Tradesmen, the Treasurers, receivers of the Customes, aids, taxes, impositions, Gabells, all which toge­ther make a vast body, hold a Third; by how equal portions I am sorry that I do not know, nor where to learn, but this is the ballance of the French Monarchy, unto which the Paisant holding nothing, but living (though in one of the best Countrys of the world) in the meanest and most miserable Condition of a Labourer, or Hiend, is of no account at all.

The parties that hold the ballance in a Territory are those of whom the Government doth naturally consist, wherefore these are called Estates; so the Clergy, the No­bility, [Page 55] and the Commons, are the three Estates of France. Though the Third because the Paisant partaking not of the ballance can (in relation to Government) be of no account, is not called the Commons, but only the Third Estate: whereas the Yeomanry and Gentry in England, having weighed as well in the ballance, as the Church, and the Nobility, the three Estates of England, while the Monarchy was in vigour, were the Clergy, the Nobility, and the Commons. The Consent of Nations evinceth that the Function of the Clergy, or Priest, except where otherwise Grotius de Imp. Sum. Pot. circa sacra. C. 2. S. 4. determined of by Law, appertaineth unto the Magistrate. By this right Noah, Abraham, Job, with the rest of the Pa­triarchs, instructed their Families or sacrisiced, There seem­eth to have been a kind of Commonwealth in Canaan, while Melchisedec was both King and Priest; Such also was Moses till he consecrated Aaron, and confer'd the Priesthood upon the Levites, who are expresly said to succeed unto the first born, that is unto the Patriarchs, who till then exercised that Function. Nor was it otherwise with the Gentiles, where they who had the Soveraign power or were in eminent Magi­stracy, did also the Priestly Office (omnino apud veteres qui rerum potiebantur, iidem Auguria tenebant: ut enim sa­pere, sic divinare, regale ducebant, saith Cicero and Vir­gil Rex Anius, Rex idem hominum, Phoebi (que) Sacerdos) You find the Heroes, that is, Princes in Poets sacrificing; The Ethiopian, Egyptian, Lacedemonian Kings did the like; in Athens constantly and in Rome, when they had no Kings, occasionally they elected a Rex sacrorum, or King-Priest. Original of a Sauded Cler­yg. So that a free People had thus far power of electing their Priests, is not deny'd by any Man. This came it should seem, to be otherwise Established by the Law in Egypt, where the Priests ( whose Lands Joseph when he bought those of the People did not buy) being great Landlords Gen. 47. 22. (it may be unto the Third of the whole Territory) were one of the three Estates of the Realm. And it is clear in Scripture that the People, till they Sold their Lands, be­came not Servants unto Pharaoh. While Agesilaus was in Xenop. in Oatr. de Agel. Egypt they deposed their King, which implies the recovery of their ballance; but so seeing they set up another, as withall shews the ballance of the Nobility to have been [Page 56] predominant. These particulars seem to come near unto the account of Diodorus Siculus, by whom the ballance of Egypt should have stood thus. The whole Revenue was divided into three parts, whereof the Priests had the first, the King L. 1. had the second, and the Nobility had the Third. It seems to me that the Priests had theirs by their Antient right and title, untouched by Joseph, that the Kings had all the rest by the Purchase of Joseph, and that in time (as is usual in like cases) a Nobility came through the bounty of succee­ding Kings to share with them in one half. But however it came about, Egypt by this means is the first Example of a Monarchy upon a Nobility, at least distributed into three Estates, by means of a Landed Clergy, which by consequence came to be the greatest Counsellors of State, and fitting Religion unto their uses, to bring the people to be the most superstitious in the whole World.

Where it not for this Example, I should have said, that the Indowment of a Clergy or Religious Order with Lands▪ and the erecting of them into an Estate of the Realm or Government, were no Antienter then the Goths and Van­dals, who introducing a like Policy, which unto this day taketh place throughout the Christian world, have been the cause;

First, why the Clergy have been generally great Coun­sellors unto Kings, while the People are led into super­stition.

Secondly, by planting a Religious Order in the Earth, why Religion hath been brought to serve worldly ends;

And thirdly, by rendring the Mitre able to make War; why of later Ages we have had such a thing as War for Re­ligion, which till the Clergy came to be a Third State or Landlords, was never known in the World: For that some Cities of Greece, taking Arms upon the usurpation or violation of some Temple, have called it the Holy war; Thucyd. l. 1, such disputes having been but upon matter of fact, and not of faith▪ (in which every Man was free) came not to this Account. Moses was learned in all the learning of the E­gyptians, but a landed Clergy introduced he not in Israel: nor went the Apostles about to lay any such foundation of a Church. Abating this one Example of Egypt, till the [Page 57] Goths and Vandals who brought in the Third Estate, a Government, if it were unequal, consisted but of two E­states, as that of Rome, whether under the Kings or the Commonwealth consisted of the Patritians and Plebeians, or of the Nobility and the people. And an equal Com­monwealth consisteth but of One, which is the people; for Example of this, you have Lacedemon and Venice, where the people being few, and having many Subjects or Ser­vants, might also be called Nobility, as in regard of their Subjects, they are in Venice, and in regard of their Helots or Servants, they might have been in Lacedemon. That I say which introducing two Estates, causeth division, or makes a Commonwealth unequal, is not that she hath a Nobility (without which she is deprived of her most espe­cial Ornament, and weakned in her conduct) but when only the Nobility is capable of Magistracy or of the Se­nate, and where this is so ordered, she is unequal as Rome: But where the Nobility is no otherwise capable of Magi­stracy nor of the Senate, then by Election of the People, the Commonwealth consisteth but of one Order, and is Equal as Lacedemon or Venice.

But for a Polititian commend me to the Considerer, He will have Rome to have been an equal Commonwealth, and Venice to be an unequal one, which must be evinced by Wyre-drawing. For having elsewhere as hath been shewn, admitted without-opposition that the ballance of Empire is Consid. p. 16. 69. 70. well divided into national and provincial, the humour now takes him to spin that wedge into such a thred as by intang­ling of these two, may make them both easie to be broken. Hereunto he betaketh himself in this manner. As Mr. Harrington hath well observed (p. 5.) where there are two parties in a Republique with equal power, (as in that of Rome the people had one half and the Nobility had the other half) confusion and misery are there intayled. For remedy whereof, or to avoid this, there can be no way but to make the Commonwealth very unequal.

In answer to this, there will need no more then to re­peat the same things honestly. Mr. Harrington speaketh of the National ballance of Empire ( p. 5.) unto this sense, where the Nobility holdeth half the propriety or about [Page 58] that proportion, and the people the other half, (the shares of the Land may be equal; but in regard that the Nobility have much among Few, and the People little among Many; the Few will not be contented to have authority, which is all their proper share in a Commonwealth; but will be bringing the People under power, which is not their proper share in a Commonwealth; wherefore this Commonwealth must needs be unequal; and except by altering the ballance, as the Athenians did by the Sisa­cthia, or recision of debts; or as the Romans went about to do by an Agrarian, it be brought to such equality that the whole power be in the People, and there remain no more then Authority unto the Nobility) where is no remedy but the one (with perpetual fewd) will eat out the other, as the People did the Nobility in Athens, and the Nobility the People in Rome. Where the Carkass is, there will be the Eagles also; where the Riches are, there will be the Power: So if a few be as rich as all the rest, a few will have as much power as all the rest; in which case the Commonwealth is unequal, and there can be no end of staving and tayling, till it be brought unto equality. This for the National ballance; for the provincial, there power doth not follow propriety, but to the contrary. This the Praevaricator having acknowledged, lets slip, to the end that he may take a grip of Venice; which because the three or four thousand of which originally consisted, and now consisteth that whole government, having acquired Provinces, and encrease of their City by later comers, do not admit these unto participation of power, he saith is an unequal Commonwealth. He will be a Mill-Horse, whether the Cake be dough or not; for this is to draw in a circle; and Rome, which by his former arguments should have been equal, by this again must be unequal, seeing Rome as little admitted her Provinces into the body of the Commonwealth as doth Venice. This clash is but by way of Parenthesis, to return therefore unto the businesse in present Agitation.

The estates, be they one, or two, or three, are such (as was said) by vertue of the ballance, upon which the Go­vernment must naturally depend. Wherefore constitu­tively [Page 59] the Government of France (and all other Monar­chies of like ballance) was administred by an Assembly of the three Estates, and thus continued, untill that Nation being vanquished by the English, Charls the 7th. was put to such shifts, as for the recovery of himself in the greatest distresse, he could make, unto which recovery while the Estates could not be legally called, he happening to attain without them, so ordered his affairs, that his Successors by adding unto his Inventions, came to rule without this Assembly; a way not suiting with the nature of their ballance, which therefore required some Assistance by force, and other concurring Policies of like nature, whereof the forraign Guards of that Monarchy are one; The great baits alluring the Nobility another; and the Emergent interest of the Church a Third.

To begin with the last of those, the Church, except it be in a War for Religion, as when they joyned with the Princes of Lorrain; and what party of the French No­bility were made, or they could make, against the King of Navarre, are not of themselves so hot at hand, or prompt unto Arms, but the King being (to use their word) no Heretick, through their great apprehension of the third Estate, as that which is most addicted unto the Protestant Religion, may be confident, they will never side with the People: So by this Emergent interest, or accident, he hath the Church sure enough.

For the Nobility, which is exceeding gallant, this Change hath the greatest baits; for whereas the Church being not spared, the Third Estate is laden, and the Paisant overladen with taxes, the Nobility is not only at better ease in this regard, but for the greater, or more considerable part, receiveth advantage by it; the King having always, whether in peace, or war, a great Cavalry, then which there is no better in the world for the Exercise, Entertainment, and profit of the Nobility; Governments of Cities, Castles, Provinces in abundance, which he rarely distributes unto any other. The greater Nobility are Mareschals, Generals; the lesse Officers in the Armies, especially of the Horse, the Emoluments whereof they receive also in time of peace; and many of this Order [Page 60] being Pensioners, taste of the Kings liberality, without taking pains, or having any Imployment at all. By which both that France is a Monarchy by a Nobility, and how she holdeth her Nobility is apparent.

Now the Church and the Nobility standing thus in­gaged unto the King, by which means he hath two parts of the ballance to one, it is demonstrable that the Govern­ment must be quiet. Nor seeing the Church for the reason shewn is sure enough, comes the Government (since the Protestant Cities and Holds were demolished) to be other­wise disquieted then by the flying out of the Nobility, which whenever it happens in any party considerable, either for the Number, or the Interest, causeth the Crown to shake; for it seldome cometh to passe upon this occasion, but the Third Estate, or some part of it taketh Arms im­mediately. In which place it is worthy to be observed, that Wealth, according unto the distribution of the ballance, hath contrary motions. The Third Estate in France having riches, and those laden with Taxes, come to have something to lose, and something to save, which keepeth them in continual fear or hope. The Nobility holding unto the King, the Third Estate hath something to lose, which withholdeth them from Arms, through fear; but the Nobility flying out, the Third Estate hath some­thing to save, which precipitateth them into Arms through hope; whereas the Paisant having nothing to save, or to lose, to hope, or to fear, never stirs. The Case standing thus, the sufficiency of the French Politician (since the Master-piece of Cardinal Richelieu, in demolishing those walls of the Protestants, which had otherwise by this time been a refuge for the Third Estate, and perhaps overturned the Monarchy) lieth altogether in finding for the Nobility work abroad, or ballancing them in such sort at home, that if a party flie out, there may be a stronger within to reduce it, or at least to be opposed unto it. In this case, lest the Native interest of the Nobility, since the Assemblies of the three Estates were abolished, might cool the re­maining party, or make them slower in the redresse of such disorders, or discontents, then were requisite, the King is wisely provided of Forraign Guards; which being [Page 61] always in readinesse, and not obnoxious unto the Native interest, may upon like occasions be of more Expedition and trust. Being come thus unto Forraign Arms, which is the point I more especially proposed unto my self in the present discourse, One objection in relation to what hath been already said seemeth to interpose it self. Seeing France, while it is not governed by the Assembly of States, is yet of the same ballance it was, when governed by the Assembly of States; it may be said that a government of the same ballance may admit of divers Administrations.

To which I need make no other answer, then to put you in mind that while this Government was Natural, or ad­ministred by the Assembly of States, it is celebrated by Machiavel, to have been the best order'd of any Monarchy in the world; and that what it is, or hath been of later times, you may believe your own eyes or ears.

There be yet, before I can come unto Forraign Guards, Of Arms, and their kind. some praevious considerations; All government as is im­plied by what hath been already shewn, is of these three kinds. A government of Servants. A government of Subjects; Or a government of Citizens. The first is absolute Monarchy, as that of Turkey: The second Aristocratical Monarchy, as that of France: The third a Commonwealth, as those of Israel, of Rome, of Holland. Now (to follow Machiavel in part) of these, The Government of Servants is the harder to be conquer'd, and the Easier to be held. The Government of Subjects is the easier to be conquer'd, and the harder to be held. To which I shall presume to add, That the Government of Citizens is both the hardest to be conquer'd, and the hardest to be held.

My Authors reasons why a Government of Servants is the hardest to be conquerd, come to this, that they are under perpetual discipline and command, void of such interests and factions, as have hands or power to lay hold upon advantages or innovation, whence he that invades the Turk must trust unto his own strength, and not rely upon disorders in the Government, or forces which he shall be sure enough to find united.

His reason why this Government, being once broken, is easily held, are, That the Armies once past hope of [Page 62] rallying, there being no such thing as Families hanging together, or Nobility to stir up their Dependants, unto far­ther reluctancy for the present, or to preserve themselves by complacence with the Conquerors, for future discontents or advantages, he that hath won the Garland, hath no more to doe but to extinguish the Royal line, and were it ever after in security. For the People having been always slaves, are such whose Condition he may better, in which case they are gainers by their Conquerer, but can never make worse, and therefore they loose nothing by him. Hence Alexander having conquer'd the Persian Empire, he and his Captains after him could hold it without the least dispute, except it arose among themselves. Hence Maho­met the second having taken Constantinople, and put Paleo­logus the Greek Emperor (whose Government was of like Nature with the Persian) together with his whole Family unto the Sword, the Turk hath held that Empire without reluctancy.

On the other side, reasons why a Government of Sub­jects is easilier conquer'd, are these. That it is supported by a Nobility so Antient, so powerful, and of such hold and influence upon the People, that the King without dan­ger, if not ruine to himself or the Throne (an Example whereof was given in Hen. 7th of England) can neither invade their Priviledges, nor level their Estates, which re­maining, they have power upon every discontent to call in an Enemy, as Robert Count of Artois did the English, and the Duke of Guise the Spaniard into France.

The Reasons why a Government of Subjects being so easily conquer'd, is neverthelesse the harder to be held, are these. That the Nobility being soon out of counte­nance in such a case, and repenting themselves of such a bargain, have the same means in their hands whereby they brought in the Enemy, to drive him out, as those of France did both the English and the Spaniard.

For the Government of Citizens, as it is of two kinds, an Equal or an unequal Commonwealth, the Reasons why it is the hardest to be conquer'd, are also of two kinds; As first the Reasons why a Government of Citi­zens where the Commonwealth is equal, is hardest to be [Page 63] conquer'd, are, that the Invader of such a Society must not only trust unto his own strength, in as much as the Commonwealth being equal, he must needs find them united, but in regard that such Citizens, being all Soul­diers or trained up unto their Arms, which they use not for the defence of Slavery but of Liberty (a Condition not in this world to be better'd) they have more especially upon this occasion the highest Soul of Courage, and (if their Territory be of any Extent,) the vastest Body of a well disciplin'd Militia, that is possible in Nature; where­fore an Example of such an One overcome by the Arms of a Monarch, is not to be found in the World: And if some small City of this Frame have happen'd to be vanquisht by a potent Commonwealth, this is her Prerogative, her Towers are her Funeral Pile, and she expireth in her own Flame, leaving nothing unto Conquest but her Ashes, as Sag [...]ntum overwhelmed by Carthage, and Numantia by Rome.

The Reasons why a Government of Citizens, where the Commonwealth is unequal, is next the former, the hardest to be conquer'd are the same, with this difference, that al­beit her Peace be not perfect within, her Condition is not to be better'd by any thing that is without; Wherefore Rome in all her strife never call'd in an Enemy; and if an Enemy upon occasion of her strife, and hopes of advantage by it, came without calling, he presented her with her most Soveraign Cure, who had no leisure to destroy her self, till having no Enemy to find her work, she became her own.

Nondum tibi defuit hostis
In te verte manus

Nor is there any Example that a Government of this kind was ever subdued by the Arms of a Monarch; though some indeed may be found that have called or suffer'd Forraign Princes or Force to come in, as Holland by Marriages of their Princes, and Genoa through her Facti­ons, as those of the Fiesci and Adorni.

To conclude this part for the Reasons why a Govern­ment Cuic. l. 11. of Citizens so acquir'd or possest as through Marri­age, [Page 64] or faction is the hardest to be held, there needs no more then that Men accustomed unto their Arms and their Libertys will never endure the yoak; Wherefore the Spaniard, though a mighty King, no sooner began in Hol­land, a small Commonwealth, to innovate or break her Orders, then she threw him off with such Courage and Disdain, as is Admirable unto the World. And somewhat of the like kind did Genoa by the help of her Doria in the vindication of her liberty from France.

To come by this farthest way about as I think the near­est way home. Arms are of two sorts, Proper or Improper; Proper and improper Arms. that is, Native or Forraign.

Proper and Native Arms, are according unto the triple nature of Government, of three kinds; Servants in Arms, as the Helots in Lacedemon, the Timariots and Janizaries in Turkey: Subjects in Arms, as the Horse in France, and the Sea-guards or Forces in Venice: or Citizens in Arms, as those upon the Lexiarcha in Athens, of the Morae in La­cedemon, and the Legions in Rome.

Improper or Forraign Arms are of two Sorts.
Auxiliaries or Mercenaries.

Auxiliaries are such as are supply'd by vertue of some League, as were those of the Latines and Italians unto the Romans; and those of the Cantons of Suisse (except Zurick) unto the King of France; or they may be such as are oc­casionally lent freely, or let forth for money by one State unto another, the later whereof differ not much from Mercenaries.

Mercenaries are Souldiers of Fortune that have no other Trade then their Arms, and let out themselves for money; of such consisted the greatest part of the Carthaginian strength, such is the land Force of Venice, and notwith­standing the Antient League of France with those Nations, such at this day are the Suisse and Scottish Guards (and sometimes a good part of the Foot) in France.

Machiavil discourseth upon these particulars in his Art of War, unto Admiration: by whom I shall therefore steer.

Where the Arms in bulk are proper, and consisting of Citizens, they have other Trades; and therefore are no [Page 65] Souldiers of Fortune; and yet because the Commonwealth hath Arms for her▪ Trade (in regard she is a Magistrate given for the good of Mankind, and beareth not her Sword in vain) they are all educated as well in Military as Civil discipline, taking their turns in service of either Nature according unto the Occasion, and the Orders of the Com­monwealth, as in Israel, Athens, Lacedemon and Rome, which had if their Territories permitted, and sometimes (as I may say) whether their Territories permitted or no, as in Israel, the vastest the highest temper'd & the best disciplin'd Militia, that is to be found in the whole compass of Story. Some Armies of Israel have consisted of three or four hundred thousand Men: Rome upon the rumour of a Gal­lick tumult, armed in Italy only, without Forraign aid, Pliny L. Aemi­lio Papo. C. A. tilio Regulo Cos. seventy thousand Horse and seven hundred thousand Foot; things in our days (when the Turk can hardly Arm half so many) not to be credited.

Hence that a Commonwealth, which had not first broken her self, or been broken by some other Common­wealth, should not be found to have been conquer'd by the Armes of any Monarch, is not miraculous but a natural effect of an apparent Cause. In this place, or upon this text, Divines whom I would desire not to be Enemies of Popular power, but to give Machiavil his due, shall, if they please, hear him make a goodly Sermon, in these words. If Antient Commonwealths and Governments used diligence Arte della guerra Proem. in any other Order to make their people Lovers of peace, faithfully unto their Countrey, and having the fear of God before their eyes, they doubled it in this of their Militia: for of whom should your Countrey expect greater faith, then of such as have offer'd themselves to die for her? whom should she endeavour to make greater Lovers of peace, then them who only can enslave her by force? In whom should there be grea­ter Fear of God, then in such as carry their lives in their hands? This when Lawgivers and Captains rightly con­sidered, was the Cause why Souldiers were esteemed honour'd, followed and imitated above all men in the world, whereas since such Orders are broken, and Custome is altogether de­viated from the course of Antient prudence; men are come to detest the iniquity of the Campe, and fly the conversation of [Page 66] such as are in Arms, as the Pestilence. Where the Arms in bulk are proper, but consist of Subjects, they are the best next; and but the best next as appears by all Examples, Antient, or Modern. The Arms with which Pyrrhus Prince of Epyrus invaded the Romans were of Subjects, yet that Prince though he were not vanquished by the Romans, confessed their advantage, and gave them over. The Spaniard, being a far more potent King then was Pyrrhus, hath acknowledged as much unto the Hollanders, though a far less Commonwealth then Rome: So have the Princes of Austria, and of Burgundy, unto the Switz. That the Arms of Subjects are nevertheless as much superior to the Arms of Servants, as inferior to the Armes of Citizens, is as plaine; Seeing as Alexander, with Thirty thousand Sub­jects, vanquished Darius having innumerable slaves; so Thirty thousand Christians are at this day a Match for any Army of Turks; and we see Venice, whose force by Sea consists of Subjects, to have made him quit that Element near as fully unto her Dominion or Empire, as did the Persian to Athens.

To Arms, that are proper, but consist of Servants, all the preheminence that can be given, is that they are better then forraign Arms; a proof whereof we have in those of Selimus, whereby he conquered the Mamalucks; who being but a forraign Force that held Egypt in subjection, the Countrey was irrecoverably lost, and (for the reasons al­ready shewn) as easily kept.

Improper Arms, whether Auxiliary or Mercenary, where the Force of a Prince or of a Commonwealth consisteth, for the bulk or greater part, of no other, are the least effe­ctual, and the most dangerous of all. For Auxiliaries, or what effect hath been found of them by Princes or Com­monwealths, it was seen in France, during the League by the Spaniard; and in Holland during the Reign of Queen Elizabeth, by the English; but especially in the Goths and Vandals, who having been Auxiliaries or Mercenaries rely'd upon by the later Emperors, came thereby to ruine the Roman Empire.

Mercenaries, who make their Arms their Trade, must of all other be the most pernicious; for what can we expect [Page 67] lesse of such whose Art is not otherwise so profitable, then that they should (as Machiavil shews) be breakers of their faith, given up unto rapine, Enemies of peace and Govern­ment?

To instance in some Commonwealths, that of Carthage after her first war with the Romans, fell through the Re­bellion of Spendius, and Matho, Ring-leaders of her Mercenaries, into another that was far more dangerous. Of such a Dilemma were the Arms of this State, that if Hannibal had conquered Rome, he must have been King of Carthage; and not conquering Rome, Carthage was ruin'd. The Commonwealth of Milan, trusting her self unto F. Sforza, and his mercenaries, became the Subject of her Servant, and he her Duke. Nor is Venice, whose Land forces are of the same kind, otherwise in safety, as to these, then by her situation. To give some instances of the same nature in Princes. The father of F. Sforza, being Captain of a like Mercenary Army, forced Joan Queen of Naples, whom he left disarm'd in the midst of her enemies, to lay her self at the feet of the King of Aragon; and Braccio by such another treachery had plainly possessed himself of the Kingdome of Naples, had he not been broken at Aquila, where death intercepted his design. From what hath been said, first of Government and then of Arms; if a Government of servants be harder to be conquer'd, and easier to be held, then in this Forraign Arms must needs be least necessary, and most dan­gerous.

If a Government of Subjects be easier to be conquered, and harder to be held, then in this Forraign Arms may be more necessary, but must be lesse dangerous.

But though a Government of Citizens be both hardest to be conquered, and hardest to be held, yet as it is, again in this regard, of two kinds, this cannot be said of each kind alike, wherefore I must distinguish.

In a Government of Citizens, if the Commonwealth be not for encrease, but preservation only, as Lacedemon, Carthage, Venice, Forraign Arms are both necessary and dangerous; but in a Government of Citizens, where the Commonwealth is both for increase and preservation, as [Page 68] Rome, Forraign Arms are neither necessary, nor dan­gerous.

To Repeat the parts of this Conclusion, which being brief, is obscure, more fully and particularly.

The Empire of Turkey is of the harder kind to be con­quer'd, wherefore the Turk needeth not forraign guards, to defend him, but it is of the easier to be held, wherefore let him take heed of intrusting his person with Forraign Guards, who having a forraign interest, may have a forraign Nation to assist them; and so the person of the Prince being in their hands, they have no more to do then to Extinguish the Royal Line, and the Empire, being easily held, is their own thenceforth with security. Thus the Mamalucks which were at first Forraign Guards, extinguishing the Royal line of the Kings of Aegypt, came to possesse, and hold that Realm without opposition. Who well considers this point, will never enough admire the policy of the Turk, in the creation (as it were) of his Janizaries, free from any National interest that might make them dream of, or desire liberty, and yet soevoid of all forraign interest, or knowledge, that they know not what, or who were their Country or Parents. Hence though they have interest to murther the Turk, and some­times do accordingly, they have no farther interest in the world, but what depends upon the Government; and so the Empire is safe, though the Prince be in danger; whereas if they were Forraign Guards, or had any Native interest, not only the Prince, but the Empire too would be in danger, the rest being servants, and such whose con­dition might be bettered by a Change, but could be no worse. Wherefore a Government of Servants must by no means admit of Forraign Guards, or Mamalucks.

But the Empire of France, where the Nobility are not only subject to flie out, but to call in strangers, may have use of Forraign Guards, which not obnoxious to Native interest, and factions, as those of the Nobility, are the readiest and best help at this lift, yet not dangerous, though having the Prince in their power, because by him they are safe from the Nobility, who, were it not for the Prince, would be so far from bearing or brooking Forraign [Page 69] Guards, that in case a Forraigner came in upon their call, having the same means to help themselves, whereby they brought him in, they would shake the yoak, and the Ends why they called him in being satisfied or repented of, drive him out again, as they did the Spaniard, and the English; but if this Government being invaded or con­quered, be so hard to be kept, how much harder being surprized? Wherefore in a Government by Subjects Forraign Arms may be more necessary, but must be lesse dangerous.

In a Commonwealth for preservation, as Lacedemon, Carthage, Venice, Forreign Arms are necessary: So Lace­mon, though able to defend her self by her proper forces against any one City; yet the wars in Greece going much upon leagues and Confederates, was forced also to make use of her Confederates, and sometimes of her Helots.

But as anciently to Carthage, so now to Venice, Forreign or Mercenary Forces are essential, because for Land-service such a Constitution can have no other: Yet is this course extreamly dangerous, as appeared by Lacedemon, who (being ever in fear of her Helots) when she had acquir'd upon the matter the whole Empire of Greece, came by the rebellion of her Confederates, not only to lose all, but to ruine. For Carthage upon the Mutiny of Spendius & Ma­tho, she escaped as at other times upon like occasions, very narowly. That such an accident neither hath befallen Venice nor can befall her, is to be attributed unto her situation, by which, in this regard, she is secure: Neverthelesse, her progresse, or increase, which by this means either cannot be great, or being great, must render her but the more infirm, is full bard.

To a Commonwealth for increase, which always taketh in the whole body of the People, Forraign Arms (seeing she aboundeth above all other kinds of policy, with such as are proper) must needs be the least necessary; and they are the most safe, because never admitting them, but for her meer convenience, and frugality in expense of Native bloud, she receiveth no such charge of them as can recoyl, but must carry point blank, and as vigorously at her proper interest, very neer as her proper Arms. Thus did the Latine and Italian Auxiliaries, of which joyned with [Page 70] the Roman Legions, consisted a Consular Army.

By thus much it seemeth that an inference from the success of Arms unto the perfection of Government, and from the perfection of Government, to the successe of Arms, should be no fallacious way of disputing.

But this hath been sweaty work with▪ the Considerer; (who loves his ease) it is enough to argue thus. The Switz, Scottish, and French guards, have never been the Authors of any sedition, therefore the seditiousnesse of a Nobility may be mended by Forraign Guards; which is, as if one should say, such a Physitian hath never been the cause of the Gout; therefore the Gout may be cured by such a Physitian. That Forraign Arms may be well enough applied in the case of a seditious Nobility, and have some good effects, is not denied, but is France therefore cured of her sedition, or remains she notwithstanding her Forraign Guards, the most sedious example in the world? If thus she have not been, nor be, what hath he read of the Princes of the bloud in former times, or heard of late from them? But if thus she have been, and be, is it not a fine way of cure to give us an example of the disease for the remedy? Nor are her Guards so void of sedition neither; but the Switz, if he want his pay, dares threaten Paris; the Scot (at least of late years) hath not been so bold; but if a Prince flie out, the Ensigns of the French Guards will one way or other be Captains, while Souldier and Officer too follows his affections or interests, which way soever they frame. I should be glad to know when a Dragon fell from that Court, that did not bear down stars with his train. But the Prevaricator is set upon it, whereas of late years, the Janizaries are known to have been far more imbrued in the bloud of their Princes then ever: he gives us his honest word, that of late years in Turkey, they begin to learn the art of poising the Janizaries (who are the foot of the Princes Guard) by the Spahyes, (who are the horse of the same) and so have frequently evaded the danger of their mutinies. At which rate, seeing every Army consisteth of Horse and Foot, no Army could be mutinous. If these had not been meer slights, and so intended, he might have done well to have shewn us One Mutiny of the Janizaries appeased by the Spahyes. But all the parts of his Politicks (as was [Page 71] said of those in Rhetorick) consist of Pronunciation.

Thus the wounds of Monarchy, notwithstanding the former, or this last remedy of Forraign Guards, are still bleeding, or festering.

But his courage is undaunted, ( aut viam inveniat aut faciat) he will either mend a Government, or make one, by asserting without any example, but with egregious Consid. p. 48. 49. confidence, That the perfection of Monarchy is free from those flaws, which are charged upon it, and that it consists in go­verning by a Nobility, weighty enough to keep the People under, yet not tall enough in any particular person to measure with the Prince; and by a Moderate Army kept under the Notion of Guards, and Garrisons, which may be sufficient to strangle all sedition in the Cradle, from which mixture, or Counterpoise of a Nobility and an Army, ariseth the most excellent form of Monarchical Government.

There's for your learning now, A Model which is a short horse, and a Legislator that hath soon curried him. To the parts of it, consisting of a Nobility, and in force, I have already spoken severally. I shall now speak unto the whole together; that is, unto the imagined mixture or Counterpoise of a Nobility and an Army; and because there is nothing in Nature, that hath not had a natural effect by some example.

The scale of Arms, or of Iron, continued in the Line of William the Conqueror, and the scale of Propiety, or gold, continued in the Barons of England, and their Successors. But in this, before the Barons wars consisted not the perfection of the Monarchy, because it preponde­rated too much on the side of Arms; nor after the Barons wars, because the King, putting power (which he could not keep out of their fingers) into the hands of the Nobility, it became a vicious constitution, and a Monarchy only in Name, (so saith the Considerer) therefore the ballance being then only even, when neither the King could over-ballance, or get the better of the Barons, nor the Barons over-ballance, or get the better of the King; the perfection of Monarchy consisted in the Barons wars! Lycurgus the Second!

Mark; the King by all means must have a Nobility weighty enough to keep down the people; and then he must [Page 72] have an Army to hold gold weight with his Nobility; as if the Nobility in that case would keep down the People, and not fetch them up (as did the Barons) into their scale, that so together they might weigh down the Army; which sooner or later is the infallible consequence of this phantasie; or let it be shewn where it was ever otherwise; to instance in France is quite contrary, where all the con­siderable offices, and commands being in the Nobility, or the richer sort of that Nation, the ballance of Arms, and of propriety are not two, but one and the same. There is no way for Monarchy, but to have no Army, or no other then the Nobility, which maketh the regulated Monarchy, as in France, Spain, &c. or to have an Army that may weigh down Nobility and People too; that is, destroy them both, which maketh the absolute way of Monarchy, as in Turkey; the wit of man never found, nor shall find a third, there being no such thing in Nature.

This Chapter is already with the longest, and yet I must give you a (corollary pouce de roy, or) Piece above mea­sure; upon a question which the greenest Politician that ever brought his Verjuce to the Presse, hath spurr'd me.

Where he desires to know my opinion of the way of go­verning by Councils, which he confesseth he hath always thought admirable; he doth not mean such as are co-ordinate with the Prince (which have been seen in the world) but such Consid. p. 49. 50. as those of Spain, purely of advice and dispatch, with power only to inform and perswade, not limit the Princes will. For almost all the weaknesses which have been thought incident to Monarchy, are by this course prevented, and if there be any steadinesse and maturity in the Senate of a Commonwealth, this takes it all in.

To give my Counsel without a fee, and deal sincerely with a Prevaricator: Let the Prince (that is, such an one as his) hold himself contented with his Divan, or Cabinet. If this be that he means, we are agreed; but if he would have more, I can make no lesse of his words, then an han­kering after such Councils as I have proposed, and that these are such as he always thought admirable, such as pre­vent almost all the weaknesses incident to Monarchy, and take in the steadinesse and maturity of a Commonwealth.

How may we make this agree with that other place? [Page 73] where he saith that there is no frame of laws, or constitution of government, which will not decay and come to ruine, unlesse repaired by the prudence and dexterity of them that govern. Now that this may not be expected from a Monarch, as well as Consid. p. 68. from a Senate, or assembly of men, he hath not yet met with any conviction, but rather finds it reasonable to think that where debates are cleerest, the result of them most secret, and the execution suddain, (which are the advantages of Mo­narchy) there the disorders of a State will soonest be disco­vered, and the necessary remedies best applied. In that former place he bethought himself, that the debates of Rome were as clear as those of Antiochus, that her results were as secret as those of Philip, or Perseus, and of more suddain execution then either of theirs. He doubted it might be true, which is affirmed by good Authors, and commonly enough known, that for the clearnesse of debate, and se­crecy of result, the world never saw any thing like the Senate of Venice, and that in all apparence they are for execution, as quick with the Divan, as the Divan can be with them. Now when all this is done, to banish so ge­nerous thoughts without shewing us for what cause, and knock under the table, is sad news. But he shall find me, in any thing that is reasonable, most ready to serve him. To the question then, how such Councils as I have pro­posed would do with a Prince? I answer, truly the best of them, I doubt, but untowardly. One, that is the Po­pular Assembly, hath no mean, but is either the wisest in Nature, or hath no brains at all. When affairs go upon no other then the Publick interest, this having no other interest to follow, nor eyes to see withal, is the wisest Council: but such ways are destructive to a Prince, and they will have no nay: The Congregation of Israel, when Rehoboam would not hearken to their advice, deposed him: and we know what Popular Councils, so soon as they came to sufficient power, did in England. If a Prince put a Po­pular Council from this ward, He does a great matter, and to little purpose, for they understand nothing else but themselves. Wherefore the Kings of France and of Spain, have dissolved all such Assemblies. It is true, where a Prince is not strong enough to get money out of them, but by their cocsent, they are necessary, but then they are not [Page 74] purely of advice and dispatch, but share in the Government, and he cannot be meddling with their Purses, but they will be meddling with his Laws. The Senate is of fitter use for a Prince, and yet except he have the way of Tiberius, but a ticklish piece, as appears by Maximinus, who was destroyed by Pupienus and Balbinus, Captains set up against him by this Order. To go unto the Root. These things are not otherwise in prudence or choice then by direction of the ballance; where this is Popular no remedy, the Prince must be advised by the People, which if the late King would have endured, the Monarchy might have subsisted somewhat longer, but while the ballance was Aristocrati­cal, as during the great Estates of the Nobility and the Clergy, we find not the People to have been great or wise Counsellors. In sum, if a King govern by a Popular Council, or an house of Commons, the Throne will not stand long. If he governs by a Senate, or an house of Lords, let him never fear the Throne, but have a care of himself: there is no third as I have said often enough but the Divan.

CHAP. X. Whether a Commonwealth that was not first broken by her self, were ever conquer'd by the Arms of any Monarch?

I Come in this Chapter to resume the discourse, where I broke off in the former, making good my assertion that a Commonwealth is the Goverment, which from the beginning of the world unto this day was never conquer'd by any Monarch; For if the Commonwealths of Greece came under the yoak of the Kings of Macedon, they were first broken by themselves.

When I speak of a Commonwealth, in relation to this point, I am no more to be argued against out of the Little Cities in Asia, or those of Ragusa, and San Marino, which cannot be shewn to have had the Command of any consi­derable Army, then I argue against the Praevaricator, where he asserts Monarchy to consist of a mixture of Arms and of a Nobility, from the King of Yuetot who had neither.

This assertion in the judgement of any rational Man [Page 75] ought not to be encountered, but where there was a Natu­ral possbility of defence, in regard that a City which hath no Army at all, as Geneva (which yet being invaded by the Duke of Savoy found means to defend her self) or such an one as is not considerable, should be subdued by some potent Monarch (if we could find the Example) concerns the Government no more, then if it had been overwhel­med by some inundation, or swallowed up by some Earthquake. And yet all that is Opposed by the Consi­derer, amounts not unto thus much. The testimony he brings out of Pausanias comes far short; for it is recorded (saith the Author speaking of the Lucedemonians) that be­ing corrupted by the bounty of Craesus, they were the first that Consid p. 53. Paus. Messen. contracted Amity with the Barbarians at the time when that King added the Territories inhabited by the Dorians upon the border of Caria, with other Commonwealths in Asia unto his Empire. So that Craesus corrupted the Lacedemonians with gifts, Pausanias is express, but whether he obtain'd the Asiatick Cities (likely in this case to have been easilier corrupted then the Lacedemonians) by Arms or by Pur­chase, he is not express; and the presumption of the later, as in other regards, so in this is the stronger; that Craesus by the te­stimony of Solon, was more potent in Gold then in Iron. Now if it were so, (and if otherwise let the Considerer shew) that these Commonwealths, inveagled by the Trea­sure of Craesus, came first under the Lydian, and fell with that under the Persian Empire, when Craesus was subdued by Cyrus; All I can learn by this example is no more than that Craesus, for ought that is perceivable, might have bought those Commonwealths as Cosimo of Medices did Florence; of whom it is affirm'd by Machiavel that there was not a considerable Man in the whole City that had not re­ceived some considerable sum. So this Example presumes; but in the next (which is of Sicily) there is not so much as a Presumption in favour of the Assertor, The State of Si­cily before that which the Romans call the first Carthagi­nian war being clear in Story against his design. For that Africa for the generation of Monsters is not more famous Fazello Hist. de Sicil Polyb. l. 1. then Sicily for that of Tyrants, they who have passed their Novitiat in Story are not ignorant; nor how when Timo­leon had freed her of this Vermine, and with Liberty she [Page 76] had recovered some strength and virtue, she relapsed under Agathocles and his horrid violation of faith, while he was trusted with the Arms of her Citizens: how after him Pyrrhus was called in from Epirus, after Pyrrhus Hiero usurped; all, by the same Arts, getting first into Trust or Charge, and then recoyling upon them that would take no warning: by which it is apparent that the Common­wealths of Sicily, like those of Greece, were ruin'd by them­selves, and their own disorders; and no more subdu'd upon these changes by forraign Arms, then was Israel by the Canaanites, or Rome by the Gauls or Decemvirs.

Israel (having broken her orders) was indeed sometimes opprest by the Canaanites; Rome was sacked by the Gauls, and usurped by the Decemvirs, but as the Man that having gotten a fall in a Duel throws off his Adversary, recovers himself, and his sword, is not conquer'd, so neither the Com­monwealth; wherefore neither Holland nor Genoa, though Decree of the States of Hol­land apud Grot. Hist. 4. they have been under, being yet standing, can be said to be conquer'd by the Arms of Spain or of France, but ra­ther to the contrary, seeing the Liberty of Holland (in many Cities more Antient then any Records or other Mo­numents there can witness, and in it self then that of Ta­citus, whereby Civilis born of Princely bloud, is affirmed to have vindicated the Batavian freedome) is still the same; And Genoa though happy in her Doria, remaineth as she was before he was born. Nor did the Family of the Me­dices banished out of Florence where by virtue of their pro­digious wealth, and the inevitable consequence of the bal­lance their Ancestors had been Princes many years before Charles the fifth was a Souldier, any more by the help of his Arms, those of the Pope (at that time of the same family) and their party at home, then get into their known saddle. To insist a little more at large upon the Stories of Genoa & Florence (because upon these the Prevanicator sets up his rest that Mr, Harrington must needs be afflicted) Genoa was and is an Oligarchy consisting of Twenty eight Families making the Great Council or Aggregation as they call it, none but these being capable of the Senate or of Magistra­cy and if ever it could be said of a Commonwealth that she had broken her self, it might be said at the time rela­ted to, of Genoa where not only the faction of the Guelphs and Gybelins, which had destroyed many Cities in Italy then [Page 77] reigned, but the few'd between the People included, and the Subject excluded, was as great as ever had been between the Nobility and the People in Rome, besides that of the Fieschi and the Adorni two families, like Caesar and Pompey, which having many years together, as it were ingrost the Magistracy of Duke, were neverthelesse perpetually striving each with other, which should have it, and if one of these (as it did) brought in the King of France, there is nothing plainer then that this Common­wealth, was subdued by her own sedition, nor is there a man knowing any thing of her affaires, that maketh any doubt of it. That of Florence in deed if the Praevari­cator could shew it had been ever up, I should grant were down, but to relate the Story of this City, I must relate that of the House of Medices. From Cosimo, a Comines. P. Jovius. Ma­chiavill. Citizen famous throughout Europe both for his wisdome and his riches, this family for the space of sixty years, ex­ercised, under the praetext of some Magistracy, very great power in Florence. To Cosimo succeded Peter, to Peter Laurence a Man in Prudence and Liberality resembling his Grandfather, save that he used more absolute power in menaging the Common-wealth, yet with gentlenesse, and not altogether unto the suppression of Liberty. Neverthe­less he obtained of the Siginory (which did for the most part as he would have them) some small guard for his person, he was a Man renowned through Italy, and looked up­on by foreigne Princes with much respect. To him suc­ceeded his Son another Peter who through youth and rash­ness conceiving the power exercised by his Predecessors to be no more than his due, took upon him the Goverment as absolute Lord of All, and standing most formidably up­on his Guard grew sottishly profuse of the Publick money, committed many absurdities and violences; By which means having incurred the hatred of the Citizens, he was banished by the Signiory, with Cardinal John and Julian his brothers. This John coming after to be Pope Leo the Tenth, required the revocation of his brothers banish­ment, and the restitution of the House of Medices, to which finding the prevailing party of the Florentines to be refracto­ry, He stirred up the Armes of the Emperor Charles the [Page 82] fifth against them, by whose Joynt Ayd the City, after a long siedge, was reduced unto her Old Ward, and Alexander of Medices, Nephew unto the Pope and son in Law unto the Emperor, set in the known Saddle of his Ancestors. This is the Action for which the Praevaricator will have a Com­mon-wealth to have been conquered by the Armes of a Monarch, though who reades the story may very safely af­firm, First that Florence never attained unto any such Or­ders as could deserve the Name of a Common-wealth; and next that the purse of Cosimo had done that long before, which is here attributed unto the Armes of the Pope and the Emperour. Reason and Experience (as I said) are like the roots and the branches of Plants and trees: as of bran­ches fruits and flowers being open and obvious unto the eye, the smell, the touch, and tast every gyrle can skill; so examples unto vulgar capacity are the best Arguments. Let him that saith a Common-wealth hath been at any time conquer'd by a Monarch, to it gain, and shew us the Example. But though fruits and flowers be easily known each from other; their Rootes are latent, and not only so, but of such resemblance that to distinguish of these a man must be a Gardiner or an Herbalist. In this manner, the reason why a Common-wealth, hath not been overcome by a Monarch, hath been shewn in the distribution of Armes, those of a Prince consisting of Subjects or servants, & those of a Common-wealth rightly Order'd, of Citizens, which difference relates plainly unto the perfection or im­perfection of the Goverment.

But, sayes the Prevaricator this seemes intended for a Try­all Consid. p, 51. of our Noses whether they will serve us to discover the falla­cy of an inference from the prosperous successe of Armes to the perfection of Government. If she who should have some care of the Vineyard of Truth, shall lye pigging of wide bores, to grunt in this manner and fear with the tush, and I happen to ring some of them (as I have done this Marcassin for rooring) there is nothing in my faith, why such tryall of their Noses should be sin; but for fallacions in­ferrences such I leave unto them whose Capps are squarer then their play.

[Page 77]For all that, Great and well policyd Empires (saith he) have been subverted by People so eloigned from the perfection of government, that we scarce know of any thing to tye them together, but the desire of booty. Where, or how came he to know this? what reason or experience doth he alledge for the proof of it? May we not say of this, it is for the tryal of our Noses, whether they will serve us to discover that a Conclusion should have some Premisses? He gives us leave to go look, and all the premisses that I can finde are quite contrary.

The Arms of Israel were alwayes victorious, till the Judges ch. 1. & 2. death of Josua, whereupon, the orders of that Common­wealth being neglected, they came afterwards to be sel­dom prosperous. Isocrates in his Oration to the Areopa­gites, speaks thus of Athens, The Lacedemonians, who when we were under Oligarchy, every day commanded us something; now while we are under popular Administration, are our Peti­tioners that we would not see them utterly ruined by the The­bans. Nor did Lacedemon ruine till her Agrarian, the foundation of her Government was first broken. The Arms of Rome (ever noted by Historians, and clearly evin­ced Arte della guerra▪ by Machiavil to have been the result of her policy) during the popular government were at such a pitch, as if Victory had known no other wings then those of her Eagles: nor seeing the Gothes and Vandalls are the Legisla­tors from whom we derive the government of King, Lords, and Commons, were these when they overcame the Ro­man Empire, a people so eloigned from the perfection of Go­vernment, but their Policy was then farre better than that of the Emperors, which having been at first founded upon a broken Senate, and a few Military Colonies, was now come unto a Cabinet, and a Mercenary Army. The Judge­ment of all ages and writers upon the Policy of the Ro­man Emperors, is in this place worthy, and through the pains already taken by Erasmus and Sleiden, easie to be in­serted. O miserable and deplorable State (saith Erasmus) the In his Preface▪ to Suelonius. Authority of the Senate, the power of the Law, the Liberty of the People being troden under-foot; to a Prince, that got up in this manner, the whole World was a servant, while he him­self was a servant unto such, as no honest man would have [Page 78] endured the like servants in his house! the Senate dreaded the Senate dreaded the Emperor, the Emperor dreaded his execrable Militia: the Em­peror gave Lawes unto Kings, and received them from his Mercenaries. To this is added by Sleiden, That the con­dition De qual. Imp. of these Princes was so desperate, it was a wonderful thing, Ambition her self could have the courage to run such a hazard; seeing from Cajus Caesar slain in the Senate to Charles the Great, there had been above thirty of them mur­thered, and four that had layd violent hands upon themselves; For there was alway something in them that offended the Soul­diery which whether they were good or bad was equally sub­ject to pick quarrels, upon the least occasion raised tumults, and dispatcht even such of them as they had forced to accept of that dignity, for example▪ Aelius Pertinax. But, if this be true, that of the Gothes and Vandalls, when they subdued this Em­pire, must have been the better Government; for so ill as this never was there any, except that only of the Kings of Israel, which certainly was much worse. Those of the Britains and the Gauls, were but the dregs of this of Rome, when they were overcome by the Saxons and Franks, who brought in the Policy of the Gothes and Vandalls.

When Tamerlan overcame Bajazet, the Turkish Policy had not attain'd unto that extent of Territory, which is plainly necessary unto the nature of it, nor was the Order of the Janizaries yet instituted. The Hollander, who under a potent Prince, was but a Fisherman, with the restitution of the popular government, is become the better Soul­dier; nor hath been matcht but by a rising Common­wealth, whose Policy you will say was yet worse: but then her ballance (being that especially which produceth men) was farre better. For vastness, for fruitfulness of terri­tory, for bodies of men, for number, for courage, nature never made a Country more potent then Germany: yet this Nation anciently the Seminary of Nations, hath of late years, meerly through the defect of her policy (which in tending one Common wealth hath made an hundred Monarchies in her bowels, whose crosse interests twist her gutts) been the theater of the saddest Tragedies under the Sun; nor is she curable unless some Prince alling to work with the Hammer of Warre, be able totally to de­stroy [Page 79] the old, and forge her a Government intirely new. But, if this come to be, neither shall it be said, that a well polycy'd Empire was subverted, nor by a people so eloigned from perfection of government, but theirs must be much better then the other. Let me be as ridiculous as you will, the World is ( in faece Romuli) ripe for great changes which must come. And look to it, whe­ther it be Germany, Spain, France, Italy, or England, that comes first to fix her self upon a firm foundation of policy, she shall give law unto, and be obey'd by the rest There was never so much fighting as of late dayes to so little purpose; Arms, except they have a root in poli­cy, are altogether fruitless. In the Warre between the King and the Parliament, not the Nation only, but the policy of it was divided, and which part of it was upon the better foundation?

But saith he, Ragusa and San Marino are commended for Consid. p. 51. their upright and equal frame of Government, and yet have hardly extended their Dominion, beyond the size of an handsom Mannor.

Have Ragusa, or San Marino been conquer'd by the Arms of any Monarch? For this (I take it) is the Questi­on; though, if they had, these being Common wealths unarmed, it were nothing to the purpose. The question of encrease is another point. Lacedemon could not increase (because her frame was of another nature) without ruine; yet was she not conquer'd by any Monarch.

Come, come says he for all this. It is not the perfection of Consid. p. 52. Government, but the populousness of a Nation, the natural va­lour of the Inhabitants, the abundance of Horses, Arms, and o­ther things necessary for equipping of an Army, assisted with a good Military Discipline, that qualifie a People for Con­quest; and where these concur, Victory is intayled upon them, Very fine▪

As if these could concur any otherwise then by vertue of the policy. For example, there is no Nation under Hea­ven more populous then France. Yet saith Sir Francis Ba­con, If the Gentlemen be too many, the Commons will be base, Essay 29. and not the hundredth Pole fit for an Helmet, as may be seen by comparison of England with France, whereof the former, [Page 80] though far lesse in Territory and Populousness; hath been never­theless the over-match; in regard the middle People in England make good Souldiers which the Paisants in France do not. This therefore was from the Policy, by which the one hath been the freest, and the other the most inslaved Subject in the World, and not from populousness, in which case, France must have been the Over match.

The like is observable in the natural valour of the people, there being no greater courage of an Infantry, then that of the middle people in England, whereas the Paisant having none at all, is never used in Arms. Again, France hath one of the best Cavalries in the World, which the English never had, yet it availed her not. Victory is more especially intayl'd upon courage, and courage upon liber­ty, which groweth not without a root planted in the poli­cy or foundation of the Government.

Alexander with an handful of freermen, overcame the greatest abundance of Horses, Arms, and other things necessa­ry for the equipping of an Army, the hugest Armies, the most vast and populous Empire in the World; and when he had done, could not by all these subdue that handful of freer men (though he kill'd Clytus with his own hand in the quarrel) unto the servile customs of that Empire. And that the best Military Discipline derived from the policy of the Romans, I intimated before, and have shewn at large in other places.

But the Praevaricator neither mindes what is said, nor cares what he sayes; to affirm that a Common wealth was never conquer'd by any Monarch, and that a Common­wealth hath conquer'd many Monarchs, or frequently led mighty Kings in triumph, is to run upon the foile, the se­cond proposition being, with him, no more then, onely the conversion of the first. As if that, Rome was not conquer'd Consid. p. 55. by the World; and that the World was conquer'd by Rome, were but a simple conversion. So the World having not conquer'd Venice, it must follow, that Venice hath con­quer'd the World. Do we take, or are we taken? Nor is he thus satisfied to burn his fingers, but he will blister his tongue.

[Page 81]Where I said that the COMMON-WEALTH OF VENICE, consisting of all them that first fled from the main Land, unto those▪ Islands where the City is now planted, at the institution took in the WHOLE PEOPLE, he would make you believe I had said that the SENATE OF VENICE at the first institution, TOOK IN THE WHOLE PEOPLE. It is matter of fact, and that in Consid. p. 70. Oceana p. 9. which his integrity will be apparent unto every mans judgement. I pray you see the places. And yet when he hath put this—upon me, he tells me, perhaps it is not true, and this only I grant him, past peradventure is false, whe­ther that I said it, or that the thing is possible. For how is it possible, that the Senate, which is no otherwise such▪ then as it consisteth of the Aristocracy, or select part of the People should take in the whole People? It is true, that good Authours, both ancient aud modern, when they speak of the Senate of Rome, or of Ve­nice historically, imply the People. Machiavil, speaketh of the Magistracy of Publilius Philo as prolonged by the Se­nate of Rome, without making any mention of the people, by whom nevertheless it was granted: the like is usuall with other Authours. Thuanus seldom mentioneth the Common wealth of Venice, but by the name of the Senate; which not understood by the learned Considerer, where Contarini speaks in the same manner, of the courses taken by the Common-wealth of Venice, for withholding the Subject in the City from sedition, he takes him to be speaking of the meanes, whereby the Senate (an't please you) keeps the People under: and so having put one trick upon me, and another upon Contarini, these two are his premisses, whence he drawes this conclusion, That Venice is as much as any in the World, an unequal Common wealth. Now the conclusion, you know no body can deny.

Chap. XI. whether there be not an Agrarian, or some Law, or Lawes of that Nature, to supply the defect of it in every Common wealth: and whether the Agrarian, as it is stated in Oceana, be not equal and satis­factory unto all Interests.

IN this Chapter the Praevaricator's devices, are the most well favour'd; for whereas the Agrarian of Oceana, doth no more than pin the Basket, which is already filled, he gets up into the Tree, where the Birds have long since, eaten all the Cherries, and with what Clouts he can rake up, makes a most ridiculous scar-crow. This pains he needed not to have taken, if he had not slighted o­ver much, the Lexicon of which, he allowes me to be the Authour, yet will have it, that he understood the words before; some of which nevertheless, his ill understanding requireth, should be farther interpreted in this place, as Propriety, Ballance, Agrarian, and Levelling.

Propriety is that which is every Mans own by the Law of the Land, and of this there is nothing stir'd, but all in­tirely left as it was found by the Agrarian of Oceana.

Propriety in money (except as hath been shewen in Cities that have little or no Territory) commeth not unto the present Accompt: But Propriety in Land, according to the distribution that happeneth to be of the same, causeth the Political ballance producing Empire of the like Nature: that is, if the Propriety in Lands be so diffused through the whole People, that neither one Landlord, nor a few Land­lords over-ballance them, the Empire is popular. If the propriety in Lands be so ingrossed by the Few, that they over-ballance the whole people, the Empire is Aristocra­ticall, or mixed Monarchy; But if Propriety in Lands be in one Landlord▪ to such a proportion as over-ballanceth the whole People, the Empire is absolute Monarchy. So [Page 83] the political ballance is three-fold, Democratical, Aristo­cratical, and Monarchical.

Each of these Ballances may be introduced either by the Legislator, at the institution of the Government; or by ci­vill Vicissitude, alienation, or alteration of propriety under Government.

Examples of the ballance introduced at the institution, and by the Legislator▪ are first those in Israel and Lacede­mon, introduced by God or Moses; and Lycurgus, which were Democratical or Popular. Secondly, Those in Eng­land, France and Spain▪ introduced by the Gothes, Vandals, Saxons, and Franks, which were Aristocratical, or such as produced the Government of King, Lords and Commons. Thirdly, those in the East and Turkey, introduced by Nimrod and Mahomet, or Ottoman, which were purely Mo­narchial.

Examples of the Ballance introduced by civil Vicissi­tude, alienation▪ or alteration of Propriety under Govern­ment are in Florence, where the Medices attaining to ex­cessive wealth, the ballance altered from Popular, to Mo­narchial: In Greece, where the Argives being Lovers of e­quality Pausan: Corith. and liberty▪ reduced the power of their Kings to so small a matter, that there remained unto the Children and Successors of Cisus, little more than the Title, where the ballance alter­ed from Monarchical to Popular. In Rome, about the time of Crassus, the Nobility having eaten the People out of their Lands, the ballance alter'd from Popular, first un­to Aristocratical, as in the Triumvirs, Caesar, Pompey, and Crassus; and then to Monarchical, as when Crassus being dead, and Pompey conquer'd, the whole came to Caesar. In Arist. Pol. L. 5. C. 3. Tarentum, not long after the Warre with the Medes, the Nobi­lity being wasted, and overcome by Iapy [...]es, the ballance▪ and with that the Common wealth changed from Aristocratical, to Popular: the like of late hath discovered it self in Oceana. When a ballance commeth so through civil Vicissitude to be changed, that the change cannot be attributed unto hu­mane Providence, it is more peculiarly to be ascribed unto the hand of God; and so when there happeneth to be an irresistible change of the ballance, not the old Government which God hath repealed, but the new Government, [Page 84] which he dictateth as present Legislator, is of Divine right.

This volubility of the ballance being apparant, it be­longs unto Legislators to have eyes, and to occur with some prudential or legal remedy or prevention; and the Lawes that are made in this Case are called Agrarian. So an Agrarian is a Law fixing the ballance of a Government, in such manner that it cannot alter.

This may be done divers wayes, as by entailing the Lands upon certain Families, without power of Alienation in a­ny case, as in Israel and Lacedemon, or except with leave of the Magistrate, as in Spain; but this by making some Fa­milies too secure, as those in possession, and others too despairing, as those not in possession, may make the whole People lesse industrious.

Wherefore the other way, which by the regulation of purchases, ordains only, that a Mans Land shall not exceed some certain proportion; for example, two thousand pounds a year, or exceeding such a proportion, shall divide in descending unto the Children, so soon as being more than one, they shall be capable of such division, or sub-di­vision, till the greater share exceed not two thousand pounds a year in Land, lying and being within the Native Territory, is that which is received and established by the Common wealth of Oceana.

By Levelling, they who use the word, seem to under­stand, when a People rising invades the Lands and Estates of the richer sort, and divides them equally among them­selves; as for example,—No where in the World; this being that both in the way, and in the end, which I have al­ready demonstrated to be impossible. Now the words of this Lexicon being thus interpreted; Let us hearken what the Praevaricator will say, and out it comes in this manner.

To him that makes propriety, and that in Lands the founda­tion Consid. p. 73. of Empire, the establishing of an Agrarian is of abso­lute necessity, that by it the power may be fixed in those hands to whom it was at first committed.

What need we then proceed any farther, while he ha­ving no where disproved the ballance in these words, gives the whole cause? For as to that which he faith of money [Page 85] seeing neither the vast treasure of Henry the 7th, altered the ballance of England, nor the Revenue of the Indies al­ters that of Spain, this retrait (except in the cases excep­ted) is long since barricadoed. But he is on and off, and, any thing to the contrary notwithstanding, gives you this for certain.

The Examples of an Agrarian are so infrequent; that Mr. Harrington is constrained to wave all, but two Common­wealths, and can finde in the whole extent of History only Is­rael, and Lacedemon to fasten upon.

A man that hath read my Writings, or is skilled in Hi­story, cannot chuse but see, how he slurs his Dice, never­theless, to make this a little more apparent, It hath seemed to some, (sayes Aristotle) the main point of institution in Go­vernment, Pol. L. 2. C. 5. to order riches right: whence otherwise derives all Civil discord? Ʋpon this ground, Phaleas the Calcedonian Le­gislator made it his first work to introduce equality of goods, and Plato in his Lawes, allowes not increase unto a possession beyond certain bounds. The Argives, and the Messenians had each their Agrarian, after the manner of Lacedemon, If a Plut. Lycur. man shall translate the words ( [...], vir­tus & facultas civilis) Political virtue or faculty, where he findes them in Aristotles Politicks, (as I make bold, and appeal unto the Reader, whether too bold to do) by the words Politicall ballance, understood as I have stated the thing, it will give such a light unto the Authour, as will go neerer than any thing alleadged (as before by this Praevaricator) to deprive me of the honour of that Pol. L. 3. C. 9. invention. For Example, where Aristotle saith, If one man, or such a number of men, as to the capacity of Government come within the compasse of the Few, excel, all the rest ( [...]) in ballance, or in such manner, that the ( [...]) Political faculties or Estates of all the rest, be not able to hold weight with him or them; they will never condis­cend to share equally with the rest in power; whom they excell in ballance; nor is it to any purpose to give them Lawes, who will be as the Gods, their own Lawes: and answer the People as the Lions are said, by Antisthenes, to have answer'd the hares, when they had concluded, that every one ought to have an e­quall portion. For this cause (he adds) Cities that live under popular power, have instituted the Ostracism, for the▪ preserva­tion [Page 86] of equality; by which, if a man increase in riches, reti­nue, or popularity above what is safe, they can remove him (without losse of honour or estate) for a time.

If the Considerer think that I have strained courtesie with Aristotle (who indeed is not alwayes of one minde) further then is warrantable, in relation to the ballance, be it, as he pleaseth, I who must either have the more of Au­thority, or the lesse of Competition in the point, shall lose neither way. However, it is in this place enough, that the Ostracism being of like nature, was that which supplyde the defect in the Grecian Cities of an Agrarian. To proceed then unto Rome, that the People there, by striving for an Agra­rian, strove to save their Liberty, is apparent, in that through the want of such a Law, or the non-observance of it, the Common wealth came plainly unto ruine. If a Venetian should keep a Table, or have his House furnished with re­tainers, he would be obnoxious unto the Council of Ten: and if the best of them appear with other state or equipage, then is allowed unto the meanest, he is obnoxious unto the Officers of the Pomp, which two Orders in a Common­wealth, where the Gentry have but small Estates in Land, are as much as need be in lieu of an Agrarian. But the German Republicks have no more to supply the place of this Law, then that Estates descending, are divided among the Children, which sure no man but will say, must needs be both just and pious, And we ask you no more in Oce­ana; where grant this, and you grant the whole Agrarian. Thus had I set him all the Common wealths in the World before; and so it is no fault of mine, that he will throw but at three of them, These are Israel, Lacedemon, & Oceana.

First at Israel. Mr. Harrington (sayes he) thinks not up­on the promise of God unto Abraham (whence the Israelites Consid. p. 77. derived their right unto the Land of Canaan) but considers the division of the Lands as a Politick Constitution upon which the Government was founded, though in the whole History of the Bible, there be not the least foot-step of such a design.

What meanes the man! The right of an Israelite unto his Land, derived from the promise of God unto Abraham▪ therefore the right of an Oceaner unto his Land, must de­rive from the promise of God unto Abraham? Or, why else should I in speaking of Oceana (where Propriety [Page 87] is taken as it was found, and not stirred an hair) think on the promise to Abraham? Nor matters it for the manner of division, seeing that was made, and this was found made, each according unto the Law of the Government. But in the whole Bible (sayes he) there is not the least foot-step that the end of the Israelitish Agrarian was Politicall, or that it was intended to be the foundation of the Government.

The foot-steps of God by the Testimony of David, may be seen in the deep waters, much more by the consent of the whole Bible, in Land, or in the foundation of Empire, un­less we make the foot-steps of God to be one thing, and his wayes another, which as to Government are these.

God by the Ballot of Israel (more fully described in Grot. ad Numb. 26. 53. the next Book) divided the Land (some respect had unto the Princes and Patriarchs, for the rest) to every one his inhe­ritance, according unto the number of names, which were drawn out of the one Urne first, and the Lots of Land, (the measure with the goodness of the same considered) drawn after­wards out of the other Urn unto those Names. Wherefore God ordaining the Cause, and the Cause of Necessity pro­ducing the effect, God, in ordaining this Ballance, inten­ded popular Government. But when the People admit­ting of no Nay, would have a King. God thereupon com­manding Samuel to shew them the manner of the King, Sa­muel declared unto the People, concerning the manner or 1 Sam. 8. policy of the King, saying, He will take your Fields and your Vineyards, and your Olive-yards, even the best of them, and give unto his servants (which kind of proceeding must needs create the ballance of a Nobility). Over and above this, he will take the tenth of your seed, and of your Vineyards, and of your sheep (by way of tax, for the maintenance of his Armies) and thus your Daughters shall come to be his Cooks and Confectioners, and your Sons to run before his Chariot. There is not from the ballance to the superstructures, a more perfect description of a Monarchy, by a Nobility. For the third branch, the People of Aegypt in time of the Fa­mine, Gen. 47. 19. 20. which was very sore, come unto Joseph, saying, Buy us and our Land for bread, and we and our Land will be servants unto Pharaoh. And Joseph bought all the Land of Aegypt (except that of the Priests) for Pharaoh. So the Land became [Page 88] Pharaohs: who lest the remembrance of their former Propriety by lively marks, and continual remembrancers Grot. ad Gen. 47. should stir them up (as the Vandalls in Africa, exuted in like manner of their Propriety, and yet remaining in their anci­ent dwellings, were stirred up by their Women) unto se­dition, removed the People thus sold, or drave them like Cattle even from one End of the borders of Aegypt unto the other end thereof. In which you have the ballance of a sole Land-lord or absolute Prince, with the miserable, and yet necessary consequence of an inslaved people. Now the ballance of Governments throughout the Scrip­tures, being of these kindes, and no other, the Ballance of Oceana is exactly calculated unto the most approved way, and the clearest footsteps of God in the whole History of the Bible: and whereas the Jubile was a Law instituted for preservation of the Popular ballance from alteration; so is the Agrarian, in Oceana.

But says the Praevaricator, Hocus Pocus, or in the name of wonder, how can this Agrarian be the foundation of that Go­vernment, which had subsisted more than forty five years with­out it? For they were so long after the giving of this Law for the division of the Land, before they had the Land to di­vide.

Which is as if one should say upon that other law of the like date. Judges and Officers shalt thou make thee in all thy gates; Hocus Pocus, or in the name of wonder, how should the Children of Israel make them Judges and Officers in in their gates, before they had any gates to make them in? fine sport to be play'd by an Attorney for the Clergy with Scripture, where it is plain enough that the Laws of a Common-wealth were given by Moses unto an Army to be put in Execution, when that Army should become a Common-wealth, as hapned under Joshua.

But no saying will serve his turn. If this Agrarian were meant as fundamentall to the Government, the Provi­sion (he will have it) was weak and not proper for attaining the end proposed, there being nothing in the Nature of the A­grarian to hinder, but that the whole Countrey might for the space of near fifty years, that is, the time between the two Ju­bilees, have come into the hands of One Man, and so have destroyed Ballance, Agrarian, Government, and all.

[Page 89]This they that boast of their Mathematicks might have taken the pains (before they had been so confident) to have demonstrated possible; as how or by what meanes one Lot could come in fifty years to be multiplied six hun­dred thousand times, and that without usury, which barre (the Israelites being no Merchants) was thought sufficient to be given; or thus to call the prudence of God by their impracticable Phansyes, in question, is abo­minable.

I would have Divines (as this Praevaricator perswades) and, it should seem, hath perswaded some of them, to overthrow the Common-wealth of Israel; for otherwise I will give them my word they shall never be able to touch that of Oceana, which expect in the hereditary suc­cession and dignity of the Princes of the Tribes, and the Patriarchs, and that the Senate was for life, differs not from the former: for as to the divers working up of the super­structures in divers Common-wealths according unto the diversity of occasions, it comes unto no Accomptable difference; and much (I conceive) of this carving or finishing in Israel, (which had it been extant would per­haps have shewn a greater resemblance) is lost. For the Senates, as to their Numbers, that of the 300 in Oceana, considering the Bulk of the People, exceedeth not that of the Seaventy in Israel; the succession and dignity of the Princes of the Tribes and of the Patriarchs, was Ordain'd for the preservation of the Pedegrees, which (Christ being born) are not any more to be of like consequence; And that the Senators were for life, derived from a former Custome of such a Number of Elders exercising some Au­thority in Aegypt (though not that of the Senate till it was instituted by God) from the descent of the Patriarchs into that Land, who being at their descent se [...]venty per­sons, and governing their families by the right of Paterni­ty; as the people increased, and they came to dye had their Successors appointed in such manner that the num­ber of Seaventy in remembrance of those Patriarchs was diligently preserved. And forasmuch as the Patriarchs governing their own Familied (which at first were all) in their own right were consequently for life, [Page 90] this also pleased in the substitution of others. These things rightly considered, I have not varyed from the Authority of Israel in a tittle, there being neither any such necessa­ty use of Pedigrees, nor uninterrupted succession of El­ders for life in Oceana; and unlesse a Man will say, That we ought to have the like Effect, where there is not the like Cause (which were absurd) the Authority of a Com­mon wealth, holdeth no otherwise then from the cause to the effect.

Oceana, I say, cannot be wounded but by peircing the Authority of Israel, with which she is armed Cap, a pie. Consid. p. 36. It is true (as the Praevaricator saith in another place) that Law can oblige onely those to whom it was given, and that the Laws of Israel were given as to the power or Obligation of them onely to the Children of Israel. But the power (as hath been shewn) of a Common-wealth and her Authority are diffe­rent things, her power extends no farther than her own people, but her Authority may govern others, as that of Athens did Rome; when the later writt her twelve Tables by the Copy of the former. In this manner, though a Man or a Common-wealth, writing out of Antient governments have liberty to choose that which sutes best with the occasi­on, out of any; yet, whether we consider the wisedome and Justice of the Legislator supremely good, or the excellency of the Lawes; the Prerogative of Authority, where the na­ture of the thing admitts, must needs belong unto Israel. That this opinion should go sore with Divines, is strange; and yet if there be any feeling of their pulse by this their Advocate or Attorney, as true.

For while he finds mee writing out of Venice, he tells In his Epist. me I have wisely put my self under her Protection or Authority, against whom he dares not make warre, lest he should take part with the Turk.

But when he finds me writing out of Israel, he tells me Consid. p. 39. that he is not aware of any Prerogative of Authority belonging to the Israelitish more then any other Republick: which is to take part with the Devill.

So much for Israel: Now for Lacedemon, but you will permitt me to shake a friend or two by the hand, as I goe.

The first is Aristotle, in these words.

Inequality is the source of all Sedition, as when the riches of Pol. L. 5. C. 3. one or the few come to cause such an overballance as drawes the Common-wealth into Monarchy or Oligarchy; for prevention whereof the Ostracism hath been of use in divers places, as at Argos and Athens. But it were better to provide in the begin­ning, that there be no such Disease in the Common wealth, then to come afterwards unto her Cure.

The second is Plutarch, in these words.

Lycurgus judging that there ought to be no other inequality Plut. Lycur. among Citizens of the same Common wealth than what derives from their vertues, divided the Land so equally among the La­cedemonians, that on a day beholding the Harvest of their lots lying by Cocks or Ricks in the field, he laughing said, that it seem'd unto him they were all Brothers.

The third should have been the Considerer, but he is at fewd with us all.

The design of Lycurgus (he professes) was not so much to Consid. p. 78. attain an equality in the frame of his Government, as to drive into Exile riches, and the effects of them, Luxury and Debau­chery.

Gentlemen, What do you say? you have the Judge­ment of three great Philosophers, and may make your own choice; Only except he that hath but one hundred pounds a year, can have Wine and Women at as full Command, and Retainers in as great plenty, as he that hath ten thou­sand, I should think these advantages accrued from ine­quality, and that Lycurgus had skill enough in a Common-wealth to see as much. No, sayes the Praevaricator, it ap­peares far otherwise, in that he admitted of no money, but old Iron, a Cart-load of which was worth little. Well, but in Israel, where Silver and Gold was worth enough, my Gentleman would have it, that One man in the Compasse of fifty years might purchase the whole Land, though that Coun­trey [Page 92] was much larger then this: and yet where, if the People had used money, they would have used Trade, and using both, such a thing, through the straightness of the Ter­ritory, might have happened, he will not conceive the like to have been possible. No, though he have an example of it in Lysander, who by the spoil of Athens ruined the Agra­rian, first by the over-ballance that a mans money came to hold unto his lot, then by eating out the lots themselves, and in those the equality of the Common wealth. But these things he interpreteth pleasantly, as if the vow of vo­luntary poverty (so he calls it) being broken, the Common-wealth, like a forsworn wretch, had gone and hanged her self: a Phancy too rank (I doubt) of the Cloyster, to be good at this woyk.

But whereas Plutarch, upon the narrowness of these lots (which had they been larger, must have made the Citizens fewer then thirty thousand, and so unable to defend the Common wealth,) and upon the use of this same old and rusty Iron instead of money, observes it came by this means to passe, that there was neither fine Orator, Fortune­teller, Bawd▪ nor Goldsmith to be found in Lacedemon; Our Plur. Lycur. Considerer professeth,

That it is to him as strange as any thing in History, that Lycurgus should finde credit enough to settle a Government, which carryed along with it so much want and hardship unto particular men, that the totall absence of Government could scarce have put them into a worse Condition, the Lawes that he made, prohibiting the use of those things, which to enjoy with security, is that only to other men, that makes the yoak of Lawes supportable.

Here he is no Monke again; I would ask him no more, than that he would hold to some thing, be it any thing. It is true, we, who have been used to our Plum-pottage, are like enough to make faces (as did the King of Pontus) at the Lacedemonian black broth: But who hath opened his mouth against Plum-pottage, gilded Coaches, Pages, Lac­ques, fair Mannor, Houses, good Tables, rich furniture, full purses, Universities, good Benefices, Scarlet Robes, s [...]u re Caps, rich Jewels, or said any thing that would not mul­tip'y all this? Why (sayes he) you are so farre right, that [Page 93] the voice of Lycurgusses Agrarian, was, Every man shall be thus poor, and that of yours is, that No man shall be more than thus rich. This is an Argument (an't please you) by which he thinks he hath proved, that there is no difference be­tween the Agrarian that was in Lacedemon, and that which is in Oceana: for, Sir, whatsoever is thus and thus, is like. But the Agrarian of Lacedemon was thus, A man could have no money, or none that deserved that Name; and the Agrarian of Oceana is thus, A mans money is not con­fin'de: therefore the Agrarian of the one, and of the other are like. Was it not a great grievance in Lacedemon, tro, that they had no such Logick nor Logician? Be this as it will, It had been impossible (sayes he) for Lyeurgus to have setled his Government, had he not wisely obtained response from the Oracle at Delphos, magnifying and recommending it; After which, all resistance would have been down-right impiety and disobedience, which concerns Mr. Harrington very little. The Bible then is not so good an Oracle, as was that at Delphos. But this reflection hath a tang with it, that makes me think it relates to that where he sayes, I know not how; Consid. p. 18. but Mr. Harrington hath taken up a very great unkindness for the Clergy: He will know nothing, neither that the Ora­cle of the Scripture is, of all other, the clearest for a Com­mon wealth; nor that the Clergy being genera'ly against a Common wealth, is, in this, below the Priests of Delphos; who were more for Lycurgus, then these are for Moses. But hav' at the Agrarian of Oceana, with the whole bail of dice, and at five throwes.

The first throw is, That it is unjust; for,

If it be truly assorted (in the fourth page of Oceana) that Government is founded on Propriety, then Propriety consists in Consid. p. 81. Nature before Government, and Government is to be fitted to Propriety, not Propriety to Government. How great a sin then would it be against the first and purest notion of Justice, to bring in a Government▪ not only different from, but directly de­structive unto the setled Propriety of Oceana, where (in the the Hundredth Page) there are confest to be three hundred per­sons, whose Estates in Land exceed the Standard of two thou­sand pounds a year. Let me not be choaked with the Example of Lacedemon, till Mr. Harrington hath shewn us the power [Page 94] of his perswasion with the Nobility of Oceana, as Lyeurgus with them of Lacedemon, to throw up their Lands to be par­cell'd by his Agrarian (as Page the hundredth and Thirteenth) and when that is done, I shall cease to complain of the Injustice of it. Nor need any one of these three hundred be put to own a shame, for preferring his own interest before that of an whole Nation; for though when Government is once fixed, it may be fit to submit private to Publick Utility, when the questi­on is of chusing a Government, every particular man is left unto his own native right, which cannot be pre­scribed against, by the Interest of all the rest of Mankinde.

How many false Dice there are in this throw, (be­cause you see I have little to do) will be worth Coun­ting.

Whereas I no-where deny Propriety to derive her being from Law; He insinuates that I presume, propriety to be in nature. One.

Whereas in naturall and domestick vicissitude, I assert, That Empire is to follow the Legall State of Propriety; he imposeth, as if I had asserted, that Empire must follow the Naturall state of propriety. Two.

Whereas in violent or forrain vicissitude (as when the Israelites possessed themselves of the Land of Canaan the Gothes and Vandals of Italy, the Frankes of France, the Saxons of England) Propriety, in order unto the Go­vernment to be introduced, is alterable; he insinuateth as if I had sayd, that, Empire must alwayes follow the state of Propriety, not as it may be alter'd in that relation, but as it is found. Three.

Whereas the government of Oceana is exactly fitted unto propriety, as it was settled before; he insinuates it to be destructive unto the settled propriety. Four.

Whereas I say, that to put it with the most, they that are Proprietors of Land in Oceana, exceeding two thousand pounds a year, do not exceed▪ three hundred persons: he saith, that I have confessed they be three hundred. Five.

Whereas I shew that the Nobility of Lacedemon, upon perswasion of Lycurgus, threw up their Estates to be par­cell'd by his Agrarian; but that, in Oceana, it is not need­full [Page 95] or required that any man should part with a farthing, or throw up one shovelfull of his Earth: he imposeth, as if I went about to perswade the Nobility to throw up their Lands. Six.

Whereas I have shewn that no One of those within the three hundred, can have any interest against the Agrarian; He, without shewing what such an interest can be, insinu­ates that they have an interest against it. Seven.

Whereas the Government of Oceana goes altogether up­on consent, and happeneth not onely to fit private unto publick, but even publick unto private Utility, by which meanes it is voyd of all objection; he insinuates, that it is against private utility. Eight.

Where he saith, that in choosing a Government, every Man is left, to his own Native right. He insinuates that the Agrarian, (which doth no more than fix propriety, as she found it) is against Native Right. Nine.

Whereas God hath given the Earth unto the Sonnes of Men, which Native right (as in case a Man for hunger take so much as will feed him, and no more of any other Mans meat or Herd) prescribeth against legall Propriety, and is the cause why the Law esteemeth not such an Acti­on to be theft; He insinuates that there is a Native right in Legall Propriety, which cannot be prescribed against by the interest of all the rest of Mankinde. T [...]n.

While he pleaded the case of Monarchy, Levelling was concluded lawfull; In the case of a Common-wealth, (which askes no such favour) Levelling is concluded un­lawfull. Eleven.

In the Reformation, or Levell as to Monarchy, though Propriety subsisted before that Levell, yet Pro­piety was to be fitted unto the Government, and not the Government unto propriety; but in the case of a Com­mon-Wealth the Government is to be fitted unto Pro­priety, and not Propriety unto the Government. Twelve.

In that, any man was bound to relinquish his Native right, else how could a Prince levell his Nobility; In this, no man is bound to relinquish his Native right. Thir­teen.

[Page 96]In that, this same Native right might be prescribed a­gainst by the Prince; In this, it cannot be prescribed a­gainst by the interest of mankind. Fourteen.

In that, no Noble man but ought to own a shame if he preferr'd his interest before that of the Prince; In this, no Noble man ought to own a shame for preferring his own In­terest before that of an whole Nation. Fifteen.

Would you have any more? these fifteen Majors and Minors, or false dice, are soopt up again, and put all into this Conclusion, or Box, like themselves.

Thus the Interest of the Three hundred is not Ballanced with that of a whole Nation, but that of some few extrava­gant spirits: who by making dams in the Current of other Mens Estates, hope to derive some water to their own parched fortunes.

Calumniare fortiter, nihil adhaerebit. If a river have but one naturall bed or channel, what dam is made in it by this Agrarian? but if a river have had many naturall beds or channels, to which she hath forgotten to reach her brest, and whose mouthes are dryed up or obstructed; these are Dams which the Agrarian doth not make, but remove: and what parched fortunes can hereby hope to be watered but theirs onely whose veines having drunk of the same blood, have a right in nature to drink of the same milk? The Law of Moses allow'd▪ the first-born but a double por­tion: was his an extravagant spirit?

His second Throw, is, that The nature of the Agrarian is such as cannot be fixed, in regard that the People being intrusted with a Ʋote and a Sword, may al­ter it for the lesse, or come to drown-right Levelling. But as to this, in the Eighth Chapter I have barr'd his dice that be­ing the place in which I thought most proper to give a full Answer to this Objection.

At the third Throw, he is extrerm awkward. For where­as the Israelites (notwithstanding the voyages of Solomon, and what is said of the Ships of Tharsis) during their Agra­rian, or while they had Land, were a Common-wealth of Husbandmen, and not of Merchants, nor came to the Excercise of this Trade, till they had no Land; or after their dispersion by the Emperour Adrian: he screws it in, after this manner▪ As the Jews who have no Lands are [Page 97] every where great Traders; so the possession of Lands being Confid. p. 85. limited by this Agrarian, men who are either covetous or am­bitious (as if Estates were not gotten by industry, but by co­vetousness and ambition) will employ themselves and their E­states in forraign Traffick, which being in a manner wholly ingrossed by the Capitall City of Oceana, that City, already too great, will immediately grow into an excess of power and riches very dangerous to the Common wealth; Amsterdam being come by such meanes to exercise of late a Tyranny in disposal of some publique affaires, much to the prejudice both of the Liber­ty and Interest of the rest of the Union. An equal, if not grea­ter incommodity to Oceana, would be created by the Agrarian, which making Emporium a City of Princes; would render the Countrey a Common wealth of Cottagers, able to dispute prece­dence with the Beggars-Bush.

Newes, not from Tripoli, nor any other corner of the whole World but one. Bate me this, and shew me in what other City encrease of Houses, or new foundations was e­ver held a Nuysance. This sure is a Phancy that regards not the old Folks or ancient Prudence.

One of the blessings that God promised unto Abraham, was, that his seed should be multiplyed as the Starres of Hea­ven: And the Common wealth of Rome, by multiplying her seed, came to bound her Territory with the Ocean and her fame with the Starrs of Heaven. That such populous­ness is that without which there can be no great Common­wealth, both Reason and good Authours are clear; but whether it ought to begin in the Countrey, or in the City, is a scruple I have not known them make. That of Israel, began in the Countrey; That of Rome, in the City. Except there be obstruction or impediment by the Law, as in Tur­ky where the Countrey; and in England▪ where the City is forbidden to increase. Where-ever there be a populous Country, for Example, France: it makes a populous City as Paris; And where-ever there be a populous City as Rome, after the ruine of Alba, and Amsterdam after the ruine (as to Trade) of Antwerp; it makes a populous Territory, as was that of the Rustick Tribes, and is that of Holland.

But the wayes how a populous City comes to make a populous Countrey, and how apopulous Countrey comes [Page 90] to make a populous City are contrary; the one fiapning through sucking, as that of the City, and the other through weining, as that of the Countrey.

For proof of the former, the more mouths there be in a City, the more meat of necessity must be vented by the Countrey, and so there will be more Corn, more Cattel, and better Markets, which breeding more Labourers, more Husbandmen, and richer Farmers, bring the Countrey so farre from a Common wealth of Cottagers, that where the blessings of God through the fruitfulness of late years with us, render'd the Husbandman unable to dispute precedence with the Beggars-bush, his Trade thus uninterrupted, in that his Markets are certain, goes on with increase of Children, of Servants, of Corn, and of Cattel; for there is no reason why the fields adjoyning unto Emporium, being but of an hard soyl, should annually produce two Crops, but the po­pulousness of the City.

The Country then growing more populous, and better stocked with Cattel, which also increaseth manure for the Land, must proportionably increase in fruitfulness. Hence it is, that (as the Romans also were good at such works) in Holland, there is scarce a puddle undrained, nor a bank of Sand cast up by the Sea, that is not covered with Earth, and made fruitful by the People; these being so strangely, with the growth of Amsterdam, increased, as comes perhaps to two parts in three: nor, the Agrarian taking place in O­ceana, would it be longer disputed, whether she might not destroy Fishes to plant Men. Thus a populous City makes a Country milch, or populous by sucking; and whereas some may say, that such a City may suck from forraign parts, it is true enough, and no where more apparent than in Amsterdam. But a City that hath recourse unto a for­raign dug, ere she had first sucked that of her proper Nurse or Territory dry, you shall hardly finde; or finding, (as in some Plantation not yet weyned) will hardly be able to make that Objection hold, seeing it will not lye so much against the populousness of the place, as the contrary.

But a populous Countrey, makes a populous City by weining; for when the People increase so much, that the dug of Earth can no more, the over-plus must seek some [Page 91] other way of Livelihood: which is either Arms, such were those of the Gothes and Vandalls; or Merchandize and Ma­nufacture, for which ends it being necessary, that they lay their heads and their Stock together, this makes populous Cities. Thus Holland being a small Territory, and suckt dry, hath upon the matter weined the whole People, and is thereby become, as it were one City that sucks all the World.

But by this meanes (sayes the Considerer) Emporium be­ing already too great (while indeed Amsterdam considering the narrowness of her Territory, or the smallness of Hol­land, is much more populous) would immediately grow into an excess of power and riches, very dangerous unto Liberty, an Example whereof was seen in the late Tyranny of that City; As if it were not sufficiently known that Amsterdam contri­butes, and hath contributed more unto the defence of the Common wealth, or united Provinces, than all the rest of the League, and had in those late Actions which have been scandalized, resisted not the interest of Liberty, but of a Lord. That the increase of Rome, which was alwayes stu­died by her best Citizens, should make her head too great for her body, or her power dangerous unto the Tribes, was never so much as imagined; and though she were a City of Princes, her Rustick Tribes were ever had in greatest e­steem and honour; insomuch, that a Patrician would be of no other.

But the Authority of ancient Common wealths is need­less, the Praevaricator by his own Argumentation or might, layes himself neck and heels.

For, saith he, Were this Agrarian once setled, Emporium would be a City of Princes, and the Nobility so throughly plu­med, Consid. p. 93. that they would be just as strong of wing, as wild Foul, in moulting time. There would be a City of Princes, and yet no Nobility. He is so fast that I have pitty on him, if I knew but which way to let him loose. He meanes perhaps, that the Merchants growing rich, would be the Nobility; and the Nobility growing poor, would be Grasiers.

But so for ought I know, it was alwayes, or worse, that is, men attained unto riches & honours by such or worse arts, & in poverty made not alwayes so honest retreats. Unto all [Page 100] which infirmities of the State, I am deceived, if this Agra­rian do not apply the proper remedies. For such an Agra­rian maketh a Common wealth for increase: the Trade of a Common wealth for increase, is Arms, Arms are not born by Merchants, but by Noble-men, and Gentlemen. The Nobility therefore having these Arms in their hands, by which Provinces are to be acquired, new Provinces yield new estates; so whereas the Merchant hath his re­turns in Silk or Canvas, the Souldier will have his return in Land. He that representeth me as an Enemy to the No­bility, is the man he speaketh of; For if ever the Common­wealth attain unto five new Provinces, (and such a Com­mon wealth will have Provinces enow) it is certain, that (besides honours, Magistracies, and the Revenues annex­ed) there will be more estates in the Nobility of Oceana, of fourteen thousand pound Land a year, then ever were, or can otherwise be of four; and that without any the least danger unto the Common wealth: for if Rome had but lookt so farre to it, as to have made good her Agrarian in Italy, though she had neglected the rest, the wealth of her Nobility might have sucked her Provinces, but must have enriched the People, & so rather have water'd her Roots, then starved and destroyed them as it did. In this Case therefore the Nobility of Oceana, would not moulter like wild Foul, but be strong of wing as the Eagle.

One Argument more I have heard urged against the populousness of the Capital City which is, that the rich in time of sickness forsaking the place, by which meanes the Markets come to fail, the poor least they should starve, will run abroad, and infect the whole Countrey. But should a man tell them at Paris, or Grand Cairo (in the latter whereof, the Plague is more frequent and furious, then happens with us) that they are not to build Houses, nor in­crease so much, least they should have the Plague, or that Children are not to be born so fast, lest they die, they would think it strange newes. A Common wealth is fur­nished with Lawes, and power to adde such as she shall finde needful. In case a City be in that manner visited it is the duty of the Country, and of the Government, to pro­vide for them by contribution.

[Page 101] The difficulty in making the Agrarian equall and steady Consid. p. 87. through the rise or fall that may happen in money, which is the fourth throw of the Praevaricator; is that which it might have been for his ease to have taken notice, was long since sufficiently barrd, where it is said, that if a new survey at the present Rent were taken, an Agrarian ordain­ing that no Man should thenceforth hold above so much Land as is there valued at the rate, however money might alter would be equall and steddy enough.

His last cast is, that the Agrarian would make war against Consid. p. 89▪ universall and immemoriall Custom, which being without doubt more praevalent then that of Reason, there is nothing of such difficulty as to perswade men at once, and crudely, that they and their fore-Fathers have been in an errour.

Wise men, I see, may differ in Judgement or Counsell, for, saith Sir Francis Bacon. Surely every Medicine is an Inno­vation, Essay 24. and he that will not apply new remedyes, must expect new evills: For Time is the greatest Innovator: And if Time of course alter things to the worse, and Wisedome and Counsell may not alter them to the better, what must be the end?

But the Case of the Agrarian receiveth equall strength from each of these Counsellors or opinions; from the lat­ter, in that it goes upon grounds which Time hath not in­novated for the worse, but for the better, and so according to the former comes not to have been at once, and crudely perswaded, but introduced by custome, now grown universall and immemoriall. For who remembers the Gentry of this Nation to have worne the blew coates of the Nobility, or the lower sort of people to have lived upon the smoak of their Kitchins? To the contrary, Is it not now the Univer­sall custome for men to rely upon their own fortunes or in­dustry, and not to put their Trust in Princes, seeking in their liberality or dependance the meanes of living? The Prae­varicator might as well jump into his great Grand-Fa­thers old breeches, and perswade us that he is ( a la mode) or in the new cutt, as that the wayes of our forefathers would agree with our Customes. Doth not every man now see, that if the Kings in those dayes had settled the E­states of the Nobility by a Law, restraining them from sell­ing [Page 102] their Land, such a law had been an Agrarian, and yet not warring against their antient Customes, but preserving them? Wherefore neither doth the Agrarian proposed, taking the ballance of Estates as she now finceth them, make warre against, but confirme the present Customes. The onely Objection that can seem in this place to lye, is, that whereas it hath been the custome of Oceana that the Bulke of the Estate, should descend unto the Eldest Sonne, by the Agrarian, he cannot in case he have more brothers inherit above two thousand pounds a year in Land, or an equall share▪ But neither doth this, whether you regard the Parents or the Children, make warre with custome. For putting the case the Father have twenty thousand pounds a year in Land, he goes not the lesse in his custome or way of life for the Agrarian, because for this he hath no lesse: and if he have more or fewer Sonnes to whom this Estate descends by equall or unequall portions, neither do they go lesse in their wayes or customes of life for the Agrarian, because they never had more. But, says Ari­stotle, (speaking of the Ostracism as it supplyes the defect of an Agrarian) this course is as necessary unto Kings, as unto Common wealths: By this meanes the Monarchyes of Tur­ky Pol. l. 3. c. [...]9. and of Spaine preserve their ballance; through the neg­lect of this hath that of the Nobility of Oceana been bro­ken; and this is it which the Praevaricator in advising that the Nobility be no farther Levell'd than will serve to keep the people under, requires of his Prince. So, that an Agra­rian is necessary to Government, be it what it will, is on all hands concluded.

Chap. XII. Whether Courses or Rotation be necessary unto a well-or­dered Common-wealth? In which is contained the courses or Pare [...]bole of Israel before the Captivi­vity, together, with the Epitome of Athens and Venice.

ONe bout more, and we have done; this (as Ocean. p. 22. reason good) will be upon wheeles or Rotati­on, for,

As the Agrarian answereth unto the Equali­ty of the Foundation or Root, so doth Rotation unto the Equality of the Superstructures or branches of a Common­wealth.

Equall Rotation is equall Vicissitude in, or Succession unto, Magistracy confer'd for equal termes, injoyning such equal vacations, as cause the Government to take in the body of the People, by parts succeeding others, through free Election, or suffrage of the whole.

The contrary whereunto is prolongation of Magistracy, which trashing the wheel of Rotation, destroyes the life, or natural motion, of a Common wealth.

The Praevaricator, what ever he hath done for himself, hath done this for me, that it will be out of doubt, whe­ther my Principles be capable of greater Obligation, or con­firmation, than by having Objections made against them. Nor have I been altogether ingrateful, or nice of my labour but gone farre (much farther then I needed) about, that I might return with the more valuable Present, unto him that sent me on the Errant; I shall not be short of like proceeding upon the present Subject, but rather over.

Rotation in a Common wealth, is of the Magistracy; of the Senate; of the People; of the Magistracy and the People; of the Magistracy and the Senate; or of the Ma­gistracy of the Senate, and of the People; which in all, come unto Six kinds.

[Page 104]For example of Rotation in the Magistracy, you have the Judge of Israel, called in Hebrew, Shophet, the like Magi­stracy Grot. after the Kings Ithobal and Baal came in use with the Tyrians, from these with their Posterity the Carthagi­nians, who also called their Supreme Magistrates, being in Number two, and for their Terme Annuall, Shophetim, which the Latines by a softer pronunciation render Suffetes.

The Shophet or Judge of Israel, was a Magistrate, not that I can finde, obliged unto any certain Terme, throughout the Book of Judges; Nevertheless, it is plain, that his E­lection was occasional, and but for a time, after the man­ner of a Dictator.

True it is, that Eli and Samuel, ruled all their lives, but upon this, such impatience in the People followed through the corruption of their Sonnes, as was the main cause of the succeeding Monarchy.

The Magistrates in Athens (except the Areopagites be­ing a Judicatory) were all upon rotation. The like for La­cedemon and Rome, except the Kings in the former, who were indeed hereditary, but had no more power than the Duke in Venice, where all the rest of the Magistrates (ex­cept the Procuratori; whose Magistracy is but meer Orna­ment) are also upon Rotation.

For Rotation of the Senate you have Athens, the Achae­ans, Aetolians, Lyceans, the Amphictionium, and the Se­nate Pol. l. 2. c. 7. of Lacedemon reproved, in that it was for life, by Ari­stotle: Modern Examples of like kind, are the Diet of Switz, but especially the Senate of Venice.

For the Rotation of the People, you have first Israel, where the Congregation, which the Greeks call Ecclesia, the Latines Comitia, or Concio, having a twofold capacity; first, that of an Army, in which they were the constant Guard of the Countrey; and secondly, that of a Repre­sentative, in which they gave the Vote of the People, at the Creation of their Lawes, or election of their Magi­strates, was monethly. Now the Children of Israel after their Number, to wit, the chief Fathers, and Captains of thousands 1 Chron. 27. and hundreds, and their Officers that served the King in any matter of the courses which came in and went out moneth by [Page 105] moneth, throughout all the moneths of the year, every course, were twenty and four thousand.

Such a multitude there was of military age, that with­out Grot. ad locum. inconvenience, four and twenty thousand were every moneth in Arms, whose Terme expiring others succeeded, and so others, by which meanes the Rotation of the whole People came about in the space of one year. The Tribunes, or Commanders of the Tribes in Arms, or of the Preroga­tive for the moneth, are named in the following part of the Chapter, to the sixteenth Verse; where begins the E­numeration of the Princes, (though God and Ashur, for what reason I know not, be omitted) of the Tribes, remain­ing in their Provinces, where they judged the People, and as they received Orders, were to bring or send such far­ther enforcement or recruits, as occasion required unto the Army; after these, some other Officers are mentioned. There is no question to be made, but this Rotation of the People, together with their Prerogative, or Congregation, was preserved by the monethly Election of two thousand Deputies in each of the twelve Tribes, which in all, came to four and twenty thousand; or let any man shew how o­therwise it was likely to be done, the Nature of their Of­fice being to give the Vote of the People, who therefore sure must have chosen them. By these, the Vote of the People was given to their Lawes, and at Elections of their Magistrates.

Unto their Lawes, as where David proposeth the re­duction of the Ark. And David consulted with the Captains 1 Chron. 13. of thousands and hundreds, and with every Leader. And Da­vid said unto all the Congregation of Israel, If it seem good un­to you, and it be of the Lord God, let us send abroad to our Bre­thren every where (the Princes of the Tribes in their Pro­vinces) that are left in the Land of Israel, and with them al­so to the Priests and Levites, which are in their Cities and Su­burbs, that they may gather themselves unto us; And let us bring again the Ark of our God to us; for we enquired not at Gror. è. Tertul. it in the dayes of Saul. And all the Congregation (gave their suffrage in the Affirmative) said that they would do so; for the thing was right in the Eyes of the People. (Nulla lex sibi soli conscientiam Justitiae sua debet, sed et à quibus obsequium [Page 106] expectat) Now that the same Congregation or representa­tive gave the vote of the People also in the Election of Priests Officers and Magistrates, Moreover David and the Captaines of the Host separated to the service of the Sonnes of 1 Chron. 25. A [...]aph, and of Heman, and of Jeduthun, who should Prophesy with Harps with Psalteryes & with Cymballs. But upon the oc­casion untowhich we are more especially beholding for the 1 Chron. 28. 2. preservation and discovery of this admirable order ( David having proposed the businesse in a long and pious speech,) the Congregation made Solomon the Sonne of David King the second time and annoynted him unto the Lord to be Chief, Governor, and Zadok to be Preist. For as to the first time 1 Chron. 29. 22. that Solomon was made King, it happened, through the sedition of Adoniae to have been done in hast and tumultu­ously by those onely of Jerusalem; and the reason why Kings 1. 23. Zadoc is here made Priest is that Abiathar was put out for being of the Conspiracy with Adonia.

I may expect (by such Objections as they afford me) it should be alleadged, that to prove an order in a Com­mon-wealth, I instance in a Monarchy; as if there were any thing in this Order Monarchiall, or that could, if it had not been so received from the Common-wealth, have been introduced by the Kings, to whom in the Judge­ment of any sober man (the Praevaricator onely excepted, who hath been huckling about some such Councill for his Prince) no lesse could have follow'd, upon the first frown of the people, then did in Rehoboam, who, having 1 Kings 12. used them roughly, was deposed by the Congregation or the Major part. It is true, that while Israel was an Army, the Congregation, as it needed not to assemble by way of Election or representative, so I believe it did not, but that by all Israel assembled to this end, should be meant the whole people after they were planted upon their lots, and not their Representative, which in a politicall sense is 1 Chr. 9. 29. as properly so called, were absurd and impossible, Nor need I go upon presumption onely, be the same never so strong, seeing it is said in Scripture of the Korathites, that they were keepers of the gates of the Tabernacle, and their fa­thers being over the Host of the Lord, were keepers of the En­try. That is (according to the interpretation of Grotius) [Page 107] the Korathites were now keepers of the gates, as it appears in the Book of Numbers, their Ancestors the Kohathites Num. 4. had been in Camp, or while Israel was yet an Army. But our Translation is lame of the right foot as to the true discovery of the Antient manner of this service, which according to the Septuagint and the Vulgar Latine was thus, they were keepers of the gates of the Tabernacle ( [...], & familiae eorum per vices) and their fathers by turnes or Rotation. So that offices and services by courses turnes or Rotation are plainly more auntient then Kings in the Common-wealth of Israel; though it be true that when the courses or Rotation of the Congregation or Representative of the people were first introduced, be as hard to shew, as it would be how, after the People were once planted upon their lotts, they could be otherwise assembled. If writers argue well and lawfully from what the Sanhedrim was in the institution by Jehoshaphat unto what it had more auntiently been, to argue from what the Congregation was in the instituti­on by David, unto what it had more auntiently been, is sufficiently warranted.

These things rightly considered, there remaines little doubt, but we have the courses of Israel for the first Ex­ample of Rotation in a Popular Assembly. Now to come from the Hebrew unto the Grecian prudence, the same is approved by Aristotle, which he exemplifies in the Com­mon-wealth of Thales Milesius, where the people, he Poll. L. 4. C. 14. saith assembled ( [...]) by turnes or rotation. Nor is the Roman prudence with­out some shadow of the like proceeding, where the Prero­gative (pro tempore) with the jure-vocatae being made by Lot, gave frequently the Suffrage of the whole people. But the Gothick prudence in the policy of the Third State, runs altogether upon the collection of a Representative by the suffrage of the People, and though not so diligently regulated, by terms and vacations as to a standing assem­bly were necessary, by Turns, Rotation, Parembole, or cour­ses; As in the Election of the late House of Commons, and the constitutive vicissitude of the Knights and Burgeses is known by sufficient experience.

[Page 108]When the Rotation of a Common-wealth is both in the Magistracy and the People, I reckon it to be of a fourth kinde, as in Israel, where both the Judge and the Congre­gation were so elected.

The fifth kinde is when the Rotation of a Common­wealth is in the Magistracy and the Senate, as in those of Athens, of the Achaeans, of the Aetohians, of the Lycians, and of Venice; upon which examples, rather for the influ­ence each of them, at least Athens, may have upon the fol­lowing Book, than any great Necessity from the present occasion, I shall inlarge my self in this place.

The Common wealth of Athens was thus administred.

The Senate of the Beane being the proposing-Assembly Epitome of the Athenian Com­mon wealth. (for that of the Areopagites, called also a Senate, was a Ju­dicatory) consisted of four hundred Citizens chosen by Lot, which was performed with beanes, these were annually re­moved all at once. By which meanes Athens became fru­strated of the natural and necessary use of an Aristocracy, while neither her Senators were chosen for their parts, nor remained long enough in this function, to acquire the right understanding of their proper Office. These thus e­lected, were subdivided by Lot into four equal parts, call­ed Prytanys, each of which for one quarter of the year was in Office. The Prytany or Prytans in Office elected ten Presidents, called Proedri, out of which Proedri or Presidents, they weekly chose one Provost of the Council, who was called the Epistata. The Epistata and the Proedri were the more peculiar Proposers to the Prytans, and to the Prytans it belonged especially to prepare businesse ( [...]) for the Senate: they Petit. de Leg. Att. gave also audience unto any that would propose any thing concerning the Common wealth, which if, reported by the Prytans, it were approved by the Senate, the party that pro­posed might promulgate the business, and promulgation be­ing made, the Congregation assembled, and determined of it. ( Sic data concio Laelio est, processit ille & Graecus apud Cic. pro Flac. Graecos, non de culpa sua dixit, sed de paena quaestus est, por­rexerunt manus, Psephisma natum est).

[Page 109]The Prytans and their Magistrates, had right to assem­ble the Senate; and propose unto them; and what the Se­nate determined upon such a Proposition, if forthwith to be offer'd unto the People, as in private cases, was called Proboulema; but if not to be proposed, till the People had a year's tryall of it, as was the ordinary way in order unto Lawes to be enacted, it was called Psephisma; each of which words with that difference, signifies a Decree. A De­cree of the Senate in the latter sense had for one year, the power of a Law, after which tryall, it belonged to the Thesmothetae ( [...]) to hang it in writing upon the Ulpian ad Phil. 1. Statues of the Heroes, and assemble the Congregation. These Magistrates were of the number of the Archons, which in all were nine, the chief more peculiarly so called▪ was Ar­chon Pollux. L. 8. C. 8. Eponymus, he by whose name the year was reckon'd or denominated (his Magistracy being of a Civil concern­ment) the next was the King, a Magistrate of a Spirituall concernment) the third the Polemarch (whose Magistracy was of a Military concernment): the other six were the Thesmothetae, who had several functions common with the Nine, Others peculiar or proper to themselves, as ( [...]) to give the People (by ply-carts) notice when the Judicatories were to assemble, that is, when the People were to assemble in that Capacity, and to judge according to the Law made; or when the Senate, or the People were to assemble upon an ( [...]) a crime that was not provided against by the Law, as that of Alcibiades, (the wits about that time in Athens, being most of them Atheists) for laughing at Ceres discovering her secrets, and shaving of the Mercury's. If an Archon or Demagogue were guilty of such a Crime, it belonged unto the cogni­zance of the Senate, otherwise unto that of the People, whom the Thesmothetae were also in like manner to warn, L. 8. C. 16. when they were to come unto the suffrage.

These six like the Electors in Venice, presided at all E­lections of Magistrates, whether made by the lott as the judges, or by suffrage, as the new Archons, the Strategus or Generall, and most of the rest. They also had the hearing and introducing of all causes into the Judicatories.

[Page 110]But the right of assembling the Ecclesia or Congregation belonged to the Prytans, by whom the Senate proposed unto the People.

The Congregation consisted of all them that were upon the role of the Lexiarcha, that is to say, of the whole People having right unto the City▪ The Prytans seated upon a Tribunal were Presidents of this Assembly; The Assembly ha­ving sacrificed & made Oath of fidelity unto the Common­wealth; the Proedri or Presidents of the Prytans, proposed by Authority of the Senate unto the People in this manner. July the 16th Pol [...]cles being Archon, and the Tribe of Pan­dion in the Prytaneate, Demosthenes, Peaneus, thought thus, or was of this Opinion. The same Custom whereby the first Proposer subscribes his Opinion or Parte with his name, is at this day in Venice. Proposition being made, such of the People as would speak, were called to the Pulpit; they, that were fifty years of age, or upwards, were to come first, and the younger afterwards; which Custom of prating in this manner, made excellent Orators or Demagogs, but a bad Common wealth.

From this that the People had not only the result of the Common wealth, but the debate also; Athens is called a Democracie, and this kind of Government is opposed unto that of Lacedemon, which because the People there had not the power of debate, but of result only, was called Aristo­cracy, sometimes Oligarchy: thus the Greeks commonly are to be understood to distinguish of these two; while according to my Principles, (if you like them) debate in the People maketh Anarchy, and where they have the re­sult, and no more, the rest being mannaged by a good Aristocracy, it maketh that which is properly and truly to be called Democracy, or Popular Government. Neither is this Opinion of mine new, but according to the Judge­ment of some of the Athenians themselves; for saith Iso­crates in his Oration unto the Areopagites for reformation of the Athenian Government; I know the main reason, why the Lacedemonians flourish, to be, that their Common wealth is popular. But to return. As many of the People, as would, having shewed their Eloquence, and with these the Dema­gogues, [Page 111] who were frequently bribed, concealed their kna­very; the Epistata, or Provost of the Proedri, put the Decree or Question unto the Vote, and the People gave the result of the Common wealth by their Chirotonia, that is, by hol­ding up their hands; the result thus given, was the Law, or Psephisma of the People.

Now for the functions of the Congregation, they Dem. Phil. 1. were divers; as first, Election of Magistrates, ( [...]); Namely, the Archons, the Strategus, or Generall, the Field-Officers, the Admiralls, with divers others, all, or the chief of them Annuall, and commonly upon Termes and Vacations, though it be true, (as Plutarch hath it) that Phocion was Strategus four years together, having that honour still put upon him by the Congregation, without his seeking. The next Office of this Assembly, was to elect Judges into five Courts or Judica­tories, for the People being in the Bulk too unweildy a bo­dy for the performance of this duty, they exercised the su­preme Judicature, by way of Representative, into which E­lection was made by Lottery, in such manner, that five hun­dred one thousand, or 1500. of them (according to the importance of the occasion) being above thirty yeares of age, and within the rest of the qualifications in that case provided by the Law, became the Soveraign Judicatory, called the Heliaea. In all Elections, whether by lot or suf­frage, the Thesonothetae were Presidents, and ordered the Congregation. Farthermore, if they would amend, alter, repeal, or make a Law, this also was done by a Representa­tive, of which no man was capable, that had not been of the Heliaea, for the rest elected out of the whole People: this amounting unto one thousand, was called the Nomo­thetae or Legislators. No Law received by the People, could be abrogated but by the Nomothetae; by these any Athenian (having obtained leave of the Senate) might abrogate a Law, provided, that withall, he put another in the place of it. These Lawes the Proedri of the Prytans, were to put unto the Suffrage.

First, the old, whether it agreed with the Athenian people, or not? then the new; and whether of these hap­ned [Page 112] to be chirotonized or voted by the Nomothetae, was ra­tified; according to that piece of the Athenian Law cited by Demosthenes against Timocrates ( [...]) what hath been said of the Common-wealth of Athens, in relation unto the present purpose, amounts unto thus much, that not onely the Senate and the Magistracy in this Policy was upon rotation, but even the People also, at least, as to the Nomothetae, or their Legislative power, and the Supreme Judicatory of the Heliaea, each of these being a Represen­tative, constituted of one Thousand or fifteen hundred Cittizens.

But for what followes in the second book it is necessary that I observe in this place the proceeding of certain Di­vines, who indeavour to make use of this Common­wealth for ends of their own▪ as particularly Doctor Sea­man; who in his book called Four propositions, argues after this manner.

Chirotonia (as Suidas hath it) signifies both Plebiscitum a Law made by the People, and Psephisma. Now (saith he) Pse­phisma is the ordinary word used in the Attick lawes and in De­mosthenes, for (Senatesconsultum) a Law made by the Senate; whence he drawes this conclusion. As, when the People make a Law, they are said to Chirotonize; so may the Rulers in like manner, in those Lawes that are made by themselves alone.

These wayes with divines are too bad. The words of Suidas are these ( [...]) Chiroto­nia is Election or ratification by the Many: which expresly excludeth the Few or the Senate from being otherwise con­tained by the word Chirotonia, than a part is by the whole. Nor hath the Authour the word Psephisma, or Plebiscitum in the place. I would faine know what other word there is in Greeke for Plebiscitum but Psephisma; and yet the Doctor puts it upon Suidas that he distinguishteh between these two, and, taking that for granted where he findes Psephisma in Demosthenes and the Attick Laws, will have it to signifie no more then a decree of the Senate. It is true that some decrees of the Senate were so called, but those of the people had no other name, and when ever you find [Page 113] Psephisma in Demosthenes or the Attick Laws, for a Law, there is nothing more certaine then that it is to be under­stood of the people, for to say that a Law in a Popular Com­monwealth can be made without the people, is a contradicti­on.

The second passage, is a what think you of these words Pollux, l. 8. c▪ 9. of Pollux ( [...]) which the Doctor having englished in this manner; The Thesmothetae do privately prescribe when Judg­ment is to be given, and promulge publick accusations, and suf­frages unto the people, askes you whose Suffrages were these, if not the Ruler's? By which strange construction, where Pollux having first related in what part the function of the Thesmothetae, was common with that of the Nine Archons, comes ( [...]) to shew you what was peculiar to them­selves, namely to give notice when the Heliaea or other In­dicatoryes were to assemble; the Dr. renders it, they do pri­vately prescribe: as if the Session of a Court of Justice, and such an one as contained a thousand Judges, being the re­presentative of the whole people, were to be privately pre­scribed, then to this private prescribing of Justice, he addes that they do publickly promulge ( [...]) citations upon crimes not within the written Law; as if private prescrip­tion and publick promulgation could stand together. Next whereas promulgation in the very Nature of the word signi­fies an Act before a Law made, he presumes the Law to be first made by the Rulers, and then promulgated by the Thes­mothetae to the people, kim kam to the experience of all Common-wealths, the Nature of promulgation, and the sense of his Authour, whose words as I shew'd before, de­clare it to have been the proper or peculiar office of the Thes­mothetae to give the people notice when they were to assemble for Judicature, or when for giving their Chirotonia or suffrage, by promulgation of the cause ( [...]) upon which they were to determine.

For the fourth passage the Dr. quoting a wrong place for these words, ( [...]) that the Nomothetae (being a Representative, as I shewd▪ of the whole people, chosen by lot, and in number one thousand) chirotonized [Page 114] or gave the Legislative suffrage; thence inferrs▪ that the Rulers chirotonized, voted or made Lawes by themselves without the People: which is, as if one should say that the Prerogative Tribe in Rome, or the House of Commons in England, gave their Vote to such or such a Law, therefore it was made by the Rulers alone, and not by the People of Rome or of England.

For the fourth passage, Stevens quotes Demosthenes at large in these words, ( [...]). This the Doctor interprets of an Officer; to which I shall say more, when he shews me where the sentence is, or what went before: for as yet I do not know of an officer in any Common wealth, whose Election was indifferently made, either by the Senate, or by the People; nor do I think the Doctor hath lookt farther for this, than Stephens, who hath not interpreted it.

The fifth passage is, That a Decree of the Senate in Athens, had the force of a Law for one year, without the People. So had the Edicts of the Praetores in Rome; But I would fain know, whence the Senate in Athens, or the Praetors in Rome, origi­nally derived this right (which was no more then that such Lawes might be probationers, and so better understood, when they came to the Vote) but from the Chirotonia, or suffrage of the People.

The sixth passage, stops the mouths of such as having no­thing to say unto the matter of my writing, pick quarrels with the manner or freedom of it, the liberty I take in the defence of truth, seeing the Doctor takes a greater liberty upon other termes, while he bids his Antagonist (one that desended the cause now in my hand) go and consult his Au­thours, namely, Stephens and Budaeus again; for, saith he, you wrong those learned men, while you would have us be­lieve that they were as ignorant of the Greek Story as your self, or that things are to be found in them, which are not. To which confidence, I have better leave to say, that the Doctor should do well to take no worse counsel than he gives.

But what is become of my Praevaricator, I have quite lost him, else I should have intreated him to compare his Notes out of my Sermon, with these out of the Doctors: [Page 115] or retract that same affectation, in saying, I know not, but Mr. Harrington has conceiv'd a great unkindness for the Clergy. As if these their Stratagems, with which they make perpetual Warre against the unwary people, did not con­cern a man that hath undertaken the cause of popular Go­vernment.

The Policy of the Achaeans consisted of divers Common­wealths under one, which was thus administred, the Cities sent their Deputies twice every year of course, and oftner if they were summoned by their Strategus, or their Demi­urges, to the place appointed. The Strategus was the Su­preme Magistrate, both Military and Civill, and the Demiur­ges being ten, were his Council, all Annuall Magistrates e­lected by the People. This Council thus constituted, was called the Synarchy, and performed like duties, in relation unto the Senate, consisting of the Deputies sent by their pe­culiar Soveraignties or Cities, as the Prytans unto that in Athens. The Policies of the Aetolians and Lycians, are so near the same again, that in one you have all; So both the Senates and the Magistracy of these Common wealths, were upon rotation. To conclude, with Venice.

The Common wealth of Venice, consisteth of four parts, The Epitome of the Common­wealth of Venice. The great Council. great Council, the Senate, the Collegio, and the Signiory.

The Great Council is the aggregate body of the whole People, or Citizens of Venice, which for the paucity of their Number, and the Antiquity of their Extraction are called Gentlemen, or Noble Venetians; every one of which, at five and twenty years of Age hath right of Session and Suffrage in this Council; which right of Suffrage, because through­out this Common-wealth, in all Debates and Elections, it is given by the ballot, is called, The right of ballotting, whereby this Council being the Soveraign power, createth all the rest of the Orders, Councils, or Magistracies; hath constitutely the Ultimate result, both in cases of Judica­ture, and constitution of Lawes.

The Senate called also the Pregati, consisteth of Sixty Se­nators, The Senate. properly so styled, whereof the great Council e­lecteth six on a day, beginning so long before the Moneth of October, that these being all chosen by that time, then receive their Magistracy; it consisteth also of sixty more, [Page 116] called the Juncta, which are elected by the Scrutiny of the Old Senate, that is, by the Senate proposing, and the great Council resolving; the rest of their Creation, is after the same manner with the former. In the Sixty of the Senate, there cannot be above three of any one kinred, or Family, nor in the Junta so many, unless there be fewer in the for­mer. These Magistracies are all Annuall, but without in­tervall, so that it is at the pleasure of the great Council, whe­ther a Senator having finished his year, they will elect him again.

The Collegio is a Council, consisting more especially of The Colledge. three Orders of Magistrates, called in their Language Saui as the Saui grandi, to whose cognizance or care belong the whole affaires of Sea and Land; the Saui di Terra ferma, to whose care and Cognizance belong the affaires of the Land, and the Saui di Mare, to whose Cognizance apper­tain the affaires of the Sea, and of the Islands. These are e­lected by the Senate, not all at once; but for the Saui Grandi, who are six, by three at a time, with the interposi­tion of three moneths; and for the Saui di terra ferma, and the Saui di mare, who are each five, after the same man­ner▪ save only that the first Election consisteth of three, and the second of two; Each Order of the Saui elects weekly one Provost, each of which Provosts hath right in any affair belonging unto the Cognizance of his Order, to propose unto the Collegio. Audience of Embassadors, and mat­ters of forraign Negotiation, belong properly unto this Council.

The Signiory consisteth of the Duke, and of his Counsel­lors. The Signiory. The Duke is a Magistrate created by the great Council for life, to whom the Common wealth acknowledgeth the Reverence due unto a Prince, and all her Acts run in his Name, though without the Counsellors he have no power at all while they can perform any function of the Signi­ory without him. The Counsellors, whose Magistracy is An­nual, are elected by the scrutiny of the Senate▪ naming one out of each Tribe, (for the City is locally divided into six Tribes) and the Great Council approving; so the Counsellors are six, whose function in part is of the Nature of Masters of Requests, having withall, power to grant certain privi­ledges: [Page 117] but their greatest preheminence is, that all, or a­ny one of them, may propose unto any Council in the Com­mon wealth.

The Signiory hath session and suffrage in the Collegio, the Certain Rights of the Councils. Collegio hath Session and suffrage in the Senate, and the Se­nate hath Session and suffrage in the Great Council. The Signiory, or the Provosts of the Saui, have power to assemble the Colledge, the Colledge hath power to assemble the Senate, and the Senate hath power to assemble the Great Council; the Signiori, but more peculiarly the Provosts of the Saui, (in their own Offices and functions) have power to pro­pose unto the Colledge, the Colledge hath power to propose unto the Senate, and the Senate hath power to propose un­to the Great Council: what ever is thus proposed and resol­ved, either by the Senate (for sometimes, through the secu­rity of this Order, a Proposition goes no farther) or by the Great Council, is ratifide, or becomes the Law of the Com­mon-wealth. Over and above these Orders▪ they have three Judicatories, two Civill, and one Criminall, in each of which, forty Gentlemen elected by the great Council, are Judges for the Terme of eight moneths; to these Judicatories, belong the Avogadori and the Auditori, who are Magi­strates, having power to hear causes apart, and, as they judge fitting, to introduce them into the Courts.

If a man tell me, that I omit many things, he may perceive I write an Epitome, in which no more should be comprehended, then that which understood may make a man understand the rest. But of these principal parts, con­sisteth the whole body of admirable Venice.

The Consiglio de Dieci, or Council of Ten, being that which partaketh of Dictatorian power▪ is not a limb of her, but as it were a Sword in her hand. This Council (in which the Signiory hath also Session and suffrage) consisteth more peculiarly of ten Annuall Magistrates, created by the Great Council, who afterwards elect three of their own number by Lott, which so elected are called Capi de Dieci, their Magistracy being monethly; again, out of the three Capi, one is taken by Lot, whose Magistracy is weekly, this is he, who over against the Tribunall in the Great Council, fits like another Duke, and is called, the Provost of the [Page 118] Dieci. It belongs to these three Magistrates, to assemble the Councill of dele Ten which they are obliged to do weekly of course, and oftner as they see occasion. The Councill being assembled, any one of the Signiory, or two of the Capi may propose to it, the power which they now exercise, (& wherin for their assistance they create three Magistrates called the grand Inquisitors) consists in the punishment of certaine heynous crimes▪ especially that of Treason; in re­lation whereunto they are as it were Sentinells, standing up­on the guard of the Common-wealth: But constitutively with the Addition of a Junta, consisting of other fifteen to­gether with some of the chiefe Magistrates, having right in cases of important speed or secrecy unto this Councill; they had the full and absolute power of the whole Com­mon-wealth, as Dictator.

That Venice either transcribed the whole and every part of her Constitution out of Athens and Lacedemon; or hap­peneth to be framed, as if she had so don, is most apparent. The Result of this Common-wealth is in the Great Coun­cill, and the debate in the Senate▪ so was it in Lacedemon. A decree made by the Senate of Athens had the power of a Law for one yeare without the people, at the end whereof the people might revoke it: A decree of the Senate of Venice stands good without the great Councill, unlesse these see rea­son to revoke it. The Prytans, were a Councill preparing businesse for the Senate; So is the Collegio in Venice; the Presidents of the Prytans were the Ten Proedri; those of the Collegio are the three Provosts of the Saui. The Ar­chons or Princes of Athens being Nine, had a kind of Sove­raigne inspection upon all the Orders of the Common­wealth, so hath the Signiory of Venice consisting of Nine besides the Duke. The Quarancys in Venice are Judicato­ryes of the nature of the Heliaea in Athens; and as the Thesmothetae heard and introduced the causes into that Ju­dicatory, so do the Avogadori and the Auditori into these. The Consiglio de dieci in Venice is not of the body but an Appendix of the Common-wealth; so was the Court of the Ephori in Lacedemon, and as these had power to put a King a Magistrate or any Delinquent of what degree soever unto death, so hath the Consiglio de dieci. This again is [Page 119] wrought up with the Capi di dieci, and the weekly Provost, as were the Prytans with the Proedri, and the weekly Epi­stata, and the Ballot is lineally descended from the Beane; yet is Venice in the whole, and in every part, a farre more exquisite policy than either Athens or La­cedemon.

A Politicall is like a naturall body. Commonwealths resemble and differ, as men resemble and differ; among whom you shall not see two faces, or two dispositions, that are alike. Peter and Thomas in all their parts are e­qually men, and yet Peter and Thomas of all men may be the most unlike; one may have his greater strength in his armes, the other in his leggs; one his greater beauty in his soule, the other in his body; one may be a fool, the o­ther wise▪ one valiant, the other cowardly. These two which at a distance you will nor know, one from the other; when you looke nearer, or come to be better acquainted with you will never mistake. Our Considerer (who in his Epistle, would make you believe, that Oceana is but a meer Transcription out of Venice,) hath Companions like himself, and how near they look in matters of this nature, is plain, while one knoweth not Jethro from Moses, and the other takes a state of Civill Warre, to be the best modell of a Civill Government.

Let a man look near, and the shall not finde any one Or­der in Oceana (the Ballot only excepted) that hath not as much difference from, or resemblance unto any one order in Rome or Venice, as any one Order in Rome or Venice hath from, or to, any one Order in Athens or Lacedemon: Which different temper of the parts, must of necessity in the whole, yield a result, a soul or Genius, altogether new in the World, as embracing the Arms of Rome, and the Coun­sels of Venice; and yet neither obnoxious unto the Turbulency of the one, nor the Narrowness of the other.

But the sum of what hath been said of Venice, as to the business in hand, comes to no more, then that the Senate and the Magistracy of this Common wealth are upon Ro­tation. No more: nay I am well, if it come to so much. For [Page 120] the Praevaricator catching me up, where I say, that, for all this, the greater Magistracies in Venice are continually wheeled through a few hands, tells me, that I have confes­sed it to be otherwise. I have indeed confessed, that albeit, the Consid. p. 93. Magistracies are all confes'd for certain termes; yet those termes do not necessitate vacations, that is, the terme of a Magistracy being expired, the party that bore it, is capable upon a new Election of bearing it again without intervall or vacation; which doth not altogether trash the Rotati­on of the Common wealth, though it render the same ve­ry imperfect. This infirmity of Venice, deriveth from a com­plication of causes, none of which is incident unto a Com­mon wealth, consisting of the Many: wherefore there lies no Obligation upon me, to discover the reason in this place. But on the contrary, seeing, let me shew things ne­ver so new, they are slighted as old; I have an Obligation in this place, to try whether I may get esteem▪ by conceal­ing some thing. What is said, every body knew before; this is not said▪ who knowes it?

A Riddle. Riddle me, Riddle me, what is this? The Magistracies in Venice (except such as are rather of Ornament then of power) are all Annuall, or at most Biennial. No man whose terme is expired, can hold his Magistracy longer, but by a new Election. The Elections are most of them made in the Great Council, and all by the Ballot, which is the most equall and impartial way of Suffrage. And yet the greater Magistracies are perpetually wheeled, through a few hands.

If I be worthy to give advice unto a man that would study the Politickes; let him understand Venice, he that▪ understands Venice right, shall go nearest to judge (not­withstanding the difference that is in every Policy) right of any Government in the world. Now the assault of the Considerer deriving but from some (Pique, or) Emulation, which of us should be the abler Polititian; It the Councill of State had the curiosity to know either that, or who understands Venice, this riddle would make the discove­ry; For he that cannot easily unfold this Kiddle, doth not understand her.

The sixth kinde of Rotation is when a Common-wealth goes upon it in all her Orders, Senate, People, and Magi­stracy. Such an one taking in the Many, and being fixed upon the foot of a steady Agrarian▪ hath attain'd un [...]o per­fect Equality. But of this, Example there is none, or you must accept of Oceana.

The Rotation of Oceana is of two parts, the one of the Rotation, of Oceana. Electors which is Annuall, and the other of the Elected which is Trienniall.

Speaking of Electors in this sense, I mean as the great Councill in Venice are Electors of all other Orders, Councills, or Magistrates. But the Common-wealth of Oceana taking in the whole People cannot, as doth the great Councill of Venice (wherein they that have right are but a few) attain unto this capacity at one step: for which cause she taketh three steps; One at the Parishes, where every fifth El­der is annually elected by the whole people▪ (there is no doubt but there was some such Order in Israel whereby the Monethly Rotation of her Congregation or Perogative, by election of two thousand in each Tribe, was preserved). The next step she takes is at the Hundred, whereby Electi­on of Officers and Magistrates, the Troopes, chosen at the Parishes, are well near formed. Her third step, is at the Tribe, where the whole body of her deputies are in ex­act forme, discipline, and function, Headed by proper Officers and Magistrates, these altogether consisting of One fifth part of the whole people. This Rotation, being in it self Annuall, comes in regaurd of the body of the People to be Quinquennial or such as in the space of five years gives every Man his turn in the power of Election.

[Page 122]But though every Man be so capable of being an Electpr▪ that he must have his Turn, yet every man is not so capa­ble of being elected into those Magistracies, that are Sove­raigne or have the Leading of the whole Common-wealth, that it can be safe to lay a Necessity, that every Man must take his turn in these also; but it is enough that every Man, who in the Judgement and Conscience of his Country is fit, may take his turn. Wherefore upon the Conscience of the Electors, (so constituted as hath been shewn) it goes to determine, who shall partake of Soveraign Magistracy, or be, at the Assembly of a Tribe, elected into the Senate or Prerogative; which assemblyes are so Trienniall, That one Third part of each falling every year, and another being elected, the Parliament is thereby perpetua­ted.

Such was the constitution of those Councills which the Praevaricator hath confessed he alwayes thought admirable: but now the toy takes him to be quite of another minde; for, saith he, That, Ancient Republicks have through a maliti­ous Consid. p. 90. jealously (let them take it among them) made it unlawful even for persons of the clearest merit to continue long in Com­mand, but have by perpetuall vicissitude substituted new men in the Government is manifested enough; but with what successe they did this, will best appear by Veturius, Varro, and Manci­nus. He is still admirable: One would wonder what he meanes, if it be that there were but three weak or unfor­tunate Generals in the whole course of Rome; how strange is it to urge this as an argument against Rotation, which is as strong an one as can be urged, for Rotation? If the Ro­mans by this way of Election, having experience of an able Generall, knew ever after, where to have him; or lighting upon one they found not so fit for their purpose, could in the Compasse of one year, be rid of him of course, without dishonor or reproach to him, taking thereby a warning to come no more there; was this a proceeding to favour malice; or such an one as removing the cause of malice, left no root for such a branch or possibility of like effect? Certainly by this Assertion the Praevaricator hath Joled his presumptuous head; not onely against the prudence of Auntient Common-wealths, but of God [Page 123] himself in that of Israel. Veturius, Varro, and Mancinus (though some of them cannot be at all points excused) by this mark upon them, may be thought hardlier of, than is needfull; for which cause there being that also in their Stories, which is neither unpleasant nor unprofitable, I shall endeavour to make the Reader somewhat better acquainted with them. One of the greatest blowes Rome ever received was by Pontius, Captain Generall of the Samnites, who having drawn her Consulls, Posthumius and Veturius, by Stratagem into the fastenses of Caudium, a Valley of narrow Entrance, and shut up the mouth of it Liv. l. 9. by possessing him self of the onely Passage, the rest being invironed with insuperable Rocks, the Samnite came to have both the Armyes, and so upon the matter, the whole strength (in those dayes) of Rome inevitably at his discretion. Hereupon, having leisure and being desirous (in a matter of such moment) of good advice he dispatcht a messenger unto his father Herennius the ablest Counsellor in Samnium, to know what might be his best course with the Romans now inavoydably at his mercy, who answered that he should open the Passe, and let them return untouched. The young Generall amazed at this Counsell, desired far­ther direction; whereupon Herennius for the second time made answer that he should cut them off to a man. But the Generall upon the strange disagreement of such opinions, having his fathers age (for he was very old) in suspition took a third course, which neither (according to the first advice of wise Herennius) making friends; nor (according unto the second) destroying enemies, became as he pro­phesyed the utter ruine of the Common-wealth of Samnium. For the Romans being dismissed safe, but ig­nominiously, the Senate upon their Return, fell into the greatest streight and consternation, that had been known among them. On the one side to live and not revenge such an Affront was intolerable; on the other to revenge it, was against the faith of the Consulls, whose Necessity (the losse of two Armies lying upon it) had in truth forced them to accept of a dishonourable League with the Sam­nites. Now not the Armies, but the Senate it self was in Caudium, not a man of them could find the way out [Page 124] of this Vale invironed with Rocks, but he only that could not finde it out of the other, Posthumius, who having first shewed, that neither Warre nor Peace could be so made, as to ingage the Common wealth ( injussu Populi) without the Command of the People, declared that the Senate re­turning the Consuls, with such other as had consented unto so wicked and dishonourable a peace, naked, and bound unto the Samnites, were free, nor ceased till the Senate (thereunto prest by the Necessity of the Common wealth) resolving accordingly, Hee, Veturius, and some of the Tri­bunes, were delivered unto the Samnites; who neverthe­less, to hold the Romans unto their League, dismissed them with safety. The disputes on either side that arose hereup­on, and comming to Arms, ended with the destruction of Samnium, I omit: that which as to the present Occasion, is material, is, the reputation of the Consuls, and Veturius, though he were not the leading man, being for the rest, as deep in the Action as Posthumius; the People were so farre from thinking themselves deceived in this choice, that the Consuls were more honour'd in Rome, for having lost, then Pontius in Samnium for having won the day at Caudium.

I do not rob Graves, nor steal Winding-sheets; my Controversies are not but with the Living, with none of these that have not shewed themselves best able for their own defence; nor yet with such, but in the prosecution of truths opposed by them unto the dammage of mankind; yet the Praevaricator accuseth me of rude charges, what are his then in defence of falshood, and against such as cannot bite? or whether of these is the more noble?

For Varro, who being Consul of Rome, lost the battail of Cannae unto Hanibal Captain General for the Carthag ni­ans, though without Cowardize, yet by rashness, he is not so excusable.

But for Mancinus, brought (as was Posthumous, by the Florus. l. 2. c. 18. Samnites) unto dishonourable condition▪ by Megera▪ Cap­tain General of the Numantines, there be excuses: As first the Numantines, for their number not exceeding four thousand fighting men, were the gallantest of so ma­ny, on which the Sun ever shone.

[Page 125]Fourteen years had their Common-wealth held tacke with the Romans, in courage, conduct, and virtue, having worsted Pompey the Great, and made a League with him, when she might have made an end of him, ere ever Man­cinus (of whom Cicero gives a fair Character) came in Play: So his misfortunes having great Examples, can­not want some excuse, but suppose ner' One of them de­served any Excuse, what is it at which these Examples drive, against a Common-wealth? Sure the Samnites, the Carthaginians, the Numantines were as well Common­wealths as the Romans; and so where-ever the advantage go, it must stay upon a Common-wealth; Or if it be Ro­tation that he would be at (for we must guesse) granting Pontius the Samnite, and Megera the Numantine, to have been no more upon Rotation, then Hannibal the Carthagi­nian; yet is it plain that Rome upon her Rotation overcame not onely, Pontius, Hannibal and Megera; but Samnium Carthage, and Numantia. So much for Rome, but, sayes Consid. p. 91. he, No lesse appeares by the rabble of Generalls often made use of by the Athenians, while men of Valour and Conduct have layn by the walls.

A Rabble of Generals did I never hear of before; but not to meddle with his Rhetorick, whereas each of his Objecti­ons hath at least some one Contradiction in it, this hath two (one à Priore, another à Posteriore) One in the Snoute, another in the taile of it. For had there been formerly no Rotation in Athens, how should there have been Men of valour and conduct to lye by the walls? and if Rotation thenceforth should have ceased, how could those men of valour and conduct have done other than lye by the walls? so this inavoydably confesseth, that Rotation was the meanes whereby Athens came to be stored with per­sons of valour and Conduct, they to be capable of Imploy­ment, and the Common-wealth to imploy the whole vir­tue of her Citizens; And it being (in his own words) an Argument of much imperfection in a Government not to dare to employ the whole virtue of the Cittizens; This wholly Routes a standing Generall, for the Government that dares imploy but the virtue of One, dares not employ the virtue of all. Yet he jogs on.

[Page 126] Those Orders must needs be against Nature, which exclu­ding Consid. p. 91. persons of the best qualifications give admission unto o­thers, who have nothing to commend them but thier Art in Canvasing for the suffrage of the People. He never takes notice that the Ballot barrs Canvasing beyond all possibi­lity of any such thing; but we will let that go; Canva­sing, it is confest, was more frequent in Rome and A­thens then is laudable, where neverthelesse it is the stronger Argument for the integrity of Popular Suffrage, which being free from any aid of art, produced▪ in those Common-wealths more illustrious Examples, (if a Man go no farther than Plutarchs lives) then are to be found in all the rest of Story.

Yet (saith he) this Law hath been as often broken as a Com­mon-wealth Consid. p. 91. hath been brought into any exigence, for the ha­zard of trusting affaires in weak hands then appearing, no scruple hath been made to trample upon this Order, for giving the power to some able man at that time rendered uncapable by the Vacation, this Law requires. The continuation of the Consulship of Marius is sufficient to be alleadged for the proofe of this, though if occasion were it might be backed by plenty of Examples. His choice confutes his pretended variety, who jests with edged tooles, this Example above all will cutt his fingers, for by this prolongation of Magistracy, or to speak more properly of Empire (for the Magistracy of the Consul was civill and conferd by the people Centuriatis co­mitiis, but his Empire was Military and conferrd Curiatis) Rome began to drive those wheels of her rotation heavily in Marius, which were quite taken off in Caesar.

I have heretofore in vaine, perswaded them upon this occasion, to take notice of a Chapter in Machiavill, so wor­thy of regard, that I have now inserted it at length▪ as fol­loweth.

The proceedings of the Roman Common-wealth, being well Match. Discor. B. 3. Ch. 24. considered, two things will be found to have been the causes of her dissolution. The Contention that hapned through the in­deavour of the people, (alwaies oppos'd or eluded by the Nobili­ty) to introduce an Agrarian; and the dammage that accrued from the prolongation of Empire: Mischiefs which had they leen foreseen in due time, the Government by application of fit [Page 127] remedies might have been of longer life and better health. The diseases which this Common-wealth, from contention about the Agrarian, contracted, were acute, and tumultuous, but those being slower, and without tumult, which she got by prolongation of Empire were Chronicall, and went home with her, giving a warning by her Example, how dangerous it is unto States that would enjoy their liberty, to suffer Magistracy, how deserved­ly soever conferd, to remaine long in the possession of the same man. Certainly if the rest of the Romans, whose Empire hap­ned to be prolonged, had been as virtuous and provident as L. Quinctius, they had never run into this inconvenience. Of such wholsome Example was the goodnesse of this man, that the Senate and the people, after one of their ordinary disputes, being come to some accord, whereas the people had prolonged the Magistracy of their present Tribunes, in regard they were persons more fitly opposed unto the Ambition of the Nobility, then by a New Election they could readily have found, and hereupon the Senate (to shew they needed not be worse at this game) would have prolouged the Consulate unto Quinctius, he refused his consent, saying that ill Examples were to be cor­rected by good ones, and not encouraged by others like them­selves; nor could they stirre his resolution, by which meanes they were necessitated to make new Consuls. Had this wisdom and virtue (I say) been duly regarded, or rightly understood, it might have saved Rome, which through this neglect came to ruine. The first whose Empire happned to be prolonged was Pub­lilius Philo, his consulate expiring at the Campe before Palepo­lis, while it seemed unto the Senate that he had the Victory in his hand (Actum cum Tribunis Plebis est ad Populum, ferrent Liv. b. 9. ut cum Philo Consulatu abijsset, Proconsule rem gereret) they sent him no successor, but prolonged his Empire, by which meanes he came to be the first Pro-Consul. An Expedient (though introduced for the Publick good) that came in time to be the publick bane: For by how much the Roman Armyes marched farther off, by so much the like course seeming to be the more necessary, became the more customary; whence ensued two pernicious consequences, the one that there being fewer Ge­neralls, and Men of known ability for conduct, the Art with the reputation of the same, came to be more ingrossed, and obnox­ious unto ambition: the other, that a Generall standing long, [Page 128] got such hold upon his Army; as could take them off from the Senate, and hang them on himselfe. Thus Marius and Sylla could be followed by the Souldiery to the detriment of the Com­mon-wealth, and Caesar to her perdition. Whereas had Rome never prolonged Empire she might perhaps not so soon have ar­rived at Greatnesse, or acquisition, but would have made lesse hast to destruction.

All the Dilemma that Machiavil observes in these words is, that if a Common-wealth wilt not be so slow in her ac­quisition as is required by Rotation, she will be lesse sure then is requisite unto her preservation: But the Praevarica­tor (not deigning to shew us, upon what reasons or experience, he grounds his Maxime) is positive.

That the Dilemma into which a Common-wealth is in this case brought is very dangerous, for either she must give her self Consid. p. 92. a mortall blow by gaining the habit of infringing such orders as are necessary for her preservation, or receive one from with­out.

This same is an other Parakeetisme: these words are spoken by me after Machiavill in relation unto Dictatori­an power, in which they are so far from concluding against Rotation, that this in case of a Dictator is more especially necessary ( Maxima libertatis custodia est, ut magna imperia Mamercus apud. Liv. l. 4. diuturna non sint, & temporis modus imponatur, quibus juris imponi dele non potest) which could not be more confirmed then by him, who in the example of Marius shew's that the contrary course spoild all.

The Romans if they had sent a successor unto Publilius Philo at Palepolis, it may be might have let the Victory slip out of his hands, it may be not; However this had been no greater wound unto the Common-wealth, then that her Acquisition would have been slower, which ought not to come in Competition with the safety of a Government, and therefore amounts not unto a Dilemma, this being a kind of argument that should not be stubb'd of one horne, but have each of equall length and danger. Nor is it so certain that encrease is slower for Rotation, seeing neither was this interrupted by that, nor that by this, as the great­est Actions of Rome, the Conquest of Carthage by Scipio [Page 129] Africanus, of Macedon by Flaminius, and of Antiochus by Asiaticus, are irrefragable Testimonyes.

I would be loath to spoil the Considerers preferment, but he is not a safe Counsellour for a Prince; whose provi­dence not supplying the defect of Rotation whether in ci­vill or military affaires, with some thing of like nature, ex­poseth himselfe if not his Empire as much unto danger as a Common-wealth. Thus the Sons of Zeruiah, Joab Cap­taine 2 Sam. 3. 39. of the Hoast and Abishai his brother, were too strong for David; thus the Kings of Israel and of Juda fell most of them by their Captaines or Favourites, as I have else­where observed more particularly. Thus Brutus being standing Captaine of the Guards could cast out Tarquine: Thus Sejanus had meanes to attempt against Tiberius, Otho Arnisi. to be the Rivall of Galba, Casperius Aelianus, of Nerva; Cassius, of Antoninus; Perennis, of Commodus; Maximinus, of Alexander; Philippus, of Gordian; Aemilianus of Gal­lus, Ingebus, Lollianus, Aureolus, of Gallienus; Magnesius of Constantius; Maximus, of Gratian; Arbogastes of Va­lentinian; Ruffinus of Arcadius; Stilico of Honorius. Goe from the West into the East, upon the death of Marcianus, Asparis alone, having the command of the Armes, could prefer Leo to the Empire: Phocas deprive Mauritius of the same, Heraclius depose Phocas, Leo Isaurius do as much to Theodosius Adramyttenus; Necephorus, to Irenes; Leo Armenius, to Michael Curopalates; Romanus Lagape­nus, to Constantine, Nicephorus Phocas to Romanus Puer; Johannes Zismisces to Nicephorus Phocas; Isaac Comnenus, to Michael Stratioticus; Botoniates to Michael the Sonne of Ducas, Alexius Comnenus to Botoniates; which work continued in such manner till the destruction of that Em­pire. Goe from the East unto the North. Gustavus at­tained unto the Kingdom of Sweden, by his power and command of an Army, and thus Secechus came neer to supplant Bolessaus the third of Poland. If Wallesteine had lived, what had become of his Master? In France, the race of Pharamond was extinguished by Pipin, and that of Pipin in like mannner, each by the Major of the Palace, a standing Magistracy of Exorbitant trust. Goe to the Indies: You shall find a King of Pegu to have been thrust out of the [Page 128] [...] [Page 129] [...] [Page 130] Realme of Tangue by his Captaine Generall. Nay goe where you will, though this be pretty well, you shall adde more than one Example. But as to the Praevaricator, if he were not given to make such mouths as eate up nothing else, but his own words, I needed not have brought any other Testimony to absolve a Common-wealth of malice in this order than his own, where he saith, that when some Consid. p. 47. 48. person over-tops the rest in commands, it is a disease of Monar­chy which easily admitts of this cure, that he be reduced unto a lesse volume, and levelled unto an equality with the rest of his Order. Now a Prince can no otherwise Levell a Noble Man, that excells the rest through Command, unto equality with his order, then by causing those of the same Order to take their turnes in like command. Good witts have ill Memoryes. But, saith he, I know not what advantage Mr. Harrington may foresee from the orders of this Rotation, for Consid. p. 93. my part I can discover no other effect of it then this, that in a Common-wealth like that of Oceana, taking in the Many (for in Venice he confesseth it to be otherwise) where every man will presse forward toward Magistracy, this Law by tak­ing off at the end of one year some Officers, and all at the end of Oceana, p. 213. three will keep the Republick in a perpetuall Minority. No man having time allow'd him to gain that Experience; which B. 2. 9. may serve to lead the Common-wealth to the understanding of her true interest either at home or abroad.

What I have confessed to be otherwise in Venice, I have shewn already at least so far as concerneth the present Occasion, the causes of that defect being incompatible with a Common-wealth consisting of the many; otherwise why was not the like found in Athens or Rome, where though eve­ry man pressed forward towards Magistracy, yet the Magi­strates were, for illustrious Examples, more in weight and Number, than are to be found in all the rest of the world.

If where Elections were the most exposed to the ambi­tion of the Competitor, and the humours of the People they yet failed not to excell all others that were not Popu­lar, what greater vindication can there be of the Naturall integrity of Popular suffrage even at the worst? But this, where it is given by the Ballot, is at the best, and free [Page 131] from all that pressing for Magistracy in the Competitor, or faction of the People that can any wayes be layd unto the former; or let the Considerer consider again, and tell me by what meanes either of these in such a State can be dan­gerous or troublesome, or if at worst the orders for Ele­ction in Oceana must not perform that part, better then a Crowd and a Sheriff. Well but putting the case the Ele­ctions which were not quarrell'd much withall be rightly Stated; yet this Law for Terms and Vacations by taking off at the End of One year some Officers, and all at the end of Three, will keep the Republick in perpetuall Minority, no man having time allowed him to gain that Experience, which may serve to lead the Common-wealth to the understanding of her true interest at home or abroad. Because every Man will presse forward for Magistracy, therefore there ought not to be Termes and vacations, least these should keep the Com­mon-wealth in perpetuall Minority. I would once see an Argument that might be reduced to Mood and Figure. The next Objection is, that these Orders take off at the end of One year some Officers, which is true, and that at the end of Three years, they take off all, which is false; for whereas the Leaders of the Common-wealth are all Tri­enniall, the Orders every year take off no more then such onely as have finished their three yeares terme, which is not all but a Third part. Wherefore let him speak out; three years is too short a Term for acquiring that knowledge, which is necessary unto the leading of a Com­mon-wealth. To let the courses of Israel which were Monethly, the Annuall Magistracyes of Athens and Rome go. If three years be too short a Term for this purpose, what was three moneths? A Parliament in the late Go­vernment was rarely longer liv'd then three moneths, nor more frequent then once in a year, so that a Man having been twelve years a Parliament man in England, could not have born his Magistracy above three years, though he were not necessarily subject unto any Vacation. Where­as a Parliament-man in Oceana may in twelve years have born his Magistracy. fix, Notwwithstanding the Necessity of his Vacations, which of these two are most streightned in the time necessary unto the gaining of due experience or [Page 132] knowledge for the leading of a Common-wealth? Neverthe­lesse the Parliament of England was seldome or never without Men of Sufficient skill and ability; though the Orders there were more in Number, lesse in Method, not written and of greater difficulty then they be in Oce­ana: There, if not the Parliament man, the Parliament it self was upon Termes and Vacations, which unto a Council of such Nature is the most dangerous thing in the world, seeing dissolution, whether unto a body Naturall or Po­liticall is death. For if Parliaments happened to rise again & again, this was not so much coming unto themselves, (see­ing a Council of so different Genius hath not been known) as a New birth and a Councill that is every year New­borne indeed must keep a common-wealth in perpetnall Minority or rather Infancy; alwayes in danger of being overlaid by her Nurse, or strangled by her Guardian: whereas an Assembly continued by Succession or due Rotation regu­lated by Terms giving sufficient time for digestion, growes up, and is like a Man, who though he change his flesh neither changeth his body, nor his soul. Thus the Senate of Venice changing flesh, though not so often as in a Com­mon-wealth consisting of the Many were requisite, yet of­tenest of any other in the world, is, both in Body and Soul or Genius, the most unchangeable Councill under Heaven. Flesh must be changed or it will stink of it self; there is a Terme necessary to make a man able to lead the Common-wealth unto her interest, and there is a Terme that may inable a Man to lead the Common-wealth unto his interest. In this regaurd it is, that (according to Mamerous) the Vacations are ( mazima libertatis custo­dia) the Keepers of the Libertyes of Oceana.

The three Regions into which each of the leading Councills, is divided, are three formes (as I may say) in the Schoole of State, for them of the Third (though there be care in the choice) it is no such great matter what be their skill: The Ballot which they practised in the Tribe being that in the performance whereof no Man can be out, and this is all that is Necessary unto their Novitiate or first year, during which time they may be Auditors: by the Second, they will have seen all the Scenes, or the whole [Page 133] rotation of the Orders, so facile, and so intelligible, that at one reading a Man understands them as a Book, but at once Acting as a Play, and so Methodicall, that he will remember them better. Tell me then what it is that can hinder him for the second year from being a Speaker; or why for the third, should he not be a very able Lead­er.

The Senate and the Prerogative, or representative of the people, being each of like constitution, drop annually four hundred, which in a matter of ten yeares, amount to four thousand experienced Leaders, ready upon new electi­ons to resume their leading.

Another thing which I would have considered, is, whe­ther our most Eminent Men found their parts in Parlia­ment, or brought them thither. For if they brought them, think you not the Military Orders of the youth, the Disci­pline of the Tribes, the eight years Orb of the Embassa­dors, the Provincial Armies of Oceana, likely to breed Men of as good parts, as no such matter? Nor have Astro­nomers that familiarity with the Starrs, which Men with­out these Orbs will have with such as are in them. He is very heavy, who cannot perceive that in a Government of this frame, the Education must be Universal, or diffused throughout the whole Body. Another thing which is as certain, as comfortable, is that the pretended depth and difficulty in matter of State, is a meer cheat. From the be­ginning of the World unto this day, you never found a Common wealth, where the Leaders having honesty e­nough, wanted skill enough to lead her unto her true interest at home or abroad: that which is necessary unto this end, is not so much skill as honesty, and let the Leaders of Oceana be dishonest if they can. In the leading of a Common­wealth aright; this is certain, wisdom and honesty are all one, and though you shall finde defects in their vertue, those that have had the fewest, have ever been, and for ever shall be the wisest.

Rome never ruin'd, till her ballance being broken, the Nobility forsaking their ancient vertue, abandoned them­selves unto their lusts; and the Senators, who as in the Case of Jugurtha, were all bribed, turned knaves; at which [Page 134] turn, all their skill in Government, (and in this never men had bin better skilled) could not keep the Common wealth from over-rurning. Cicero (an honest man) labour'd might and main. Pomponius Atticus ano­ther, despaired: Cato tore out his own bowels, the Poig­niards of Brutus and Cassius, neither considered Prince nor Father. But the Common wealth had sprung her Planks, and spilt her ballast, the World could not save her.

For the Close, the Praevaricator, who had judged before, that There was much reason to expect, some of the Clergy (a­gainst all of whom, Mr. Harrington hath declared Warre) Consid. p. 36. p. 94. will undertake the quarrel: tells me in the last line, that There be unto whom he hath recommended the disquisition of the Jewish Common wealth.

It is a miserable thing, to be condemned unto the per­petual Budget; once turn an honest man to me. In the mean time, that it may be farther seen, how much I am delighted in fair play, it being, so belike, that some Di­vines are already at work with me, and I have not so fully explained my self upon that point, which with them is of the greatest concernment, that they can yet say, they have peept into my Hand, or seen my Game; as I have won this trick, Gentlemen, or speak, so I play them out the last card in the next Book for up.

FINIS.

Advertisement to the Reader, or direction contained in cer­tain Quaeries, how the Com­mon-wealth of Oceana may be examined or answered, by divers sorts of men, with­out spoiling their high Dance, or cutting off any part of their Elegance, or freeness of Ex­pression.

To the Scholar that hath passed his Novitiate in Story.

I. WHether the ballance of Propriety in Land comming through Civill vicissitude by slow and undiscerned de­grees, to alter as it did, and to stand as it doth in Oceana, any other Government could have been introduced (otherwise then by the interposition of forraign Arms) that could have sub­sisted naturally without violence or reluctancy, or steddily with­out frequent changes, alterations, and plunges, save that only of the Common wealth proposed?

[Page] II. Whether the Ballance in Land so standing as hath been shewne, the Common wealth proposed, being once establish­ed, were without the immediate hand of God, as by Pesti­lence, Famine, Inundation, to be alter'd or broken, and which way.

To the godly man.

1. WHether Humane Prudence be not a Creature of God, and to what end God made this Creature?

2. Whether the Common wealth of Israel in her main Orders, that is to say, the Senate, the People, and the Magistracy, were not erected by the same rules of humane Prudence, with other Common wealths?

3. Whether Jethro were not an Heathen?

4. Whether God did not approve of the Advice of Jethro, in the Fabrick of the Common wealth of Israel?

5. Whether the natural body of a Godly man, can any other­wise be said to support and nourish it self in the Ayr, or be­tween Heaven and Earth, then by a figurative Speech? or whether it be any more possible for the Political body of a People so to do, then for the Natural body of a Godly man?

To the Grandee, or Learned Common-wealths-man.

1. WHether a Noble House-keeper have an Horse-keeper, that is as well to live as himself, and whether the House-keeper, should he loose his Estate, would not be an Horse keeper, rather then want bread?

2. Whether Riches and Poverty (more or lesse) do not intro­duce Command or Obedience (more or lesse) as well in a Publick, as in a Private Estate?

3. Whether the Introduction of Commandor obedience, more or lesse, either in a publick or private Estate, do not form or change the Genius of a man, or of a People accordingly? Or what is the reason why the Paisant in France is base, and the lower People in England of an high courage?

4. Whether the Genius of the People of Oceana, have been of late years, or be devoted, or addicted unto the Nobility and the Clergy, as in former times?

5. Whether the Genius of the People of Oceana, not being ad­dicted unto the Nobility and Clergy, as formerly can be said to be for Monarchy, or against it?

6. Whether the People be not frequently mistaken in Names, while as to things they meane otherwise; or whether the People of Oceana desiring Monarchy in Name, do not in truth desire a Government of Lawes, and not of Men?

7. Whether for these Reasons, not to know how to hold the Ballance or foundation of a Government steddy, nor yet to re­form, or vary the Orders of the same; as the foundation comes to vary, be not to deliver a Nation unto certain ru­ine, and destruction?

To the Rationall Man.

1. WHether there be any thing in this Fabrick or Model, that is contradictory unto it Self, unto Reason, or unto Truth?

2. Whether a Common wealth can be framed intire or com­pleat in all her necessary Orders, without any manner of contradiction to her self, to reason, or to truth, and yet be false, or insufficient?

The Errors of the Presse in the first Book.

For falt, page 4. l. 38. read salt. for of, p. 8. l. 1. r. the. For in­structed, p. 45. l. 12. r. intrusted. For will say, must, p. 86. l. 25. r. will say but must. For expect, p. 89. l. 14. r. except. For famyly'd p. 89. l. 39. r. families. For Ply-earts, p. 109. l. 22. r. Placarts. Sans Comparison, if taken as English, is right enough, but if you take it for French, is to be read sans comparaison.

THE SECOND BOOK.OR A …

THE SECOND BOOK.

OR A Politicall Discourse CONCERNING ORDINATION.

Against D r. H. Hammond.

Against D r. L. Seaman.

And the Authors they follow.

Optat Aprum aut fulvum descendere monte Leonem.

E. W.

[figure]

LONDON: Printed by G. Dawson, for Tho. Brewster, and are to be sold at the three Bibles in St. Pauls Church­yard, 1657.

ADVERTISEMENT To the READER.

BOOks, especially whose Authors have gotten themselves Names, are leaders, wherefore in case any of these err in leading, it is not only lawfull, but matter of conscience unto a man that per­ceives it, as far as he is able, to warn others. This were apology enough for my writing against Dr. Hammond, and Dr. Seaman; and yet I have happened to be brought under a farther obligation unto this enterprize, their books having been sent me by way of objection against what I have formerly said of Ordination, and am daily more and more confirmed I shall make good. However, there can be no great hurt in this Essay, Truth being like Venison, not only the best Quarry, but the best Game.

Order of the Discourse.

TO menage the present Controversie with the more clearness, I have divided my discourse into five Parts, or Chapters.

  • The First explaining the words Chirotonia and Chirothesia, paraphrastically relates the story of the perambulation made by the Apostles Paul and Barnabas through the Cities of Lycaonia Pisyaia, &c. by way of Introduction.
  • The second shews those Cities, or most of them at the time of this perambulation to have been under popular Government. In which is contained the whole administration of a Romane Pro­vince.
  • The third shews the deduction of the Chirotonia from popular Government, and of the Original right of Ordination from the Chirotonia. In which is contained the institution of the Sanhe­drin, or Senate of Israel by Moses, and of that at Rome by Romulus.
  • The fourth shews the deduction of the Chirothesia from Mo­narchical, or Aristocratical Government, and the second way of Ordination from the Chirothesia. In which is contained the Common-wealth of the Iews, as it stood after the capti­vity.
  • The fifth debateth whether the Chirotonia used in the Cities mentioned were (as is pretended by Doctor Hamond, Dr. Seaman, and the Authors they follow) the same with the Chirothesia, or a far different thing. In which are contained the divers kinds of Church-government introduced and exercised in the age of the Apostles.

I am entring into a discourse to run much for the words, upon a language not vulgar, (which therefore I shall use no otherwise than by way of parenthesis, not obstructing the sense) and for the things upon Customes that are forreign which therefore I shall interpret as well as I can. Now so to make my way into the parts of this discourse, that whereas they who have heretofore menaged it in English, might in re­gard of their Readers have neer as well written it in Greek, I may not be above the vulgar capacity; I shall open both the Names whereof, and the things whereupon we are about to Dispute by way of Introduction.

A POLITICAL DISCOURSE CONCERNING Ordination.

THE INTRODUCTION, OR First Chapter.

THe Names or words whereof we are about to Dispute are Greek, the one Chirotonia, the other Chirothesia; the first significati­on of the word Chirotonia in Sindas, im­ports a certain lewd action of the hand, which seemeth also by the Greek that ren­ders it by the same word, to have been inti­mated by Isai. 5. 9. In the second signification with Suidas, it is ( [...]) Election, (that is to say of Ma­gistrates) or ratification, (that is to say of Laws) by the Ma­ny: which amounts both by his testimony, and that general­ly of antient Authors unto this, that the most usual and natu­ral signification of the word Chirotonia is popular Suffrage, whether given as when they speak of Athens by the holding up of hands, or as when they speak (as doth Suidas in the place mentioned) of Rome, and other Common-wealths, (whose suffrage was not given with this Ceremony,) without hold­ing up of hands.

Chirethesià ( [...]) is a word that in the strict sig­nification imports laying on of hands, and no more: but the Jews using to confer their Ordination most commonly by lay­ing on of hands; and yet sometimes by word of mouth, or by letter, the word both as it relates to the custome of the Jewish Common-wealth, and Ordination thence transplanted [Page 2] into the Church of Christ, signifies Ordination conferred by one Man, or a few Men, that is to say, by some distinct Order from the people, whether with Imposition of hands, or with­out it.

These words thus interpreted, I shall throughout my dis­course (which else must have run altogether upon the Greek) presume as already I have done, to take for good English, and so proceed unto the things whereof we are to dispute; first, by opening the Scene of this perambulation, which will be done best by the help of Erasmus a man as for his learning not inferior to any, so for his freedom not adicted unto inte­rests, or parties. For the Remainder then of this Introducti­on, I shall begin with the nineteenth Verse of the eleventh, and continue my discourse unto the end of the fourteenth Chapter of the Acts, interweaving the Text where it is dark­er with the Paraphrase of that excellent Author for light, and his Paraprase with the Text, where it is clearer for bre­vity in manner following.

They whom the heat of persecution from the death of Stephen had dispersed, travelled through the Cities and Act. 11. 19. Villages as far as Phenice, and the adjacent Island of Cy­prus; as also through Antiochia, which lyeth between Phe­nice and Cilicia, preaching the Gospel received from the Apostles, which nevertheless they dared not to communi­cate, but to such only as were of the Iewish Nation, not out of envy, but a kind of Superstition, they believing that to do otherwise were to give the Childrens bread unto doggs, which Christ hath forbidden.

But some of them that believed being of Cyprus and Cyrene, when they came unto Antioch, had the boldness to speak of Christ unto the Greeks, preaching the Lord Iesus, in which they made such progress, through the bles­sing of God upon them and their labours, that a great num­ber of these also believing the Gospel, were turned unto the Lord. The tidings of these things coming unto the Ears of the Church, which was at Ierusalem, a man of Apostoli­cal sincerity, Barnabas the Levite, a Cyprian born, was [Page 3] sent by the Apostles to take a view of what was done upon the places, and if he found it to be according unto the will of God to approve of it, by authority of the Apostles. So great caution in receiving the Gentiles unto the Gospel was not, but the thing was greatly desired by the Apostles: but least it should afterwards be repeated or made void by the Iews, as done rashly, or that the Gentiles should re­ly less upon what was done, as conceiving it needed rati­fication by the Law. Wherefore Barnabas so soon as he came to Antioch, and found the Greeks by Faith, and without profession of the Law, to have received the same grace of God with the Iews, was very much joyed that the number of Believers increased, and exhorted them to re­main constant in their Enterprize of adhering unto the Lord. For he was a good Man, and full of the Holy Spirit, and of Faith. Wherefore through his Ministry it came to passe, that a Multitude of other Believers were added unto the former. Now Antioch being not far from Cilicia, the Neighbourhood of the place invited him to seck Paul the fittest helper in this work, as chosen by Christ to preach his Name unto the Gentiles, and Kings of the Earth. For when Paul fled from Ierusalem, the Disciples had conducted him to Caesarea of Phenice, whence he went to Tarsus, whom therefore when Barnabas had found there, he brought to Antioch, hoping in a City both fa­mous and populous, (but with a confused mixture of Iews and Greeks) to receive the better fruit through the aid of an Apostle more peculiarly designed unto this work. These two being conversant an whole year in the Church of An­tioch, which by the confluence both of Iews and Greeks, became very numerous, so many were added by their prea­ching, that whereas hitherto not▪ exposing the Name of Christ unto Envy, they had been called Disciples, they now began first at Antioch from the Name of their founder to be called Christians. In these times certain Prophets came [Page 4] from the City of Ierusalem unto Antioch, whereof one na­med Agabus, standing up in the Congregation, signified by inspiration, that there should be a great dearth through the whole world; which came to pass under Claudius Cae­sar the Successor of Caligula. At this time they at Ierusa­lem, partly because they were poor at their conversion un­to the Gospel, partly because they had deposited their goods in Common, and partly because they had been spoiled by the Priests for their profession of Christ, Ordained that by the contribution of such as had wherewithall, especially among the Believing Gentiles, money should be sent unto the relief of the Christians dwelling in Iudea: but so, that this Contribution was not to he forced but free; and accor­ding unto every mans ability. This money thus gathered was sent by Paul and Barnabas unto the Elders at Ierusa­lem to be distributed at their discretion unto such as were in need. While Paul and Barnabas were thus employed, King Herod, the same that had beheaded Iohn, and returned Christ clothed through derision in white unto Pilate, be­ing grieved to see this kind of People increase, and the Name of Iesus King of the Iews to grow famous in divers Nations, became concerned to root out such a Faction, and so spreading; wherefore he stretched forth his hand to vex certain of the Church, killed Iames the Brother of Iohn with the sword, and because he saw it pleased the Iews, proceeded farther to take Peter also, who being imprisoned, was afterward miraculously delivered. But Paul and Barnabas having performed the Trust committed unto them by the brethren, and delivered the Contribution for relief of the Poor unto the Apostles, returned from Ierusa­lem unto Antioch, taking with them Iohn whose Surname was Mark.

Now the Church of Antioch flourished in such manner, that she had some filled with the gift of Prophecy, & others withthat of teaching, among whom was Barnabas and [Page 5] Simeon alias Niger together with Lucias a Cirenian, and Manaen who had been brought up with Herod the Te­trach, whom he left to come unto Christ; but the chief of them was Saul endowed with all the gifts and graces apo­stolical. While▪ all these were intent upon the Ministry of the Church, imploying their several gifts unto the glory of God, and in his most acceptable service, the salvation of Souls with Fasting and Prayer, The Holy Ghost be­ing stirred up by their zeal, signified his will by the Pro­phets, saying, Separate me Barnabas and Paul for the work whereunto I have called them, namely, to be Do­ctors of the Gentiles, that by them I may propagate the Gospel. The command of the Spirit was obeyed, and Barnabas with Paul, to the end that every one might see who were chosen, were separated from the rest; and when the Congregation had unanimously imoplored the favour of God by Prayer and Fasting, the most eminent in autho­rity among them, laid their hands upon the persons so se­parated, and sent them wherever the Spirit of God should direct them. By this impulse therefore Barnabas and Paul went unto Selencia, being a Promontory of Antio­chia, and thence sailed into the Island of Cyprus, where landed at Salamis a famous City upon the Eastern part of the Island, they preached not humane inventions, but the Word of God, nor that by stealth, but in the Syna­gogues of the Jews, whereof through the Neighbourhood of Syria there was store. This honour by the Comman­dement of Christ was alwaies deferd unto the Jews, that the Gospel should be first offerd unto them, least they being a querulous and repining Nation should complaine that they were despised; thus travelled these Apostles through the whole Island, till they came unto Paphos, a City con­secrated unto Venus upon the Western Coast of Cyprus. Here they found a certain Magician called Bar-Jesus, that is the Son of Jesus a Jew, both by Nation and Reli­gion, [Page 6] under which colour he falsely pretended unto the gift of Prophesie. This Man followed the Court of Ser­gius Paulus Pro-Consul or Governor of the Island for the Romans, otherwise a prudent Man; but this sort of Ver­mine insinuateth it self into the Best to choose that so their corruption may do the greater and more compendi­ous mischief unto Mankind. The Proconsul nevertheless having understood the Gospel to be planting throughout Cyprus, not only forbore to stop the Ears of others, but by sending for Baruabas and Paul seem'd desirous to open his own. Wherefore Bar-Jesus endeavouring to resist the growth of the Word, as an enemy to Christ, and resisting the Truth with falsehood, a strife arose between the true Prophets, and a false One, (for such is the interpretation of the Syriack word Elymas,) whom Paul at the length confuted of spiritual blindness, by taking away the Eyes of his body miraculously strucken in the presence of the Pro-Consul, who at the same time receiving the Light of the Gospel, imbraced the Christian Faith This being done at Paphos, Paul embarqued there with his Associates for the lesser Asia, and came unto Perga, being a City of Pamphylia; here John whose Surname was Mark left them, and returned unto Jerusalem, while they when they had visited Pamphylia travelled unto Antiochia, a City of Pisidia, where having entred a Synagogue, they sat af­ter the usual manner with the rest [...]tentive unto the Law and the Prophets; whereof when the parts appointed were read, and no Man stood up, the Rulers of the Synagogue perceiving that the strangers by their habit were Jews, and such as by their aspect promised more than ordinary, sent unto them, desiring that if they had any word of Ex­hortation for the people, they would speak. Whereupon Paul standing up preached unto them Christ; whence came the word of Lord to be divulged throughout that Region, albeit the Jews out of Envy to the Gentiles [Page 7] stirring up the devoutest of the Matrons (an Art not un­known in these times) and by them the chief of the City raised such sedition in it, and tumult against the Apostles; that Paul and Barnabas being cast out, shook off the dust from their feet against them, and went thence unto Iconi­um a City of Lycaonia. When they were come unto Ico­nium, Ch. 14. entring with the Jews after the custome into the Synagogue, they preached as they had done at Antioch, the Gospel of Jesus Christ, and with such efficacy, that Mul­titudes both of the Jews▪ and Greeks believed; here again the Envy of the Jews became the Author of Sedition, by which means the City was divided into two parts or fa­ctions, whereof One stood for the unbelieving Jews, and the other for the Apostles. At length when such of the Gentiles as were joyned with the Jews, and the Rulers of the City made an assault upon the Apostles, to offer vio­lence, and stone them; they being aware of it, fled to Ly­stra (a City of Lycaonia, which is a part of Pamphylia) and Derbe. At Lystra there was a Man lame of his feet from the Womb, who having listened unto Paul, with great attention and Zeal, was miraculously cured by the Apostle; when the People seeing what Paul had done, cryed out, the Gods were descended in the likeness of Men: a perswasion that might gain the more easily upon the minds of the Lycaonians for the fable of Jupiter and Mercury, said to have descended in humane shape, and been entertained by Lycaon, from whom the Lycaonians received their Name. Wherefore they called Barnabas for the gravity of his aspect, Jupiter, Paul for his Elo­quence, Mercury, and the Priest of Jupiter, who dwelt in the Suburbs, brought Bulls and Garlands unto the Gates of the House, where the Apostles were, to have offered Sacri­fice with the people, which the Apostles abhorring, vigo­rously disswaded. In the mean time certain Jews by Na­tion that were unbelievers coming from Antioch of Pisi­dia, [Page 8] and Iconium, drew the people unto the other ex­tream, who from sacrificing unto the Apostles fell on sto­ning them; a work which was brought so near unto an end, that Paul being drawn by them out of the City was left for dead, though he soon after recovered; and went thence with Barnabas unto Derbe; when they had propaga­ted the Gospel there also, they returned unto Lystra, Ico­nium and Antiochia, confirming the Disciples whom they had converted. Now because the propagation of the Go­spel required that the Apostles should be moving through divers Nations, They chirotonizing them Elders in every Congregation, or Church, that is, ordaining them El­ders by the votes of the people in every City, left them to perform the duties of the absent Apostles, and when they had fasted and prayed, commended them unto the Lord. These things being brought to a conclusion, or finished at Antioch in Pisidia, when they had perambulated this Country, they also visited Pamphylia, sowing the Gospel where it was not yet sown, and confirming those who al­ready believed till they came to Perga: where having or­dered their affairs, they proceeded to Attalia, being a Maritimate City of Pamphylia, and from thence they sai­led back unto Antioch of Syria, whence first they set out with Commission from the Elders to preach the Gospel unto the Gentiles, and where by the Chirothesia or Im­position of Hands, Prayer, and Fasting, they had been re­commended to the grace of God, and designed unto the work now finished.

In this Narrative you have mention both of the Chirotonia and of the Chirothesia, or Imposition of Hands, but of the for­mer as of Ordination; For by that such were made Presbyters or Church Officers as were not so before, of the latter not, I think as of Ordination, at least in the sense we now take it, but as of designation of Persons, unto an occasional and tem­porary Imployment, that had been ordained before, for so sure had Paul at least; howsoever, that which is offered by Acts 6. 12. [Page 9] this Narrative unto present consideration, is no more than the bare story.

CHAP. II. That the Cities, or most of them named in the Per­ambulation of the Apostles, Paul and Barna­bas were at that time under popular Govern­ment. In which is contained the administrati­on of a Roman Province.

THe Romans of all Nations under Heaven were indowed, as with the highest vertues, so with the greatest humane glory; which proceeded from this especially that they were in love with such as were in love with their Libertie, as to begin with their dawn. The Privernates, (a free People, inhabiting the City and parts adjoyn­ing, which at this day is called Piperno, some fifty miles from Rome, and five from S [...]sse) being the second time con­quered by the Romans; It was consulted in the Senate what Livy. lib. 8. Ch. 21. course should be taken with them; where while some, accor­ding unto the different temper of Men, shewed themselves hotter, and others cooler, One of the Privernates more mindfull of the condition wherein he was born, than of that wherein he was fallen, happen'd to render all more doubtfull; for being asked by a Senator of the severer Judgement, what punishment he thought the Privernates might deserve, Such (sayes he) as they deserve, that believe themselves worthy of Li­berty. At the courage of which answer the Consul perceiving in them that had been vehement enough before against the Pri­vernates, but the greater animosity, to the end that by a gent­ler interrogatory he might draw forth, some softer answer, replyed, And what if we inflict no punishment at all, but pardon you; what peace may we expect of you? why if you give us a goodone (said the other) a steddy and perpetual peace, but if an ill One, not a long One. At which a certain Senator falling o­penly upon ruffling and threatning the Privernate, as if those words of his tended unto some practise or intention to stir▪ up [Page 10] the Cities in peace to sedition, the better part of the Fathers being quite of another mind, declared, That they had heard the voice of a Man, and of a Freeman. For why (said they) should it be thought that any Man or people will remain longer under such a burthen as they are not able to bear, then till they can throw it down? There a peace is faithfull, where it is voluntary, if you will have slaves you are not to trust them, but their fetters. To this opinion the Consul especially inclining, inclined o­thers, while he openly professed, That they who had no thought but upon their liberty, could not but be thought worthy to be Ro­mans: whereupon the Decree past by Authority of the Fathers, which was afterwards proposed unto the Congregation, and ra­tified by the Command of the people, whereby the Privernates were made Citizens of Rome. Such was the Genius of the To man Common-wealth, where by the way you may also ob­serve the manner of her debate and result, (Authoritate Pa­trum & Jussu populi) by the advice of the Senate, and the Chi­rotonia of the people.

But that which in this place is more particularly offer'd un­to consideration is her usual way of proceeding in case of Conquest with other Nations; for albeit bearing an haughty brow towards such, as not contented to enjoy their liberty at home, would be her Rivals abroad, she dealt far otherwise, as with Carthage; This case excepted, and the pilling and pol­ling of her Provinces, which hapned through the Avarice and Luxury of her Nobility, when the ballance of popular Power being broken, her Empire began towards the latter end to lan­guish and decline; the way which she took with the Priver­nates was that which she usually observed with others throughout the course of her Victories, and was after the change of Government made good at least in some part, by the Roman Emperors, under whom were now those Cities mentioned in the present perambulation of the Apostles Paul and Barnabas. Strabo for his Credit, among Humane Au­tors is equall unto any; he lived about the time of this peram­bulation, and being a Greek, is less likely to be partial: Of that therefore which I have affirmed to have been the course of the Romans in their Victories, I shall make choice of this Au­thor for a Witness; first where he Epitomiseth the Story of Athens after this manner, When the Carians by Sea, and the [Page 11] Baeotians by Land wasted Attica, C [...]crops the Prince, to bring the people under shelter, planted them in twelve Cities, (Cecropia, Strabo 1. 9. Tetrapolis, Epacrea, Decelea, Eleusis, Aphydna, Thoricus, Brauron, Cytherus, Sphettus, C [...]phissia, Phalerus,) which The­seus is said to have contracted into one called Athens. The Go­vernment of this City had many changes, at the first, it was Mo­narchical, then popular; This again was usurped by the Tyrants Pisistratus and his Sons, whence recover'd, it fell afterwards into the hands of the Few, as when the four hundred once, and again the thirty Tyrants were imposed by the Lacedemonians, in the war of Peloponesus; which yoke the Athenians (by means of their faithful Army) shaking off, restored their popular go­vernment, and held it untill the Romans attained unto the Do­minion of Greece. Now though it be true that they were not a little disturbed by the Kings of Macedon unto whom they were forced to yeild some kind of Obedience; they nevertheless preser­ved the form of their Common-wealth so intire, that there be who affirm it never to have been better administred, than at such time as Macedon was governed by Casander; for this Prince though in other thinge more inclining towards the Tyrant, ha­ving taken Athens by surrender, used not the People ill, but made Demetrius Phalerius the Disciple of Theophrastus the Philosopher, chief Magistrate among them; a Man so far from ruining their Popular State (as in the Commentaries he writ upon this kind of Government is attested) that he repaired it. Nevertheless whether suspected or envied for his greatness with, or support by the Macedonian, after the death of Casander he fled into Aegypt, while his Enemies breaking down his Sta­tues▪ (as some say) made homely Vessels of them. But the Romans having received the Athenians under their popular form left them their Laws and Liberties untouched, till in the war with Mithridates they were forced to receive such Tyrants as that King was pleased to give them; whereof Aristion the greatest, when the Romans had retaken the City from him, be­ing found trampling upon the people, was put to death by Sylla, and the City pardoned, which to this day (he writ about the Reign of Tyberius) not only enjoyes her liberties, but is high in honour with the Romans. This is the testimony of Strabo, agreeing with that of Cicero, where disputing of divine providence, he saith, that to affirm the world to be governed by chance, or [Page 12] without God, is as if One should say that Athens were not go­verned by ohe Areopagites. Nor did the Romans by the de­position of the same Author (or indeed of any other) behave themselves worse in Asia, (the scene of our present discourse, where the same Paul of whom we are speaking being born at Tarsus a City of Cilicia, that had acquired like or greater pri­viledg by the same bounty, was also a Citizen of Rome,) then in Greece. Asia is understood in three significations: First, Sigon. de ant jure Provin. for the third part of the world answering to Europe and A­frica: Secondly, for that part of Asia, which is now called Natolia. Thirdly, for that part of it which Attalus King of Pergamum dying without Heirs, bequeathed and left un­to the People of Rome: this contained Mysia, Phrygia, Aeo­lis, Jonia, Caria, Doris, Lydia, Lycaonia, Pisidia, and by con­sequence the Cities whereof we are speaking: to all these Countries the Romans gave their liberty, till in favour of Aristonicus the Bastard of Eumenes, many of them taking Arms, they were recovered, brought into subjection, and framed into a Province.

When a Consul had conquered a Country, and the Romans intended to form it into a Province, it was the custome of the Senate to send ( Decem Legatos) ten of their Members, who with the Consul had power to introduce and establish their provincial way of Government. In this manner Asia was formed by M. Aquillius Consul, afterwards so excellent­ly reformed by Scaevola, that the Senate in their Edicts used to propose his Example unto succeeding Magistrates; and the Inhabitants to celebrate a Feast unto his Name. Neverthe­less Mithridates King of Pontus (all the Romans in this Pro­vince being massacred in one day) came to possesse himself of it, till it was recovered at several times by Sylla, Murena, Lu­cullus, and Pompey. The Romans in framing a Country into a Province, were not accustomed to deal with all the Inhabi­tants of the same in a like manner, but differently according to their different merit. Thus divers Cities in this were left free by Sylla, as those of the Ilienses, the Chians, Rhodians, Lycians, and Magnesians, with the Cizicens, though the last of these afterwards for their practises against the Romans for­feited their liberty unto Tiberius in whose Reign, they were for this reason deprived of the same.

[Page 13]Taking Asia in the first sense, that is for one third part of the world, the next Province of the Romans in this Country was Cilicia, containing Pamphilia, Issauria, and Cilicia more peculiarly so called; here Cicero was sometimes Pro-Consul, in honour unto whom part of Phrygia with Pisidia, and Lycaonia were taken from the former, and added unto this Jurisdiction, by which means the Cities whereof we are spea­king, came to be of this Province: adjoyning hereunto, was the Common-wealth of the Lycians, which the Romans left free; Into this also the City of Attalia by some is computed, but Iconium both by Scrabo and Cicero, the latter whereof being Pro-Consul in his journey from Laodicea, was received Epist. by the Magistrates and Deputies of this City: Lystra and Derbe being Cities of Lycaonia, must also have been of the same Province. Next unto the Province of Cilicia was that of Syria, containing Comagene, Seliucia, Phaenicia, Caelosy­ria, and Judea or Palestine. In Seleucis were the four famous Cities Seleucia, Antiochia, Apamea, the last entire in her liberty, and Laodicea; Comagene and Judea were under Kings, and not framed into Provinces, till in the time of the Emperors.

The fourth Province of the Romans in Asia was that of Bithymia with Pontus, these were all acquir'd or confirmed by the Victories of Pompey the Great. Strabo who was a Cappadocian born at Amasia, relates a story worthy to be re­membred in this place. From the time saith he, that the Ro­mans having conquered Antiochus, became Moderators of Asia; they contracted leagues of amity with divers Nations; where there were Kings, the honour of addresse was deferr'd unto them, with whom the Treaties that concerned their Coun­tries were concluded. But as concerning the Capad cians, they treated with the whole Nation, for which cause the royal Line of this Realm coming afterwards to fail, the Romans gave the people their freedom or leave to live under their own Laws: and when the people hereupon sending Ambassadors unto Rome, re­nounced their Liberty, being that to them which they said was intolerable, and demanded a King; The Romans amazed there should be Men that could so far despair, permitted them to chose of their own Nation, whom they pleased; so Ari [...]barzanes was chosen, whose Line again in the Third Generation coming to [Page 14] fail; Archelaus was made King by Anthony, (where you may observe in passing that, the Romans imposed not Monarchi­cal Government, but for that matter used to leave a people as they found them) thus at the same time they left Pontus un­der King Mithridates, who not containing himself within his bounds, but extending them afterwards as far as Cholchis and Arm nia the lesse, was reduced unto his Termes by Pompey, who divesting him of those Countries which he had usurped, distrihu­ted some part of them unto such Princes as had assisted the Romans in that War, and divided the rest into twelve Common-wealths, of which added to Bythynia, he made one Province, When the Roman Emperors became Monarchs, they also upon like occasi­ons made other distributions, constituting Kings, Princes, and Cities, some more some lesse, some wholly free, and others in sub­jection unto themselves.. Thus came a good, if not the grea­ter part of the Cities in the Lesser Asia, and the other adioyn­ing Provinces to be some more, some less free, but the most of them to remain Common-wealths, or to be erected into Popu­lar Governments, as appears yet clearer by the intercourse of Pliny, while he was Praetor, or Governor of Bythinia, with his Master the Emperor Trajan, a plece of which I have inserted in the Letters following.

Pliny to Trajane.

SIR,

IT is Provided by Pompeys Laws for the Bythinians that Plin. Epist. lib. 10. no Man under Thirty years of Age be capable of Magi­stracy, or of the Senate: by the same it is also established, that they who have born Magistracy, may be Senators. Now because by a latter Edict of Augustus, the lesser Magi­stracies may be born by such as are above One and twenty; there remains with me these doubts, whether he that being under Thirty, hath born Magistracy, may be elected by the Censors into the Senate; and if he may, whether of those also that have not born Magistracy, a Man being above one and twenty, seeing at that age he may bear Magistracy,-may not by the same interpretation be Elected into the Se­nate, though he have not born it: which is here practised and pretended to be necessary, because it is somewhat bet­ter [Page 15] they say, that the Senate be filled with the children of good Families, than with the lower sort. My opinion be­ing asked, upon these points, by the new Censors, I thought such as being under Thirty have born Magistracy, both by Pompey' s Laws, and the Edict of Augustus to be capable of the Senate; seeing the Edict allows a man under Thirty to bear Magistracy, and the Law, a Man that hath born Magistracy, to be a Senator; But as to those that have not born Magistracy, though at the age in which they may bear it; I demurr till I may understand your Majesties pleasure, unto whom I have sent the Heads both of the Law, and of the Edict.

Trajane to Pliny.

YOu and I dearest Pliny are of one mind, Pompey' s Laws are so far qualified by the Edict of Augustus, that they who are not under One and twenty may bear Magistracy, and they who have born Magistracy may be Senators in their re­spective Cities: but for such as have not born Magistracy, though they might have born it, I conceive them not Eligi­gible into the Senate, till they be thirty years of age.

Pliny to Trajane.

SIR,

POwer is granted unto the Bythinian Cities by Powpey's Law, to adopt unto themselves what Citizens they please, so they be not forreigners but of the same Province, By the same Law it is shewn in what cases the Censors may remove a man from the Senate; Among which neverthe­less it is not provided what is to be done in case a forreign Citizen be a Senator. Wherefore certain of the Censors have thought fit to consult me, whether they ought to re­move a man that is of a forraign City for that cause our of the Senate. Now because the Law, though it forbid the adoption of a forreigner, commandeth not that a Forraign­er for that cause should be removed out of the Senate, and I am informed there be forreign Citizens almost in every Senate: so that many, not only Men, but Cities might suf­fer [Page 16] concussion by the restitution of the Law in that part, which through a kind of consent seemeth to be now grown obsolete; I conceive it necessary to have your Majesties resolution in the case, to which end I have sent a Breviate of the Law annexed.

Trajane to Pliny.

VVIth good cause (dearest Pliny) have you doubted what answer to return unto the Censors, enquiring whether they ought to Elect a man into the Senate that is of another City, though of the same Province; seeing on the one side the authority of the Law, and of custome on the o­ther to the contrary might well disorder you. To innovate nothing for the time past, I think well of this expedient: they who are already elected Senators, though not according un­to the Law, of what City soever they be, may remain for the present, but for the future Pompey' s Laws should return to their full virtue, which if we should cause to look back, might create trouble.

This might serve, but there will be no hurt in being a little fuller in the discovery of Provincial Government.

The Provinces so framed as hath been shewn, were subdi­vided into certain Circuits called Diocesses, That of Asia had six Alabandae, Sardes (antiently the seat of Craesus) Smyrna, Ephesus, Adramytis, Pergamum. That of Cilicia had also six, the Pamphilian, Issaurian, and Cilician, the Metropolis where­of was Tarsus a free City; To these were taken out of the Province of Asia, Cibyra, Sinnadae, Apamea; what were the Diocesses of the other two, Sigonius whom I follow doth not shew. At these in the Winter, (for the Summer was spent commonly with the Army,) the people of the Province as­sembled at set times, as at our Assizes, where the Roman Go­vernors did them Justice.

The Governors or Magistrates unto whose care a Province was committed, were of two kinds: the first and chief was Consul or Praetor, which appellations differ'd not in power, but in dignity, that of Consul being more honourable, who had twelve Lictors, whereas the Praetor had but six, if the an­nuall Magistracy of either of these came to be prorogued, he was called Pro-Consul, or Pro-Praetor.

[Page 17]The second kind of Magistrate in a Province, was the Quae­ster, Receiver or Treasurer, who being also annual, was at­tended by Lictors of his own, if he dyed within his year, the the Consul, Pro-Consul, or Praetor, might appoint one for that time in his place, who was called Pro-Questor. The power of the Consul, Pro-Consul, or Praetor was of two kinds, the one Civil, the other Military, the former called Magistracy, the latter Empire.

The pomp of these assuming and exercising their Magistra­cy was reverent, the Consul, or Pro-Consul had Legates, sometimes more, but never under three, appointed him by the Senate; these were in the nature of Counsellors to assist him in all affairs of his Province, he had Tribunes, Colonels, or Field Officers for the Military part of his administration; he had also Secretaries, Serjeants, Heraulds, or Cryers, Lictors, or Ensign­bearers, Interpreters, Messengers, Divines, Chamber­lains, Physitians, and besides these his Companions, which for the most part were of the younger sort of Gentlemen, or Gal­lants that accompanied him for his Ornament, and their own Education. Into this the somewhat-like Traine of the Quae­stor (who by the Law was in place of a Son unto the Pro-Con­sul, and to whom the Pro Consul was to give the regard of a Father) being cast, it made the Praetorian Cohort, or Guard alwaies about the person of the Pro-Consul, who in this E­quipage having done his devotions at the Capitol, departed the City Paludatus, that is in his Royal Mantle of gold and purple, followed for some part of the way with the whole train of his Friends, wishing him much joy, and good speed,

In his Province he executed his twofold Office, the one of Captain General, the other of the supieme Magistrate; in the former relation he had an Army either received from his pre­decessor, or new leavied in the City; this consisted in the one half of the Legions, (as I have elsewhere shewn) and in the o­ther of Associates; for the greatness of the same, it was pro­portion'd unto the Province, or the occasion. To an ordinary Province in times of peace, I believe an army amounted not to above One Legion, with as many Auxiliaries that is to a matter of Twelve thousand Foot, and Twelve hundred Horse. The Magistracy or Jurisdiction of the Pro-Consul, [Page 18] or Praetor was executed at the Metropolitan City of each Dioecis, which upon this occasion was to furnish the Praetori­an Cohort with lodging, salt, wood, hay, and stable-room at the charge of the Country. These (though Cicero, would hardly receive any of them) were towards the latter time of the Common-wealth, extended by the provincial Magistrates unto so great a burthen to the people, that it caused divers Laws to be passed in Rome (de repetundis) for restitution to be made unto the Provinces, by such as had injured them. Upon such Laws was the prosecution of Verres by Cicero, When and where this kind of Court was to be held, the Con­sul, Pro-Consul, or Praetor by Proclamation gave timely no­tice, being assembled at the time, and the City appointed, in the Town Hall stood a Tribunal, upon this the Sella Curulis, or Chair of State, in which sat the Consul, Pro-Consul, or Praetor with his Praetorian Cohort or Band about him, furnish­ed with all manner of pomp, and Officers requisite unto the ornament, or administration of so high a Magistracy. The jurisdiction of this Court was according unto the Laws made for the administration of the Province, but because they could not foresee all things, (as appeared by the questions which Pliny put upon the Laws of Pompey, unto Trajane) it came to pass, that much was permitted unto the Edicts of the provincial Praetors, as was also in use at Rome with the Praetors of the City: and if any man had judged otherwise in his Pro­vince, then he ought to have done in the City, made an Edict contrary unto the Law of his Province, or judged any thing otherwise than accordieg to his own Edict, he was held guilty of, and questionable for an hainous crime. But what the Law of this or that Province (which differ'd in each) was, would be hard particularly to say, only in general it was for the maine very much resembling that of Sicily called Rupi­lia.

Lege Rupilia, or by the Law of Rupilius, a cause between One Citizen and another being of the same City, was to be tryed at home by their own Laws. A Cause between one Provincial and another being of divers Cities, was to be tryed by Judges whom the Praetor should appoint by lott; what a private man claim'd of a people, or a people of a private man, was to be referr'd unto the Senate of some third City. Ʋpon what a Roman [Page 19] claimed of a Provincial, a Provincial was to be appointed Judge. Ʋpon what a Provincial claimed of a Roman, a Roman was to be appointed Judge. For decision of other controversies select Judges from among the Romans (not out of the Praetorian Co­hort, but out of such Romans, or other Citizens free of Rome as were present in the same Court) were to be given. In criminal causes as violence peculate or Treason, the Law, and the manner of proceeding was the same in the Provinces, as in Rome.

For the Iributes, Customes, Taxes, leavies of Men, Money, Shipping, ordinary, or extraordinary for the common defence of the Roman Republick, and her Provinces, the Consuls, Pro-Consuls, or Praetors, proceeded according unto such Decrees of the Senate as were in that case standing or renewed upon Emergent occasions; in gathering these say the Magi­stracy or office of the Quaestor: if the Pro-Consul were indis­posed, or had more business than he could well turn his hand to, Courts of this nature might be held by one or more of his Legates. With matter of Religion they medled not, Every Nation being so far left unto the Liberty of Conscience, that no violence for this cause was offer'd unto any man, by which means both Jews and Christians, at least, till the time of the persecuting Emperors had the free exercise of their Religion throughout the Roman Provinces. This the Jews liked well for themselves, nor were they troubled at the Hea­thens, but to the Christians they alwaies grudg'd the like priviledg. Thus when they could no otherwise induce Pilate to put Christ to death; they accused Christ of affecting Mo­narchy, and so affrighted Pilate being a mean condition'd fellow, while they threatned to let Tiberius know he was not Caesar's Friend; that he comply'd with their ends. But when at Corinth where Gallio (a man of another temper) was Pro-Consul of Achaia, they would have been at this Ward again, and with a great deal of Tumult had brought Paul before the Tribunal, Gallio took it not well, that they should think he had nothing else to do than to judge of words, and names, and questions of their Law, for he cared no more for the Disputes between the Christians and the Jews, than for those between the Epicureans and the S [...]ick [...]. Wherefore his Lictors drave them from the Tribunal, and the officious Corinthians to shew their love to the Pro-Consul [Page 20] fell on knocking them out of the way of other bu­siness.

Now though the Common-wealth of the Achaeans, being at this time a Roman Province under the Pro-Consul Gallio, enjoyed no longer her common Senate, Strategus and Demi­urges, according unto the model shown in the former Book, yet remained each particular City under her antient form of Popular Government so that in these, especially at Corinth; many of the Greeks being of the same judgement, the Jews could not dispute with the Christians without Tumult. Of this kind was that which hapned at Ephesus, where Christia­nity Acts 19. growing so fast, that the silver-smiths of Diana's Tem­ple began to fear they should loose their Trade: the Iews lik­ing better of Heathenisme than Christianity, set Alexander one of their pack against Paul.

This place (in times when men will understand no other­wise of humane story, then makes for their ends) is fallen happily unto my hand, seeing that which I have said of a Ro­man Province, will be thus no less than proved out of Scrip­ture. For the Chancellor of Ephesus perceiving the Ecclesia, (so it is in the Original) or Assembly (as in our Translation) uncalled by the Senate, or the Magistracy to be tumultuously gathered in the Theater: their usual place (as in Syracusa and other Cities) of meeting, betakes himself to appease the people with divers arguments: among which he hath these. First, as to matter of Religion, Ye have brought hither (saith he) these men which are neither robbers of Temples (Churches, our Bible hath it, before there was any Church to be robbed) Nor yet blasphemers of the Goddesse: In which words (seeing that they offering no scandal, but onely propagating that which was according to their own judgement were not ob­noxious unto punishment) he shews that every man had Li­berty of Conscience. Secondly asto Law. If Demetrius and the Crafts-men which are with him have a matter against any man, the Law (saith he) is open. Thirdly, as to the matter of Government which appears to be of two parts, the one pro­vincial, the other Domestick, for the former (saith he) there are ( [...]) Pro-Consuls, (he speaks in the plural number with relation unto the Legates, by whom the Pro-Consul sometimes held his Courts. Otherwise this Magistrate was [Page 21] but one in a Province, as at this time for Asia P. Suilius) and to the latter (saith he) if you desire any thing concerning other matters, that is such as appertain unto the Government of the City, (in▪ which the care of the Temple was included) it shall be determined in a lawful Ecclesia, or Assembly of the peo­ple. By which you may see that notwithstanding the Pro­vincial government, Ephesus, though she were no free City, (for with a free City the Pro-Consul had nothing of this kind to do) had ( [...]) the government of her self, (as those other Cities mentioned in Plynies Epistles) by the Senate, and the people, for wherever one of these is named, as the Senate by Pliny, or the people by Luke, the other is understood. When the Chancellor had thus spoken, he dismissed the Eccle­sia. It is Lukes own word, and so often as I have now repeat­ed it, so often hath he used it upon the same occasion. Where­fore I might henceforth expect two things of Divines; first, that it might be acknowledged that I have good Authors, St. Luke and the Chancellor of Ephesus, for the word Ecclesia in this sense; and secondly that they would not perswade us, the word Ecclesia hath lost this signification, least they con­demn this place of Scripture to be no more understood. The manner of Provincial Government being thus proved, not only out of prophane Authors, but out of Scripture it self; and the Cities that were least free having had such power o­ver themselves, and their Territories; why if the Romans took no more of them for this protection, than was paid unto their former Lords, did they not rather undertake the patronage of the World than the Empire, seeing Venice, and Dantzig, while the one was Tributary to the Turk, the other to the King of Poland, were nevertheless so free Estates, that of a King, or a Common-wealth that should have put the rest of the world into the like condition, no less in our day could have been said? And yet that the Romans, when the nature of the Eastern Monarchies shall be rightly considered, took far less of these Cities, than their old Masters, will admit of little doubt. Cicero would not lye, He when he was Pro-Consul of Cilicia, wrote in this manner concerning his Cir­cuit, to his friend Servilius. Two dayes I stand at La [...]dicea, at Ap [...]mea five, at Sinnadae three, at Pilomelis five, at Iconium ten, then which Jurisdiction or Government there is nothing more [Page 22] just or equall. Why then had not those Cities their Senates, and their Ecclesiae, or Congregations of the people as well as that of Ephesus, and those whereof Pliny gives account to Trajane?

Corinth was in Achaia, Perga of Pamphilia, Antioch of Pisidia, Iconium, Lystra, Derbe of Lycaonia, were in Cilicia and with these as some reckon, Attalia. Ephesus, and the o­ther Antioch were in Syria. Achaia, Cilicia, and Syria were Roman Provinces at the time of this perambulation of the A­postles. The Cities under Provincial administration, whether free are not free were under popular Government; whence it follow­eth, that Corinth, Ephesus, Antioch of Syria, Antioch of Pisidia, Perga, Iconium, Lystra, `Derbe, Attalia, being at this time under Provincial administration, were at this time under popu­lar Government. There hath been no hurt in going about, though indeed to shew that these Cities (had quandam [...]) were under popular government, we needed to have gone no farther than the Text, as where the Chancellor of E­phesus to get rid of a tumultuous Ecclesia, or Assembly of the people, promiseth them a lawful one. In Iconium Lystra, Derbe and the rest, you hear not of any King, (as where Herod stretched out his hand to please the Jews, and vex the Church) but of the people, of their Rulers, of their Assemblies, and of their tumults. The people at Lystra are now agreed to give the Apostles divine honours, and anon both at Iconi­um and Lystra to stone them: Now to determine of divine honour, or of life and death, are acts of Soveraign power. It is true, these nevertheless may happen to be usurped by a meer Tumult, but that cannot be said of these Congregations, which consisted as well of the Magistrates and Rulers, as of the people, and where the Magistrates shew that they had no distinct power whereby to restraine the people, nor other means to prevail against them, than by making of parties, which passages as they prove these Common-wealths on the one side to have been ill constituted, evince it on the other, that these Cities were under popular Government.

CHAP. III. The deduction of the Chirotonia from Popular Government, and of the Original Right of Ordination from the Chirotonia. In which is contained the institution of the Sanhedrin, or Senate of Israel by Moses, and of that of Rome by Romulus.

DIvines generally in their way of Disputing have a byass that runs more upon words, than upon things; so that in this place it will be necessary to give the interpretation of some other words, whereof they pretend to take a strong hold in their Controversies; the chief of these hath been spo­ken to already, Chirotonia being a word that properly sig­nifies the suffrage of the people, wherever it is properly used, implies power; wherefore though the Senate decree by suffrage as well as the people, yet there being no more in a Decree of the Senate than Authority, the Senate is never said to Chiro­tonize, or very seldom and improperly, this word being pe­culiar unto the people: and thus much is imply'd in what went before.

The next word in controversie is Psephisma, which signifies a Decree or Law, and this alwayes implying power, alwayes implyes the suffrage of the people, that is, where it is spoken of popular Government; for though a Psephisma or decree of the Athenian Senate was a Law for a year before it came to the suffrage or Chirotonia of the people, yet the Law, or con­stitution of Solon whereby the Senate had this power, original­ly derived from the Chir [...]tonia of the people.

The third word ( [...]) signifies to constitute, or or­dain, this in the political sense of the same implyeth not pow­er, but authority; for a man that writeth or proposeth a De­cree or form of Government, may be said ( [...]) to pro­pose or constitute it, whether it be confirmed by the Chiroto­nia of the people or not; nay with Hal [...]carn [...]ssaeus the word [Page 24] signifies no more than barely to call or assemble the Senate; [...].

Now if these words be sometimes otherwise taken, what words be there in any language that are not often used im­properly? but that understood politically, they must of ne­cessity be understood as I have shewn; or will so intangle and disorder Government, that no man shall either make head or foot of it; is that which I make little question to evince in the surest way, that is by opening the nature of the things whence they derive, and whereof they are spoken by the best Authors.

And because the words (though the things they signifie were much more antient) derive all from Athens, I shall be­gin by this constitution to shew the proper use of them. Chirotonia in Athens as hath been shewn out of Suidas, (who speaking of Rome relates to this) was Election of Magistrates, or Enacting of Laws by the suffrage of the people, which be­cause they gave by holding up their hands, came thence to be called Chirotonia, which signifieth holding up of Hands. The Legislative Assembly, or Representative of the people called the Nomothetae, upon occasion of repealing an old Law, and Enacting a new one, gave the Chirotonia of the people, And yet saith the Athenian Law ( [...]) Let the Proedrigive or make Demost. contra Timocr. the Chirotonia unto either Law. The Proedri as was shown in the former book were the ten Presidents of the Prytans, which Prytans upon this occasion were Presidents of the Nomothetae. Again, whereas it was the undoubted right and practice of the people to Elect their Magistrates by their Chirotonia, ( [...]) Phil. 1. it is nevertheless shewn by Pollux to have been the peculiar Office of the Thesmothetae ( [...]) to Chirotonize the Mágistrates. For as the Proedri were presi­dents of the people in their Legislative capacity, so were the L. 8. C. 8. Thesmothetae upon occasion of Elections: thus the Chirotonia of the Proedri, or of the Thesmothetae signifies nothing else but the Chirotonia of the people, by which they Enacted all their Laws, and elected all their Civil or Ecclesiastical Magi­strates, or Priests, as the Rex Sacrificus, and the Orgeones, except some by the lot, which ordination as is observ'd [Page 25] by Aristoile is equally popular. This whether ignorantly or wilfully unregarded, hath been as will be seen hereafter the cause of great absurdity, for who seeth not that to put the Chirotonia, or soveraign power of Athens upon the Proedri or the Thesmothetae, is to make such a thing of that Government, as can no wise be understood.

What the people had past by their Chirotonia, was called Psephisma, an Act or Law. And because in the Nomothetae there were alwayes two Laws put together unto the Vote, that is to say, the Old one, and that which was offered in the room of it, they that were for the old Law were said ( [...]) to pronounce in the Negative; and they that were for the new ( [...]) to pronounce for the Af­firmative.

These Laws, these Propositions, or this frame of Government having been proposed first by Solon, and then ratified or esta­blished by the Chirotonia of the Athenian people: Aristotle saith of him ( [...]) that he instituted or constituted the popular Government with constitution, implyeth not any power in Solon, who absolutely refused to be a King, and therefore the word ( [...]) as to him im­plies no more than authority. I have shewed you the words in controversie, and the things together in the Mint; Now whether they that as to Athens introduced them both, under­stood either; I leave my Reader by comparing them to judge.

It is true that the things expressed by these words have been in some Common-wealths more, in others less antient than the Greek Language, but this hindreth not the Greeks to ap­ply the words unto the like constitutions or things, wherever they find them, as by following Halicarnassaeus I shall exem­plifie L. 2. in Rome.

( [...]) Romulus when he had distributed the people into Tribes, and into parishes proceeded to ordain the Senate; in this manner the Tribes were three, and the parishes Thirty; out of every Tribe he elected three Senators, and out of every pa­rish three more, all by the suffrage of the people; These therefore came to ninety nine chosen by the Chirotonia, unto which he added one more, not chosen by the Chirotonia, but by himself only; Which Election we may therefore say was [Page 26] made by the Chirothesia, for as in this Chapter I am shewing that the Chirotonia is Election by the Many, so in the next I shall shew that the Chirothesia is Election by One, or by the Few. But to keep unto the matter in hand, the Magistrate thus chosen by Romulus was ( praefectus urbi,) the Protector of the Common-wealth, or he who when the King was out of the Nation, or the City, as upon occasion of War, had the Exercise of Royal Power at home. In like manner with the Civil Magistracy were the Priests created, (though some of them not so antiently) for the Pontifex maximus, the Rex Sacrificus, and the Flamines were all ordained by the Suf­frage of the people, (Pontifex Tributis, Rex centuri [...]tis, Flami­nes Curiatis) the latter of which being no more than Parish Priests, had no other Ordination than by their Parishes. All the Laws, and all the Magistrates in Rome, even the Kings themselves were according unto the orders of this Common­wealth to be created by the Chirotonia of the people, which nevertheless is by Appian sometimes called ( [...]) The Chirotonia of the Tribunes whether that these Magi­strates were Presidents of the Assemblies of the people, or Elected by them. Sic Romani historici non [...] untur Calv. Inst. L. 4. cap. 3. §. 15. con [...]ulem qui comitia habuerit creasse [...]vos Magistratu, non aliam ob causam nisi quia suffragia receperit & populum mode­ratus est in eligendo.

What passed the Chirotonia of the people, by the Greeks is called Psephisma, ( [...] Dion. Hal. L. 8. when the Congregation of the people was to be dismissed, Marcus standing up, said, your Psephisma, that is, your Act is exceeding good, &c.

This policy, for the greater part, is that, which Romulus (as was shewn) is said ( [...]) to have instituted, or ordai­ned, though it be plain that he ordain'd it no otherwise than by the Chirotonia of the people.

Thus you have another Example of the three words in con­troversie, ( Chirotonia, [...], Psephisma) still applyed in the same sense, and to the same things. Have I not also discovered already, the Original right of Ordination, whether in Civil, or religious Orders? This will be scandalous. How! derive Ordination as it is in the Church of Christ, or asit was [Page 27] in the Church of the Jews from the Religion, or rather super­stition of the Heathens! I meddle not with their Religion, nor yet with their superstition, but with their Ordination, which was neither but a part of their policy. And why is not Or­dination in the Church or Common-wealth of Christ, as well a political thing as it was in the Churches, or Common-wealths of the Jews, or of the Heathens. Why is not Election of Officers in the Church as well a political thing, as election of Officers in the State? and why may not this be as lawfully per­formed by the Chirotonia in the one, as in the other?

That Moses introduced the Chirotonia, is expresly said by Philo de inst. princ. Philo; though he oppose it to the ballot, in which I believe he is mistaken, as not seeing that the ballot including the suf­frage of the people, by that means came as properly under the denomination of the Chirotonia, as the suffrage of the Roman people, which though it were given by the Tablet, is so called by Greek Authors. All ordination of Magistrates, as of the Senators, or Elders of the Sanhedrin, of the Judges, or Elders of inferior Courts, of the Judge, or Suffes of Israel, of the King, of the Priests, of the Levites, whether with the ballot, or viva voce, was performed by the Chirotonia, or suffrage of the people; In this (especially if you admit the authority of the Jewish Lawyers, and Divines called the Talmudists) the Scripture will be clear, but their Names are hard; Where­fore not to make my Discourse more rough then I need, I shall here set them together; The Authors or writings I use by way of paraphrase upon the Scripture are the Gemara Ba­bylonia, Midhar Rabba, Sepher Si [...]ri, Sepher Tanchuma, Solomon Jarchius, Chiskuny, Abar [...]inel, Ajin Israel, Pesiktha Zoertha, these and many more being for the Election of the Sanhedrin by the ballot. I might have spoken them more brief­ly, for the truth is in all that is Talmudical, I am assisted by Selden Grotius, and their quotations out of the Rabbis, ha­ving in this learning so little skil, that if I miscalled none of them, I shewed you a good part of my acquaintance with them.

Nor am I wedded unto Grotius or Selden, whom some­times I follow, and sometimes I leave, making use of their learning, but of my own reason. As to the things in this present controversie, they were no other in Athens and Rome [Page 28] than they had been in the Common-wealth of Israel.

When Moses came to institute the Senate, he asked coun­sel Numb. 11. v. 16. 24. of God. And the Lord said, Gather unto me seventy men of the Elders of Israel, and Moses went out and told the people the words of the Lord: that is, proposed the Dictate of the supream Legislator unto the Chirotonia of the Congregation, what else can we make of these words of Moses to the peo­ple? Deut. 1. v. 13, 14, 15. Take ye wise men, and understanding, and known among your Tribes ( [...]) and I will constitute them Rulers over you. Now how the people could otherwise take or chuse these Rulers or Magistrates thus proposed, than by their Chiro oxia, let Divines—shew or notwithstanding the constitution of Moses, both the Senate of Israel, and the inferior Courts were decreed by the Chiroto­nia of the people. For the people upon this proposition resol­ved in the affirmative, or answered, and said, the thing which thou hast spoken is good for us to do. This then was the Pse­phisma, or decree of the people of Israel, whereupon saith Moses ( [...]) I constituted or ordained them Gover­nors. In which example you have the three words, or the three things again, nor as to the things, is it, or ever was it, otherwise in any Common-wealth, whence it is admirable in our Divines, who will have [...] constituted, to be the word of power, that they do not see by this means they must make two powers in the same Government, the [...] or constitution of the Legislator, & the Chirotonia, or suffrage of the people, or else say that the Common-wealth of Israel was instituted by the power of the Legislator, and the authority of the people, then w ch there is nothing more absurd. But the peo­ple staid not upon their first Psephisma, or result that the thing was good for them to do, but did accordingly. The manner of their proceeding at different times was somewhat different; for it was sometimes viva voce, sometimes by the lot, without the suffrage, and sometimes by the ballot, w ch consisted not of the lot only, but of the suffrage. Also each of these are equally popular, (for neither of them giveth any advantage unto any person or party) but not equally prudent wayes of proceed­ing; the lot committing too much unto For tune, except in some kinds of businesses, as first in the division of Lands, whence the suffrage was properly excluded, for the civisions [Page 29] being made by three Deputies out of each Tribe, if there happe­ned to fall some advantage or disadvantage unto any man by the lot, it was equal or impartial; whereas if it had fallen by the suffrage, it must have bin unequal, or partial: such was the cause why the lot in the division of the land of Canaan was used w thout the suffrage. In case of a crime committed by an unknown Author, but among many of whom some one or more must have been guilty, as in the cases of Achan and Jonathan; the lot was also used without the suffrage, somewhat after the manner of decimation in an Army, when many that are guilty throw the dice, and he on whom the lot falls is punished; yet with considerable difference, for whereas decimation is not used but for punishment where the persons are as well known as the guilt; this use of the lot in Israel was for the discovery of the unknown Author of some known crime, that some one of many being put to the question (who if ei­ther by his own confession, or other proof he were found guilty, was punished accordingly, otherwise not,) Men might have less encouragement that their crimes would be the more hidden, or less punishable for company, or the shadow of it.

When the people were set upon the introduction of a new Magistracy, and cared not at all who should be the man, as in the Election of Saul, at which time the Philistines lay hard upon them, and they looked upon the Ease they hoped from a King, without coveting the trouble which he was like to have; it seemeth unto me; that there was a third use of the lot without the suffrage.

But that the common use of the Lot in Israel implyed al­so the suffrage, and was of the nature of the ballot at this day in Venice is little to be doubted, or you may satisfie your self, when you have considered the manner how the Se­nate or Sanhedrin was first elected ( [...]) or consti­tuted by Moses.

Upon the Psephisma, or decree of the Legislator and the people, the thing which thou hast spoken is good for us to do, they proceeded unto Election of Competitors in this manner. Each of the twelve Tribes (to be hereafter as well locally, as they were yet but geneologically divided) were to make the Election, not excluding the Thirteenth, nor yet nominally taking it in; for Levi though genealogically, as distinct a [Page 30] Tribe as any of them, yet was not designed locally so to be but to have the right of promiscuous inhabiting, cohabiting, or marriage with all or any of the rest, and with right of suf­frage accordingly; For this cause, the Tribes being thirteen, are reckoned but twelve. So each of the twelve Tribes elected among themselves by their suffrages, six wise men, and un­derstanding, and known among them, which being Elected, were written, and being written were delivered each in a se­verall scroll unto Moses. Moses having received all the scrolls, had seventy two Competitors, which caused a fraction; for the Senate, as is plain by the Text, ( gather me seventy men, that they may stand with thee,) was to consist but of seventy with Moses, that is, in all, of seventy one: So Moses having two Competitors more than he needed, caused two Ʋrnes to be brought, into one of which he cast the seventy two Competi­tors, or names written in the scrolls; and into the other se­venty two scrolls of which two were blanks, and seventy were inscribed with the word Presbyter, this being done, the whole Congregation pray'd, and when they had prayed, gave forth their lots.

The Lots were given forth after this manner, first a Lot was drawn out of the Ʋrne of the Magistracies, then another out of the Ʋrne of the Competitors; The Competitor unto whose name a blank was drawn departed: but he unto whose name a prize was drawn, or given forth became a Magi­strate.

They who had thus gained Magistracy were [...] by this Psephisma decreed to be together of the num­ber of the seventy Elders. But whereas in the Ʋrne of Magi­stracies there were two blanks, two that had been written Numb. 11. 26. Competitors must of necessity have failed of Magistracy. So Eldad and Medad being of them that were written Competitors Numb. 11. by the Tribes, yet went not up unto the Tabernacle; that is, at­tained not to be ( [...]) numbred among the seventy, who were to sit in the Court of the Tabernacle, as afterwards they did in the pavement, or stone-chamber in the Court of the Temple.

In this place I shall mind you but once more of the three words in controversie. Moses the Legislator ( [...]) con­stituted, the people chirotonized; and that which they [Page 31] had chirotonized, was Psephisma, their Decree.

There be in these times that are coifed with such opinions, that to shew Scripture to be reason, is to make it loose weight with them, and to talk of the Talmudists is to prophane it; of these I shall desire no more than to know how they under­stand that place of Eldad and Medad, for if they can no o­therwise make sense of it, than as I have done, it is a suffici­ent proof, (letting the Talmudists go) of all that I have said. What therefore hath the Hierarchy, and the Presbytery for their opinion that the Sanhedrin was instituted by the Chiro­thesia, or Imposition of Hands?

There is in the Old Testament no mention of laying on of Hands by way of Ordination, or election, but only by Moses in the designation of Joshua for his Successor; and in this Moses did first as Romulus afterwards in the Election of the Praefect or Protector of Rome; but upon a far greater exi­gence, for the Common-wealth of Rome, when Romulus did the like; was seated or planted, but the Common-wealth of Israel when Moses did this, was neither seated nor planted, nor indeed a Common-wealth, but an Army designed to be a Common-wealth. Now between the Government that is necessary unto an Army, and that which is necessary to a Common-wealth, there is a vast difference. The Govern­ment even of the Armies of Rome, when she was a Common­wealth, was nevertheless Monarchical: in this regard Moses himself exercised a kind of Dictatorian Power for his life, and the Common-wealth being not yet planted, nor having any ballance whereupon to weigh her self, must either have been left at his death unto the care of some man, whom he knew best able to lay her foundation, or unto extream hazard; wherefore this Ordination which was but accidental, regard­ing the present Military condition of the people, Moses most prudently distinguisheth from the other; in that he shew'd them how they should manage their Common-wealth, in this he bequeaths them the man whom he thinks the most likely to bring them to be a Common-wealth; of which judgement and undertaking of Moses, Joshua the next illu­strious Example, most worthily acquitted himself.

There is in these Elections another remarkable passage, but such a one as being so far from political, that it is supernatu­ral, [Page 32] doth not properly appertain unto this discourse, and so I shall but point at it. When the Elders, thus chosen, were set round about the Tabernacle, the Lord came down in a cloud, Numb. 11. v. 24. 25. and took of the spirit of Moses, and gave it unto the seventy El­ders, and it came to pass, that when the Spirit rested upon them, they prophecied, and did not cease. So Joshua was full of the spi­rit of wisdom, for Moses had laid his hands upon him. And Deut. 33. v. 9. Paul mindeth Timothy, Stir up the gift of God which is in thee 1 Tim. 1. v. 6. by the laying on of my hands. But the Talmudists themselves do not pretend that their Ordination was farther accompani­ed with supernatural indowments than the first institution; and if Divines were as ingenuous, no less might be acknow­ledged of theirs: Moses was a Prophet, the like unto whom hath not been in Israel, and hath there been an Apostle like Paul in the Christian Church? Every body cannot do mira­cles, we see they cannot. Take heed how you deny sense, for then bread may be flesh. If we be not to make choice of a political institution without a miraculous test or recom­mendation; either Ordination was at first accompanied with supernatural gifts, and from thenceforth (as I conceive) nei­ther. Divines me thinks as such should not be so much con­cern'd in the Ordination of the Sanhedrin, or of Joshua, who were Magistrates, as the people or the Magistrate, yet if these should hence infer that their Election, Ordination, or designation of persons conferred supernatural gifts, Divines would hardly allow of it; & why are the people, or the Magi­strate obliged to allow more unto that of a Clergy? To return.

Such as I have shewn was the Ordination of the Senate, or great Sanhedrin, that of the lesser Sanhedrin, or inferior Conrts, was of like nature, for it follows; I took the chief of your Tribes, wise-men and known ( [...]) and made them Heads over you, Captains of thousands, and Captains of hun­dreds, Deut. 1. v. 15. &c. which were other Magistrates than according unto our custome, we should readily expect to be intimated by such words, for they were the Judges of the inferior Courts, those that sat in the gates of each City, and others that apper­tained unto the Villages, as in the next Verse: and I charged your Judges at that time, saying, hear the Causes, and judge Ver. 16. righteously.

The next Magistrate whose Election comes to be conside­red [Page 33] is the Dictator, or Judge of Israel. Where it is said of this people, that the Lord raised them up Judges, which delivered Judg. 2. 16. them out of the hands of those that spoiled them, it is to be un­derstood (saith Sigonius) that God put it into the mind of the people to elect such Magistrates, or Captains over them. For De Rep. Heb. example when the children of Ammon made war against Isra­rael, God raised up Jephtha, whose Election was after this manner: the Elders went to fetch Jephtha out of the Land of Judges 11. Tob, and when they had brought him unto Mizpeh (which in those dayes was the place (where [...]) the Congre­gation of Israel usually assembled) the people made him Head and Captain over them. Now that the Election of the King was as much in the Chirotonia of the people, as that of the Deur. 17. 15. Judge is past all controversie, seeing the Law speaking of the people sayes thus. One from among thy brethren shalt thou set King over thee: and accordingly when the Government was changed to Monarchy, it was not Samuel, but the people that would have it so; thus Saul was chosen King by the Lot. Where the contradiction of Grotius is remarkable, who in this place to shew that the Lot is of popular institution, quotes Arist. Poll. B. 6. C. 2. Aristotle; and yet when he comes to speak of the Lots that were cast at the Election of Mathias, says it was that it might appear not whom the multitude, but whom God had ordained; as De Imp. S. P. C. 10. if the Magistrate lawfully elected by the people, were not E­lected by God; or that the lot which thus falleth into the lap were not at the disposing of the Lord. But if the League by which the people received David into the throne, or the Votes by which first the people of Jerusalem, and afterwards the Congregation of Israel (as was shewn in the former Book) made Solomon King, were of the Lord, then Election by the people was of the Lord, and the Magistrate that was elected by the Chirotonia of the people, was elected by the Chirotonia of God, for as the Congregation of Israel is called Judges 20. in Scripture ( [...]) the Ecclesia or Congregation of God; so the Chirotonia of this Congregation is called by Josephus ( [...]) the Chirotonia of God, who as I no­ted Jos. L. 4. before out of Capellus, was in this Common-Wealth Poli­tical King, or Civil Legislator (Sans comparison) as Solon in Athens, and Romulus in Rome; that is to propose unto the people, ( Haec est lex quam Moses proposuit,) and whatever was [Page 34] proposed by God, or the lawful Magistrate under him, and chirotonized or voted by the people was Law in Israel, and no other. Nay and the people had not only power to re­ject any Law that was thus proposed, but to repeal any Law that was thus Enacted: for if God intending popular Go­vernment should have ordained it, otherwise he must have contradicted himself, wherefore he plainly acknow­ledgeth unto them this power, where ( [...]) they rejected him (whom they had formerly chiro­tonized, Josephus. L. 6. C. 5. or chosen King) that he should not reign over them: and elected Saul. This if God had withstood by his power, he must have introduced that kind of Monarchy which he had declared against, wherefore he chose rather to abandon this sottish and ingrateful people unto the most inextricable yoke of deserved slavery, telling them, when he had warn'd them, and they would not hear him, that they should cry unto him, and he would not hear them, one tittle of whose words passed not unfulfill'd.

By this time I have shewn that all the Civil Magistrates in Israel were chosen by the Chirotonia of the People, or to follow Josephus by the Chirotonia of God, which is all one; for the Chirotonia of the President of the Congregation, as I have instanced in that of the Proedri of the Thesmothetae of the Consuls, of the Tribunes, and the Chirotonia of the Con­gregation is the same thing; and of the Congregation of Is­rael God (except onely at the voting of a King) was Presi­dent.

To come then from the Civil Magistrates unto the Priests, and Levites, these were chosen in two wayes, either by the lot, or by the Chirotonia.

The office and dignity of the High Priest being the great­est in Israel, and by the institution to be hereditory, caused great Disputes in the Election: to this Moses by the command of God had designed Aaron his Brother, which designation, the command of God being at first either not so obvious, as that relation, or the ambition of others so blind that they could not, or would not see it, caused great combustion. First through the conspiracy of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram; and next by the murmuring of the Princes of the Tribes, all Emulous of this honour. Korah being not onely a great [Page 35] man, but of the Tribe of Levi, could not see why he was not Numbers 16. Josephus L. 4. as worthy of the Priesthood, consideration had of his Tribe as Aaron; and if any other Tribe might pretend to it, Dathan and Abiram being descended from Reuben were not only of the Elder House, but troubled to see a younger preferr'd be­fore them Wherefore these having gained unto their party three hundred of the most powerful men of the Congregati­on, accused Moses of affecting Tyranny, and doing those things which threatned the liberty of the Common-wealth; as under pretense of Divination to blind the eyes of the peo­ple, preferring his Brother unto the Priesthood ( [...]) without the suffrage of the Congregation: of which charge Moses acquitting him­self in the Congregation, tells the people that Aaron was cho­sen both by God, and ( [...]) by their suffrages, which ( Korah being upon this occasion miraculously destroy'd) were thereupon once more given by the people. Nevertheless the Princes of the Tribes continu­ing still discontented, and full of murmur, God decided the controversie by a second miracle, the budding of Aarons rod: (and so [...]) being thrice confirmed by the Chirotonia of God, he was confirmed in that honour. Now that the Chirotonia of God in this place of Iosephus signifies the Chirotonia of the people, is plain by that in Scripture, where they made Solomon King, 1 Chro. 29. 22. and Zadock to be Priest. After the captivity, as in other things, so in this power the Sanhedrin came (as I conceive) to over-reach the people: Joshua the Son of Josedech being thus elected High Priest by the Sanhedrim, and this honour Grot. ad Hag. 1. 1. Iosephus de Iudg. l. 4. Maymon. Hal. Cele Hamikdasch. Chap. 4. & 5. 2 Chron. 24. 5. 25. 8. 26. 13. thenceforth as appears by Maymonides being at the disposing of this Court. Nor could any inferior Priest serve at the Al­tar, except he had acquired that right by the lot, as is not only delivered by the same Author, and by Josephus but in Scripture. Now the lot as was shewn giving no preroga­tive either unto any person or party is as popular an institu­tion as the Chirotonia. So in election of Priests, the Orders of Israel differed not from humane prudence, nor those of o­ther Common-wealths, the Priest of Iupiter having been ele­cted after the same manner in the Common-wealth of Syracu­sa, the Augustales, and the Vestals in that of Rome; and if [Page 36] the right of bearing holy Magistracy, being in Israel confined unto one Tribe or order, may seem to make any difference, it was for some time no otherwise in Athens, nor in Rome, where the Patritians or Nobility assumed these Offices, or the greatest of them to themselves, till the people in those Cities disputed that custome, as introduced without their consent, which the people of Israel could not fairly do, because it was introduced by their consent.

To come unto the Levites in their Original Ordination, God commanded Moses saying, Thou shalt bring the Levites before the Numb: 8. v: 9, 10. Tabernacle of the Congregation & thou shalt gather the whole as­sembly of the children of Israel, and they shall put their hands upon the Levites. This in the sound of the words may seem to imply the Chirothesia, or Imposition of Hands, but take heed of that, Divines will not allow the Chirothesia to be an Act of the people, but in this proceeding the whole people acted in the Ordination of the Levites, wherefore the Levites also were ordained by the Chirotonia, consent, vote, or suffrage of the whole people implyed in this action. But for the Ordination of Priests and Levites, whatever it were, it is not unto the present purpose; Divines deriving not theirs from Priests and Levites, but from Dukes, Generals, and Magi­strates, from that of Joshua and of the Sanhedrin, alwaies provided, that this were of the same nature with the former, that is, hy the Chirothesia, or Imposition of Hands, and not by the Chirotonia of the People. However the Ordinati­on of the Magistracy was certainly Political; and so in this Exod. 29. deduction they themselves confess that their Ordination also Numb. 8. is a Political Constitution: yet whereas Moses is commanded by God to bring Aaron and his sons unto the door of the Ta­bernacle of the Congregation, and having washed them there, to adorn them with the Priestly Robes, with the Mitre, and to annoint them: whereas he is commanded (the Children of Israel having first laid their Hands upon the Levites) to cleanse them, and offer them for an Offering; Divines of the Hierarchy and the Presbytery (though it be otherwise with Wallaeus, and such as acknowledge Popular Govern­ment) give the Congregation, or consent of the People for nothing, and put the whole Ordination of the Priests and Levites upon the washing and cleansing or other Ceremonies [Page 37] of their Consecration: as if to put the Ordination of Saul up on the Ceremony of annointing by Samuel, (though performed by the immediate command of God, were not absolutely con­tradictory to Scripture, and unto the known Law of Israel, which speaking of the people, expresly saith, One from among Philo de inst. principiis. thy Brethren shalt thou set King over thee; upon which place saith Philo, Most wise Moses never intended that the royal dig­nity should be acquired by lot, but chose rather that the Kings should be elected by the Chirotonia, or suffrage of the whole peo­ple; the Congregations of the people assembled, upon this as upon other publick affairs, required a signe or confirmation from God: for as much as by his will man is to the rest of nature, as the face unto the body. Whereunto agrees that of the Heathens, Os homini sublime dedit Coelumque tueri jussit, and their divinati­ons upon the like occasions by entrails, none of which were ever understood as destructive of the liberty of the people, or of the freedom of their Chirotonia.

Where Solomon is made King, and Zadock Priest by the people, albeit the ceremony of anointing was doubtlesly per­formed, and perhaps by the Prophet Nathan, it is wholly o­mitted in the place as not worth the speaking of. The opini­on that the Ordination of the Priests and Levites lay in the Ceremonies of their consecration, is every whit as sober and agreeable unto reason, as if a man should hold the Kings of England to have been made by the unction of the Bishops, Isra­el from the institution of Moses to the Monarchy, was a De­mocracy, or popular Government; in popular Government the consent of the people is the power of the people, and both the Priests and Levites were ordained by the consent of the people of Israel.

To bring these things unto the Cities in the perambulation of the Apostles, which by the former Chapter I have proved to have been popular Governments; it is acknowledged by Grotius unto the Cities of Asia, not only that they used the Di [...]m. C. 10. Chirotonia, but in the strictest sense of the word, that is, to give their suffrage by the holding up of Hands, & that they had the liberty of their Religion, the choice of their Magi­strates, both Civil and Ecclesiastical in their Ecclesiae, or Congregations, hath been also undeniably evidenced; whence it must needs follow that there were Cities in Asia ( [...] [Page 38] [...]) Chirotonizing or or­daining them-Elders, that is, Magistrates and Priests in eve­ry Congregation (with Reverence be it spoken) long before Christ was in the flesh, or the Apostles any of them were born. Wherefore to sum up what in this Chapter I conceive to be sufficiently proved, I may boldly conclude, that the Chiroto­nia deriveth from popular constitution, and that there was a way of Ordination by the Chirotonia.

CHAP. IV. The deduction of the Chirothesia from Monar­chical or Aristocratical Government, and of the second way of Ordination from the Chirothesia. In which is contained the Common-wealth of the Iews as it stood after the Capti­vity.

WHat pleaseth the Prince (saith Justinian) hath the force of a Law, seeing the people in his Creation have devolved their whole power upon his person? w ch is w ch the most? But when Popular Government is changed into Monarchi­cal, either the whole power of the people, or a great▪ part of it must of necessity accrue unto the King. Hence saith Sa­muel, he will appoint him Captains over Thousands, and Cap­tains over Fifties: in which words perhaps is intimated the Judges of the inserior Courts, or Jethonian prefectures; so 1 Sam. 8. 12. that hereby Samuel tells the people they shall no more have the Election of their Rulers, but the King will have it: who it may be changed the nature of some of these Magistracies, or added others, for when David came to reign over all Israel, 2 Sam. 8. 15. Joab was over the host (his Strategus or General) Jehoshaphat was Recorder, Zadoc and Abi [...]elec were the Priests, Seraiah was the Scribe, and Benaiah was over the Pelethites, and the Cerethites; that is, was Captain of his Regiments of Guard, called perhaps by these names, as those of Romulus were called [Page 39] Celeres. But it should seem that few or none of these Offi­cers were elected by the Chirotonia, that is by the people, but by the Prince, which kind of Election as will be shewn a­non may be called Chirothesia. For the deduction of this kind of Ordination, or Election, we shall do well to hearken first unto Doctor Hammond; who in his Quaere, or Discourse § 10. concerning Ordination, by the Imposition of Hands, puts it thus. To lift up the Hands was a Ceremony in Prayer, and Exod. 17. 11. accordingly to lay hands on any, (differing no otherwise from lifting up, than by the determining that action to a peculiar object, (the person that was prayed for) was generally among the Iews, a Ceremony of benediction used first by the Father to the Children; in bestowing the blessing upon them, (and with that the succession to some part of his Estate or Inheritance) as appears in Iacobs blessing the Children of Ioseph: he stretched out his Gen. 48. 14. right hand and laid it upon Ephraims head, and so his left hand on Manasses, and so he blessed, &c. From thence it was accomodated among them to the communicating of any part of power to others as assistants, or to the deriving of any successive Office from one to another. Thus when Moses had from Heaven received, and long used his Commission to be under God the Ruler of the People, the seventy Elders were by Gods appoint­ment Numb. 11. 17. assumed to assist him: it being certain from the Iewish wri­tings, though the sacred Scripture have no occasion to mention it, that the succession of the seventy Elders under the name of San [...]edrim o Council was continued through all Ages by their creating others in the place of those that dyed, by this Ceremony of Imposition of Hands. To this purpose are the clear words of Maimonides, Moses our master created the seventy Elders Tit Sanhed. C 4. by Imposition of Hands, and the Divine Majesty rested on them; and those Elders imposed Hands on others, and others on others, &c. So a little before the departure of Moses out of his life, when a Successor was to be provided for him, God com­mands him to take Joshua, and lay his hands upon him. And Numb. 27. 28, 23. Moses laid his Hands upon him, and gave him a Charge as the Lord commanded by the hand of Moses: that is, derived unto him by this Ceremony the Authority which himself had, and constituted him his Successor in that Government. And so it is Deut. 34. 9. repeated Joshua was full of the spirit of wisdom, for Moses had laid his Hands upon him.

[Page 40]This is the Doctors deduction of the Chirothesia, or ordi­nation by the Laying on of Hands from the Common-wealth of Israel: and (saith he) from the three Ʋses of this Ceremony there, that is first in praying for another, secondly, in paternall benediction; thirdly in creating successors in power, either in whole, or in part, derive three sorts of things in the New Testa­ment, to which this Ceremony of Laying on of Hands is accomo­dated; that of prayer simply taken was of two sorts, either for the cure of Diseases, or pardoning of sins. For Diseases: They Mat. 16. 18. shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. For sins▪ they were done away also by this Ceremony in the absolution of Penitents, to which belongs that Exhortation of Paul to Timo­thy, Lay Hands suddenly on no man, ( that is) not without due 1 Tim. 5. 22. examination and proof of his penitence, least thou be partaker of other mens sins. From the second, that of Paternal bene­diction, was borrowed, first that of blessing Infants, with the Ce­remony of Imposition of Hands, as it differ'd from Baptisme. And secondly, that of confirming those of fuller age, that had been for­merly Mat. 10. 16. Baptized. Lastly to create Successors in any power, or communicating any part of power to others, as to Assistants, is answerable that Imposition of Hands in Ordination so often mentioned in the New Testament, sometimes in the lower degree, Acts 6. 6. as in the ordaining of Deacons. Elsewhere in the highest degree, setting Governors over particular Churches, as generally when by that laying on of Hands, it is said they received the Holy Ghost, whereas the Holy Ghost contains all the [...] re­quired to the pastoral function, and so signifies power from on Luke 24. 49. high; the Authority and function it self; so it being given by Imposition of Hands▪ makes the parallel exact be­tween this of Christian Ordination, and that observed in the Creating Successors in the Jewish Sanhedrin. So far the Doctor.

Now say I if the Scripture be silent as to the Ordination of Deut. 1. Numb. 11. the Elders in Israel: what meaneth that place: Take the wise men, and understanding, and known among your Tribes, and I will make them Rulers over you; once in their lives let them give us the sense of it, or of that other, where Eldad and Me­dad are of those that were written, and yet went not up unto the Tabernacle: Otherwise that we hear no more of these, is from the silence of Divines, and not of the Scripture. But if [Page 41] the Scripture be not silent in this point, is there not a great deal of fancy in going on to cure the sick, to pardon sins, to bless Infants, confirm the Baptized, ordain Ministers, nay, give the Holy Ghost, and all the graces belonging unto the pa­storal Function, from a place that hath no such thing in it? for if the Sanhedrim according to Scripture were not ordain­ed by the Chirothesia, there is no such thing to be derived by the Chirothesia from the Sanhedrim. The first Chirotonia indeed of the Sanhedrim was accompanied with miraculous indowments, wherefore if they will derive these gifts and graces from the Sanhedrim, why are they sworn enemies to the Chirotonia? Again the Sanhedrim was a Civil Court or Senate, wherefore then by this title should not these gifts and graces be rather pretended unto by the Civil Magistrate, than by Divines? what becomes of the Priest Aaron and his Lots? is he left unto the Civil Magistrate, while Divines de­rive themselves from General Ioshua and his Chirothesia? But if the Sanhedrim and inferior Judicatories were otherwise or­dained originally; then no Magistrate in Israel was origi­nally ordained by the Chirothesia but only Ioshua. It is ad­mirable that Divines should look upon God, as if in the in­stitution of a Common-wealth he had no regard at all unto humane prudence; but were altogether fix'd upon their vain advantages. Who made humane prudence? or to what end was it made? Any man that understands the politicks, and considers that God was now proceeding according unto this art, as in his constitution of the Senate, and of the people, or Congregation is most obvious, must needs see that this power he indulged unto Moses of making his own choice of one man could not possibly be intended, as a permanent constitu­tion, for whereas he intended Popular Government, nothing is plainer then that a people not electing their own Magi­strates can have no popular Government. How absurd is it to conceive that God having already made an express Law that the people if at any time they came under Monarchy, should yet have the election of their King, should now make a Law that the people being under a Common-wealth, should no longer have the election of their Magistrates? for who seeth not that to introduce the Chirothesia as a standing Ordi­nance, had been to bar the people of this power? Israel at [Page 42] this time, though designed for a Common-wealth, had no Land, no foundation to ballance her self upon, but was an Army in a Wilderness, encompassed about with enemies; to permit unto the people in this case, the choice of all their ci­vil Magistrates was nevertheless safe enough, nay best of all, for at the election of wise men, and understanding, and known among their Tribes, so far as was needful unto civil admini­stration, their skil must needs have been at any time suffici­ent, but the Common-wealth was yet in absolute necessity of a Protector, and of Dictarian power. Now to know who was fittest in this case to succeed Moses, required the wisdom of God, or of Moses, and therefore was not yet safe to be ventur'd upon a people so new in their Government. For these reasons I say Moses used the Chirothesia for once, and no more, or let them shew me among all the Dictators, Iudg­es, or Kings, that succeeded Ioshua, any one that was chosen by the Chirothesia, and be all Dictators. It is now above three thousand years since the institution of the Sanhedrim, from which time the ambitious Elders first, then the Talmudists, and of latter ages Divines have been perpetually striving for, or possessing themselves of this same Oligarchycal invention of the Chirothesia pretended to be derived from Moses; though there be neither any such precept of God or Christ in the Old or New Testament, nor any unanimous result upon the point, either by the Talmudists or Divines themselves. And for the clear words quoted by the Doctor out of Maimoni­des, they are such unto which I shall in due time shew Mai­monides to be elsewhere of a clear contrary opinion. But in this Controversie, without some clearer deduction of the Chirothesia, we shall make no happy progress, in this there­fore I shall follow Selden the ablest Talmudist of our age, or any.

The Common-wealth of Lacedemon (if I could stand to shew it) hath strange resemblances to that of Israel, not only in the Agragrian, which is nothing to the present purpose, but in the Senate, which to prevent catching another time, I do not say was a Iudicatory only, but not only a Senate, but a Iudicatory also. For Lycurgus of all other Legislators was in this the likest unto God, or unto Moses, that his work was so exquisitely perfected at once, and his Laws so comprehensive, [Page 43] that if the Senate had had no other function than to make or propose new Laws, there being little or nothing of that want­ing, they would have had little or nothing to do. Now it being thus, and much more than thus in Israel, the Sanhedrim was not only the Senate, but the supream Iudicatory. And because one Court in a Territory of any Extent is no where sufficient unto this end; therefore the Sanhedrim had divers branches distended not only unto the Cities of Iudea, but e­ven unto the Villages, these were called the Lesser Sanhedrim, or the Iethronian Praefectures.

The Great Sanhedrim consisting (as hath been shewn) of 70. Selden de Syn. Elders, sat first in the Tabernacle, and afterwards in the Court of the Temple.

The Iethronian Praefectures consisted some of three and twenty Elders, and others but of three. Of the former kind there were two in the gates of the Temple, and one sitting in the gates of every City, of the latter there was one almost in every Village.

The power of the I [...]thronian Court consisting of twenty three Elders, was in matter of Iudicature, equall with that of the great Sanhedrin, onely in cases of difficulty they observed this precept. If there arise a matter too hard for thee in judge­ment Vide▪ Grot. ad Deut. 17. 8. between blood and blood, between plea and plea, between stroke and stroke, being matter of controversie within thy gates; then shalt thou arise, and get thee up into the place which the Lord thy God shall choose (in the future, for the Common-wealth was yet but designed, not planted) and thou shalt come unto the Priests and the Levites, and unto the Iudge that shall be in those dayes, and enquire, and they shall shew thee the sentence of judgement. That is, thou shalt consult the Sanhedrim, or if there be no Sanhedrim, the Suffes or Iudge of Israel. The rea­son why the Sanhedrim in this Text is mentioned under the name of the Priests and Levites is, that these about the begin­ning of this Common-wealth having (as were also the Egyp­tian Priests at the same time) been the learnedst Men, whe­ther for Lawyers, or Physitians, there were scarce any other chosen into the Sanhedrim, though towards the latter end it happened to be far otherwise. For whereas sacrificing was feasting▪ the Priests enjoying a f [...]idl [...]ness, became in latter times so heavy, that as to the Election of the Sanhedrim [Page 44] not only the Levites of inferior rank were upon the matter wholly laid by, but the High Priest himself sometimes omit­ted, the rest of the Tribes far excelling this in Learning.

The power of the Triumvirates, or three Iudges in the Villages extended no farther than to inflict stripes to a certain number, and pecuniary mulcts to a certain sum. These possibly had the same recourse upon occasion of difficulty unto the Iudges in the gates, as the Iudges in the gates had to the Sanhedrim: but their power is not so much to the pre­sent purpose which regards onely their manner of Election. This having been institutively exercised, as hath been shewn by the Chirotonia, or Ballot of the People, came sooner or la­ter, (I find no man that can resolve npon the certain time) to the Chirothesia. For though when a Iudge in the gate, was dead, that Court elected his Successor out of their Disciples, (each Court in the gates had 99 Disciples that were their constant auditors) or out of the Triumvirates; and when an Elder of the Sanhedrim dyed, the Sanhedrim elected his Succes­sor out of the Courts in the gates, more particularly those in the gates of the Temple by suffrages; yet no man was capable of being elected into any of these Courts, that was not a Presbyter, nor was any man a Presbyter that had not recei­ved Mikotzl Misna Gemara the Chirothesia: nor could any man confer the Chirothe­sia that had not first received it, or been so ordained a Presby­ter himself: nor though he were so ordained, could he confer the like Ordination, but in the presence of two others, whether ordain'd or not ordain'd: and no Ordination could be con­ferr'd but either this way, or by some one of the Iudicatories. Abr. Zacuth. Maimonides. The manner how this Ordination was conferr'd, if the party were present, was either by laying on of Hands, or by saying a Verse or Charme, or if he were absent, by a Letter, or Pa­tent.

An Elder thus Ordained was called Rabbi, might have Di­sciples, Rab. Jonah. Rab. Nathan. teach, practice, or expound the Law, declare what was thereby free or forbidden (which with them was called bind­ing and loosing) ordain others with the assistance mentioned, or be capable of Election into some one, or any Court of Ju­stice, according to the nature of his Ordination, the Conditions mentioned at the conferring of the same, or the gift that was in him by the laying on of the hands of the Presby­tery, [Page 45] which in some extended no farther than to shew how meat should be kill'd and dress'd, how uncleanness should be purified, what were vices of the body, what might be eaten or drunk, and what not? in others it extended to some one or more, or all the facultys expressed; but I am inclining to believe that a plenary Ordination, used not to be conferr'd but by the Great Sanhedrim, or at least some one of the Ie­thronian Courts.

They used also to confer this Ordination some time occasi­onally, and for a season in this manner. Receive the gift of Maimon. Tit. San. Cap. 4. judiciary Ordination, or the right of binding and loosing, til such time as you return unto us in the City. Where the Christian Jews still following their former Customes in higher matters, as the observation of the Sabbath, and of Circumcision, even unto such a degree, that Paul not to displease them took Ti­mothy and circumcised him, seem unto me to have followed this custom, who when the Prophets at Antioch had informed them that Paul and Barnabas were to be separated unto an extraordinary work, laid their hands upon them, and sent them Acts 13. 3. away: for otherwise as to Ordination Paul and Barnabas had that before; At least Paul by Ananias, and for any such Acts 9. 17. precept in the Christian Religion there was none.

Iosephus, Philo, and other Authors, that tell us the Com­mon-wealth of Israel was an Aristocracy, look no farther than the introduction of the Chirothesia by the Presbyterian party, which must have taken date some time after the Captivity, or the restitution of the Common-wealth by Ezra, there heing not one sillable for it in Scripture, but enough to the contra­ry, seeing God introduced the Chirotonia. By which it is demonstrable that a Presbyterian party may bring a Popular Government unto Oligarchy; aud deface even the work of God himself, so that it shall not be known to afer-ages; as also that Ecclesiastical Writers (for such are the Talmudists) may pretend that for many hundred years together, as Divines al­so have done, to be in Scripture, which neither is, nor ever was there. But have I yet said enough to shew that Ordi­nation especially as in this Example, not of a Clergy, but of a Magistracy, whether by the Chirotonia, or Chirothesia is a political institution? or must I rack my brains for Arguments to prove that an Order or a Law having such influence upon [Page 46] the Common-wealth, that being introduced or Repealed, it quite alters the whole frame of the Government, must needs be of a Political nature, and therefore not appertain unto Divines, or unto a Clergy, but unto the Magistrate, unless their traditions may be of force to alter the Government as they please? all is one, they can abate nothing of it, let what will come of the Government, the Chirothesia they must and will have. Then let them have Monarchy too, or Tyran­ny, for one of these according as the ballance happeneth to stand with or against their Chirothesia is the certain conse­quence; either Tyranny as in Israel▪ or Monarchy as in the Papacy, and from that or the like principle, in all Gothick Empires, which examples to begin with Israel, well de­serve the paines to be somewhat more diligently unfold­ed.

All Elections in Israel, (save those of the Priests who were Eligible by the Lot) being thus usurped by the Presby­terian party, and the people by that means devested of their Chirotonia; some three hundred years before Christ, Hillel Senior High Priest, and Archon, or Prince of the Sanhedrim found means to draw this power of Ordination, in shew somewhat otherwise, but in effect unto himself, and his Chi­rothesia, for by his influence upon the Sanhedrim it was Malmon. Tit. San. Cap. 4. brought to pass, that whereas formerly any man Ordain'd, might (in the manner shewn) have ordained his Disciples; it was now agreed that no man should be ordained without the License of the Prince, and that this power should not be in tbe Prince, but in the presence of the Father of the Sanhedrim, or Speaker of the House. Thus the Aristocracy of Israel be­coming first Oligarchical took (according unto the nature of all such Governments) long steps towards Monarchy, which succeeding in the Asmonean Family, commonly called the Machabees, was for their great merit (in vindicating the Jews from the Tyranny of Antiochus) confirmed unto them by the universal consent and Chirotonia of the people. Neverthe­less unto him that understands the orders of a Common­wealth, or hath read the Athenian, Lacedemonian, or Roman Story, it will be plain enough that but for their Aristocracy they needed not to have been so much beholding unto, or to have stood so much in need of one Family. It is true both [Page 47] the merit of these Princes, and the manner of their free Ele­ction by the people; seem to forbid the Name of Tyranny un­to this institution. But so it is, that let there be never so much merit in the man, or inclination of the people to the Prince, or the Government that is not founded upon the due ballance, the Prince in that case must either govern in the nature of a Common-wealth, as did those of this Family, reforming the policy after the Lacedemonian Modell, or turn Tyrant, as from their time, who lived in the Age of the Gre­cian Monarchy did all their Successors, till under the Romans this Nation became a Province. From which time such en­deavours and insurrections they used for the recovery of their antient policy, that under the Emperor Adrian, (who perceived at what their Ordination, being not of Priests, but of Magistrates, and of a Senate, pretending unto Soveraign Judicature and Authority seem'd to aim) there came (saith the Talmud) against the Israelites an Edict out of the King­dom of the wicked (meaning the Roman Empire) whereby who­soever should ordain, or be ordain'd, was to be put to death, and the school or City in which such an act should be done, to be destroyed; whereupon Rabbi Jehuda Ben Baba (least Ordination should fail in Israel) went forth, and standing between two great moun­tains, and two great Cities, and between two Sabbath days jour­neys from Osa and Sephara, Ordained five Presbyters. For this feat the Rabbi is remember'd by the Talmudists under the name of Ordinator; but the same (as it follows) being disco­vered by the Roman Guards, They shot his body through with so many Darts, as made it like a sieve, yet staid not the busi­ness here, but so obstinate continued the Jew in the supersti­tion unto which this kind of Ordination was now grown, that whereas by the same it was unlawful for them to Ordain in a forraign Land, and at home they could not be brought to ab­stain, the Emperor banished them all out of their own Coun­try, whence happened their total dispersion. That of a thing, which at the first was a meer delusion, such Religion should come in time, and with education to be made that not onely they who had received advantage could suffer Martyrdome, but they that had lost by it, would be utterly lost for it, were admirable in the case of this people, if it were not common in the case of most in the world at this day: custom may bring [Page 48] that to be received as an Ordinance of God, for which there is no colour in Scripture. For to consult Maimonides a lit­tle better upon this point. Whereas (saith he) they grant in Halac. San. C. 4. S. 11. case it should happen that in all the Holy Land there remained but one Presbyter, that Presbyter assisted by two other Israelites, might ordain the seventy, or great Sanhedrim, and the Sanhe­drim so constituted might constitute and ordain the lesser Courts, I am of opinion that were there no Presbyter in the Land, yet if all the wise-men of Israel should agree to constitute or ordain Judges, they might do it lawfully enough. But if so, then how comes it to pass that our Ancestors have been so solicitous, least Judicature should fail in Israel? Surely for no other cause than that from the time of the Captivity the Israelites were so disper­sed that they could not upon like occasions be brought together. Now I appeal whether the clear words of Maimonides, where he saith that out Master Moses ordained the Sanhedrim by the Chirothesia, be not more clearly and strongly contradicted in this place, than they are affirmed in the other, since acknow­ledging that if the people could assemble, they might Ordain the Sanhedrim; he gives it for granted, that when they did assemble, they had power to Ordain it, and that Moses did assemble them upon this occasion is plain in Scripture. Again if the power of Ordination fall ultimately unto the People, there is not a stronger argument in Nature, that it thence primarily derived. To conclude the Chirothesia of the Pres­byterian party in Israel is thus confessed by the Author no otherwise necessaty, than through the defect of the Chirotonia of the People: which ingenuity of the Talmudist, for any thing that hath yet past, might be worthy the imitation of Divines.

In tracking the Jews from the restitution of their Common­wealth after the Captivity to their dispersion, it seemeth that the later Monarchy in Israel was occasioned by the Oligarchy, the Oligarchy by the Aristocracy, and the Aristocracy by the Chirothesia. But that this Monarchy, though erected by Magnanimous and Popular Princes, could be no less than Ty­ranny deriv'd from another principle, that is, the insufficien­cy of the ballance. For albeit from the time of the Captivity, the Jubilee was no more in use, yet the Virgin Mary as an Heiress, is affirmed by some to have been Married unto Io­seph, [Page 49] by vertue of this Law, Every Daughter that possesseth an Numb. 27. 8. inheritance in any Tribe of the Children of Israel, shall be Wife unto one of the Family of the Tribe of her Fathers, &c. By which the popular Agrarian may be more than suspected to have been of greater vigour than would admit of a well bal­lanced Monarchy.

The second Presbytery, which is now attained unto a well ballanced Empire in the Papacy, hath infinitely excelled the patern, the Lands of Italy being most of them in the Church. This if I had leisure might be tracked by the very same steps: at first it consisted of the seventy Parish Priests, or Presbyters of Rome; now seventy Cardinals creating unto themselves an High Priest, or Prince of their Sanhedrim, the Pope, but for the Superstition whereunto he hath brought Religion, and continues by his Chirothesia to hold it, a great and a Reve­rend Monarch, established upon a solid foundation, and go­verning by an Exquisite policy, not only well ballanced at home, but deeply rooted in the greatest Monarchies of Chri­stendom, where the Clergy by vertue of their Lands are one of the three States.

The maxims of Rome are profound, for there is no making use of Princes without being necessary unto them; nor have they any regard unto that Religion which doth not regard Empire. All Monarchies of the Golthick model, that is to say, where the Clergy by vertue of their Lands are a third estate, subsist by the Pope, whose Religon creating a reve­rence in the people, and bearing an awe upon the Prince, pre­serveth the Clergy, that else being unarmed, become a cer­tain prey unto the King or the people; and where this hap­peneth (as in Henry the Eighth) down goes the Throne, for so much as the Clergy looseth, falls out of the Monarchical into the Popular scale. Where a Clergy is a third estate, Popular Government wants earth and can never grow: but where they dye at the root a Prince may sit a while, but is not safe; nor is it in nature (except he have a Nobility or Gentry able without a Clergy to give ballance unto the peo­ple) that he should subsist long, or peaceably: For where­ever a Government is founded upon an Army (as in the Kings of Israel, or the Emperours of Rome) there the saddest Tragedies under heaven are either one the stage, or in the [Page 50] Tiring-house. These things considered, the Chirothesia be­ing originally nothing else but a way of Policy excluding the people, where it attaineth not unto a ballance that is suffi­cient for this purpose, bringeth forth Oligarchy or Tyran­ny, as among the Jews: And where it attaineth unto a ballance sufficent unto this end, produceth Monarchy as in the Papacy and in all Gothick Kingdomes.

The Priests of Aegypt, where (as it is described by Sicu­lus) their revenue came unto the third part of the Realm, would, no question, have been exactly well fitted with the Chirothesia pretended unto by modern Divines. Suppose the Apostles had planted the Christian Religion in those parts. and the Priests had been all converted, I do not think that Divines will say that having altered their Religion they needed to have deserted their being a third estate; their o­verballance to the people, their lands, their preheminece in the Government, or any part of thir Policy for that: and I am as far from saying so as themselves.

On the other side, as Paul was a Citizen of Rome, let us suppose him to have been a Citizen of Athens, and about ( [...]) to constitute the Christian Religion in this Gommon-wealth where any Citizen might speak un­to the people. Imagine then he should have said thus. Men of Athens, that which you ignorantly seek, I bring unto you the true Religion, but to receive this, you must not alter your for­mer belief only but your ancient Customes; your political Assem­blies have been hitherto called, Ecclesiae, this word must loose the ancient sense, and be no more understood but of spiritual Con­sistories, and so whereas it hath been of a popular, it must henceforth be of an Aristocratical, or Presbyterian significati­on. For your Christonia that also must follow the same rule insomuch as on whomsoever, one or more of the Aristocracy or Presbytery shall lay their hands, the same is understood by vertue of that Action to be Chirotonized. How well would this have sounded in Aegypt, and how ill in Athens? Cer­cainly the Policy of the Church of Christ admits of more pru­dence and temperament in these things, though the Apostles being Jews themselves, satisfied the converted Jews that were used to Aristocrrcy by retaining somewhat of their constitu­tions, as the Chirothesia yet when Paul and Barnabas come [Page 51] to constitute in Popular Common-wealths: they are ( [...]) Chirotoni­zing them Elders in every Congregation.

CHAP. V. Whether the Chirotonia mentinoned in the fourteenth of the Acts be indeed as is pretended by Dr. Ha­mond, Dr. Seaman and the Authors they fol­low, the same with the Chirothesia or a far diffe­rent thing; in which are contained the divers kindes of Churchgovernment, introduced and ex­ercised in the age of the Apostles

EIther I have impettinently intruded upon the Politicks, or cannot be said so much to meddle in Church-matters, as Church-men may be said to have medled in States matters. For if the Chirotonia be election by the many, and the Chiro­thesia be election by one, or by the Few, the whole difference between Popular and Monarchical Government falls upon these two words; And so the question will be, whether the Scriptures were intended more for the advantage of a Prince, of an Hierarchy or Presbytery, than of the People. But that God in the Old Testamentiinstituted the Chirotonia, not only in the Common-wealth as by the election of the Sanhedrim, but in the Monarchy as in the Election of the Kings is plain; so if there remain any advantage in Scripture unto Kings un­to the Hierarchy, or Presbytery, it must be in the New Testa­ment. Israel was Gods chosen people, and God was Israels chosen King; That God was pleased to bow the Heavens, and come down unto them, was his choice, not theirs; but in that upon his proposition, and those of his servant Moses, they resolved to Obey his voice, and keep his Covenant, they chose him their King. In like manner the Church is Christs chosen people, and Christ is the Churches chosen King. That [Page 52] Christ taking flesh was pleased to bow the Heavens, and come down in a more familiar capacity of proposing himself unto Man-kind, was his own choice, not theirs; but in that the Church upon his proposition, or those of his Apostles sent by him, as he was sent by the Father, resolved to obey his voice, and keep his Covenant, she hath chosen him her King. Whatever in nature or in grace, in Church, or in State, is chosen by Man according unto the will of God, is chosen by God, of whom is both the Will and the Deed. Which things considered; I wonder at Doctor Hamond, who sayes:

Sure the Jewish and Heathen Cities, to whom the Gospel by § 36. Christs command was to be preached were not to choose their Guides or Teachers. Christ was not chosen by them to whom he preached, for saith he, ye have not chosen me, he came from Hea­ven, sent by his Father on that Errand, and happy they whom he was thus pleased to choose, to call, and preach to. And when his Apostles after his example go and preach to all Nations, and actually gather Disciples, they chose their Auditors, and not their auditors them. To make short work, I shall answer by explaining his words as they fall.

A Roman choosing whether he would speak unto the Senate or the People, chose his Auditors, & not they him: Neverthe­less if it were the Consul they chose him, & not he them. It is onething to be a Speaker unto a People, that have theliberty, when that is done, to do as they think fit, and another thing to be a guide whom the People have consented, or obliged themselves to follow, which distinction not regarded, makes the rest of his Argumentation recoyl upon himself, while he proceeds thus, and they that give up their Names to the obedience of the Gospel, (choose the Preachers as I should think of that Gospel their guides) One branch of this obedience obli­geth them (by their own consent it seems, because before they gave up their Names) to observe those that (being thus placed over them by their consent) are placed over them by God, such not only are their Civil Magistrates (who succeed unto their places by, and govern according to the Laws which the people have chosen) but also their Pastors, whom the Holy Ghost either mediately (according to the Rules of Church-Discipline in Scripture) or immediately (upon some such mi­raculous call, as the people shall judge to be no imposture) [Page 53] hath set over them. From which words the Doctor not con­sidering those qualifications, I have shewn all along to be naturally inherent in them, concludes that a Bishop is made by the Holy Ghost, and not by the people.

If he would stand to this yet it were something, for if the Holy Ghost make a Bishop, then I should think that the Ho­ly Ghost ordain'd a Bishop, and so that the Election and Or­dination of a Bishop were all one. But this hereafter will ap­pear to be a more dangerous concession, than perhaps you may yet apprehend. Wherefore when all is done you will not find Divines, at least Doctor Hamond to grant that the Holy Ghost can ordain, he may elect indeed, and that is all, but there is no ordination without the Chirothesia of the Bi­shops, or of the Presbytery. Take the Doctors word for it.

When St. Paul saith of the Bishops of Asia, that the Holy § 107 Acts 20. 28. Ghost had set them Overseers, I suppose that it is to be under­stood of their Election or nomination unto those dignities, for so Clement speaks of St. Iohn, who constituted Bishops of those that were signified by the Spirit, where the Spirits signification notes the Election or nomination of the persons, but the constituting them was the ordination of St. Iohn.

God may purpose as the Electors do to the great Council of Venice, but the power of the Council, that is to resolve or ordain is in the Bishop saith Doctor Hamond, and in the the Presbytery saith Doctor Seaman. Indeed that Election and Ordination be distinct things, is to Divines of so great importance, that loosing this hold they loose all For as I said before whatever is chosen by man according unto the Will of God, that is according unto Divine Law, whether natural or positive, the same whether in state or Church, is chosen by God, or by the Holy Ghost, of whom is both the will and the deed. To evade this, and keep all in their own hands, or Chirothesia, Divines have invented this distinction, that Election is one thing, and Ordination another. God may Elect, but they must constitute, that is, God may propose, but they must resolve. And yet Grotius who in these things is a great Champion for the Clergy, hath little De Imp. sum. Pot. C. 10. § 31. more to say upon this point than this. Whether we consider ancient or modern times, we shall find the manner of Election ve­ry different, not only in different Ages and Countries, but in different years of the same age, and places of the same Country; [Page 54] so uncertain a thing is it to determine of, that which the Scrip­ture hath left uncertain. And while men dispute not of right, but of convenience, it is wonderfull to see what probable Argu­ments are brought on all sides. Give me Cyprian and his times, there is no danger in popular Election. Give me the Nicene Fathers, and let the Bishops take it willingly. Give me Theodo­sius Valentinian, and Charls the Great, then Royal Election there is nothing safer. Upon the heels of these words treads Doctor § 104 Hamond in this manner. That Election and Ordination are se­veral things, is sufficiently known unto every man that measures the nature of words either by usuage or Dictionaries; only for the convincing of such as think not themselves obliged to the observa­tion of so vulgar Laws, I shall propose these evidences; In the story of the Creation of the Deacons of Jerusalem. There are Acts 6. two things distinctly set down, one proposed to the multitude of Disciples to be done by them: another reserved unto the Apo­stles, that which was proposed unto the Multitude, was to elect, &c. Election of the persons was by the Apostles permitted to them, but still the ( [...]) constituting is reserved to the Apostles. Then comes Doctor Seaman: Be it granted, as it Of Ordinat. p. 13. is by Protestants generally, that Paul and Barnabas made Elders with the consent of the people, their consent is one thing, and their power another.

Where in the first place I for my particular (who have had the Books of Doctor Hamond, and Doctor Seaman, sent to me by way of Objection, need not go a step further. All that I have inserted in my Occana concerning Ordination, is in these three Votes acknowledged and confirmed. For the Probationer, to be there sent by an University unto a Cure that is vacant, may by a Doctor, or the Doctors of the same University already ordained, receive Imposition of Hands, if that be thought fit to be added, and then the Election of the same Probationer by the people does no hurt, nay saith De Imp. c. 10. Grotius, is of the right of nature; for it is naturally permitted unto every Congregation to procure those things which are ne­cessary unto their conservation, of which number is the Applica­tion of Function. So Merchants have the right of Electing of a Master of their Ship, Travellers of a Guide in their way, and a free people of their King. The Merchant it seems doth not make the Master of his Ship, the Traveller his Guide, nor [Page 55] the free people their King, but elect them. As if Van Tromp had been Admiral, a Robber upon the High-way had been a Scout, or the guide of an Army, or Saul a King before they were elected. The point is very nice, which instead of pro­ving, he illustrates in the beginning of the same Chapter by these three similitudes.

The first is this, the power of the Husband is from God, the Application of this power unto a certain person is from consent, by which nevertheless the right is not given, for if this were by con­sent, the Matrimony might be dissolv'd by consent, which cannot be. As if an apparent retraction of Matrimonial consent, as when a Wife consents unto another than her own Husband, or committeth Adultery, did not deliver a man from the bond of Marriage by the Judgements of Christ. There is an imperfection or cruelty in those Laws, which make Marriage to last longer than a man in humanity may be judged to be an Husband, or a Woman a Wife; to think that Religion destroyes humanity, or to think that there is any defending of that by Religion which will not hold in Justice, or natural equity, is a vast error.

The second similitude is this; Imperial power is not in the Princes that are Electors of the Empire, wherefore it is not gi­ven by them, but applyed by them unto a certain person.

This is answer'd by Peter, where he commandeth Obe­dience 1 Pet. 2. 13. unto every Ordinance of Man (or as some neerer the Original every power created by men) whether it be unto the Roman Emperour as Supreme, or unto the Pro-Consuls of Asia, and Phrygia, as sent by him (for this is the sense of the Greek, and thus it is interpreted by Grotius) now if the then Roman Emperour were a creature of man, why not the now Roman Emperour?

The last similitude runs thus: The power of life and death is not in the multitude, before they be a Common-wealth, for no private man hath the right of revenge, yet it is ap­plyed by them unto some man or Political body of men. But if a man invade the life of another, that other whether un­der Laws, or not under Laws, hath the right to defend his own life, even by taking away that (if there be no other probable remedy) of the invader. So that men are so far from having been void of the power of life and death before [Page 56] they came under Laws, that Laws can never be so made as wholly to deprive them of it after they come under them; wherfore the power of life and death is derived by the Magi­strate from, and conferred upon him by the consent or Chiro­tonia of the people, whereof he is but a meer creature, that is to say an Ordinance of man.

Thus these candles being so far from lighting the house, that they die in the socket: Grotius hath been no less boun­tiful than to grant us that the people have as much right, (where there is no humane creature or Law to the contra­ry) to elect their Church-men, as Merchants have to elect their Sea-men, Travilers their guides, or a free▪ people their King; which is enough a conscience. Nor is Doctor Ha­mond streighter handed, Election (says he) was permitted by the Apostles unto the multitude, and therefore the same may be allowed, alwaies provided that the ( [...]) constituting be reserved unto the Pastors, or ordained Do­ctors and Preachers: and Doctor Seaman upon condition that the people will not say that it was done by their power, but think it fair that it was done by their consent is also very well contented; So all stands straight with what I have heretofore proposed. Let no man then say what ever followe, that I drive any ends or interest, these being already fully obtained and granted, nevertheless for truth sake I can­not leave this discourse imperfect. If a Politician should say that the Election and the Ordination of a Roman Council or Pontifex were not of like nature. That the [...] contract of the Senate of Rome with the people in the Ele­lection of Numa ( ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ra­tum Livy L. esset, si patres authores fierent) included or implyed the Soveraign power to be in the Fathers. That the consent of this people was one thing and their power another: If I say he should affirm these or the like in Athens, Lacede­mon, or any other Common-wealth, that is or hath been under the Sun, there would be nothing under the Sun more ridiculous than that Policitian. But should men pretending unto Government of any kinde be not obliged unto some consideration of these rules in nature and universal expe­rience; yet I wonder how the word ( [...]) to consti­tute with which they make such a flourish, did not lead [Page 57] them, otherwise than they follow, this as it was said of So­lon by Aristotle being that which I have already shewn to be used both in the Greek of the Scripture, for the consti­tution of the Sanhedrim by Moses, and in other Authors for that of the Senate by Romulus, each of which was then elected by the people; whence it may appear plainly that this is no word as they pretend to exclude popular suffrage, but rather to imply it. And indeed that it is of no such nature, as necessarily to include power, could not have been over­seen in the New Testament, but voluntarily where ( [...]) they are signified by it that conducted Acts 7. 15. Paul. But they have Miracles; such indeed as have nei­ther words nor reason for them had need of Miracles. And where are these same Miracles? why the Apostles by the Chirothesia or laying on of hands conferd the Holy Ghost. So they did not onely when they used that Ceremony in re­ference to ordination, but when they used it not in that re­lation, as to those that were newly Baptised in Samaria, Acts 8. men, and women: now it is not probable, that these, who should seem to have been numerous, were all ordained, at lest the women; And so the Miracle is to be attributed unto the hands of the Apostles, and not unto ordination in general. Joshua was full of the Spirit, (not because he had been ordained by the Chirothesia, for so had many of them that Crucifyed Christ and persecuted the Apostles, but) because Moses had laid his hands upon him.

Would Divines be contended that we should argue thus; the Chirotonia or suffrage of the people of Israel at the first institution was followed with Miraculous indowments, there­fore who ever is elected by the people shall have the like? Or what have they to shew why the Argument is more holding as to their Chirothesia, seeing for above one thousand years all the Hierarchy and Presbytery laid together have done no more Miracles than a Parish Clerk?

A continued Miracle, as that the Sea ebbs and flowes, the Sun alwaies runs his admirable course, is nature. Intermitted nature as that the waters of the red Sea were mountains, that the Sun stood still in the dial of Ahaz, is a Miracle. To continue the latter kinde of Miracle were to destroy the for­mer, that is, to desolve nature. Wherefore this is a certain [Page 58] rule that no continued external Act can be in the later sense Miraculous. Now Government whether in Church or State is equally a continued external Act. An internal con­tinued Act may indeed be natural or supernatural as Faith.

A natural man being even in his own natural apprehension fearfully and wonderfully made, is by the continued Mira­cle of nature convinced that the world had a creator, and so comes to beleeve in that which is supernatural; whence it is that all Nations have had some Religion: and a Spiritual man being convinced by the purity of Christs Doctrine, and the Miracles whereby it was first planted, is brought unto the Christian Faith. However Christ may require such con­tinued Faith or Spiritual exercise of his Church as is super­natural, he requireth not any such continued Act or bodily exercise of his Church as is supernatural. But the Govern­ment of the Church is a continued Act or bodily exercise. It should be heeded that to delude the sense is not to do Mi­racles, but to use imposture. Now to perswade us, That Mo­narchical, Aristocratical, Popular, or mixt Government have not alwaies been in nature, or that there hath ever been any other in the Church were to delude sense; Wherefore give me leave (in which I am confident I shall use no manner of irreverence unto the Scripture, but on the contrary make the right use of it) to discourse upon Church-Government, according unto the rules of prudence.

The Gospel was intended by Christ to be preached unto all Nations, which (Princes and States being above all things exceeding tenacious of their power) is to me a certain Ar­gument that the Policy of the Church must be so provided for, as not to give any of them just cause of Jealousy, there being nothing more likely to obstruct the growth of Religion, and truly the nearer I look unto the Scripture, the more I am confirmed in this opinion.

Christ being taken up into Heaven the first Ordination First way of Ordination in the Church of Christ. Acts 1. that we finde was that of the Apostle Matthias after this manner.

The Aristocracy of the Church, that is the Apostles as­sembled the whole Congregation of Disciples or Beleevers at Jerusalem, being in number one hundred and twenty, where Peter (it having as it should seem been so agreed by the A­postles) [Page 59] was Proposer, who standing up in the midst of the Disciples acquainted them, that whereas Judas was gone unto his place, the occasion of their present meeting was to elect another Apostle in his room: whereupon proceeding unto the Suffrage, they appointed two Competitors, Ioseph and Matthias, whose names being written each in a several Scroll, were put into one Urne, and at the same time two other lotts whereof, one was a blank, and the other inscribed with the word Apostle were put into another Urne, which done they prayed and said, Thou Lord which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen: The Prayer being ended they gave forth their lotts, and the lott fell upon Matthias ( [...]) and by this Psephisma (the very Popular word, and not onely so, hut being applyed unto the ballot, in the very literal and Original signification) he was added unto the eleven Apostles. So you have the first way of Or­dination in the Church after Christ was taken up into Hea­ven performed by the Election or Chirotomia of the whole Church.

Now except any man can shew that Matthias ever recei­ved the imposition of hands, these several things are already demonstrated. First, that the Chirotonia is not onely the more ancient way of Ordination in the Common-wealth of Israel, but in the Church of Christ. Secondly, that the Chirothesia or Imposition of Hands is no way necessary un­to Ordination in the Christian Church. Thirdly, that the discipline of the Christian Church was primitively Popular (For to say that in regard of the Apostles it was Aristocrati­cal, is to forget that there is no such thing, without a mix­ture of Aristocracy, that is without the Senate, as a Popular Government in nature.) Fourthly, that Ordination in the Common-wealth of Oceana being exactly after this pattern, is exactly according unto the discipline of the Church of Christ. And fiftly, that Ordination and Election in this example are not two, but one and the same thing.

The last of these Propositions having been affirmed by Mr. Hobbs, Dr. Hamond tels him plainly, that his assertion is far from all truth: Let us therefore consider the Doctors § 115. Reasons, which are these; seeing the Congregation (saith he) [Page 60] is affirmed by the Gentleman to have Ordained, and it is plain by the words of St. Luke, that God Elected, Election and Or­dination by this Example, must be distinct things: which in another place going about to fortifie with this Argument, that it was done by Lottery, and Solomon saies, the Lot is at the disposing of the Lord, he utterly overthrows without and beyond help; for in this Solomon not denying, but rather affirming that he was chosen King by the People, plainly shewes that Election by the People is Election by God. Where it is affirmed, that God raised up Iudges in Israel, it is not denied that the People elected them. The Doctor is at it in Maimonides more than once, that the Devine Ma­jesties rested upon such as were Ordained by Imposition of Hands. But whereas it is affirmed by Maimonides more of­ten, that when the People (Ecclesia Dei) or Congregation of Israel assembled then the Divine Majesty, or the Holy Ghost rested upon them: Of this he never takes any notice: The People whether in Israel, Athens, Lacedemon, or Rome, ne­ver assembled for Enacting of Laws or Election of Magi­strates without sacrifice and imploring the assistance of God, to whom when their work was performed they alwaies at­tributed the whole result or election; and would the Do­ctor have Christians to allow him but a Piece? for whereas God Electing there had in the sense both of Jews and Hea­thens, his choice of all, God electing here had in the sense of Divines, but his choice of two, which were next this or none, but that indeed, where he hath not the whole he hath none at all: Is that then far from all truth, which the Gentleman, or that which the Divine hath said, either in this part, or where he addeth, that the hundred and twen­ty Dr. H. of Im­position. § 115. in the text are never mentioned but once, and then it is in a Parenthesis? I will but transcribe the place.

And in those daies Peter stood up in the middest of the Di­sciples, Acts 1. 15. and said, (the number of the Names together were a­bout an hundred and twenty), &c. Are the Disciples in the Pa­renthesis, or out of it? Are they but once mentioned, and that is in a Parenthesis? Or are they but once numbred, and that is in a Parenthesis? If a Gentleman should do thus, what would they say? Or, what were ill enough to be said? But to mend the text, and bring the Disciple into [Page 61] the Parenthesis, they have more waies than one; whereas the Heathen People (while the Priests were willing) mixed these duties with devotions, Divines will not suffer a Chri­stian People upon like occasions to pray, for where it is said, they prayed, it went before, they appointed two, and it fol­lows, They gave out their lotts: which antecedent and consequent if the People prayed, must be equally understood of them, and so they could be no Parenthesis. Therefore pray they must not, or Divines are lost; But how will they silence them? To shew you this art I must transcribe the Heads of the Chapter.

The Apostles being returned from Mount Olivet unto Je­rusalem, Ver. 13. went up into an upper room, where abode both Peter and James, and Iohn, and Andrew, Iames the son of Alpheus, and Simon Zelotes, and Iudas the brother of Iames.

And in these daies Peter stood up in the mid est of the Di­sciples, 15. and said (the number of Names together were about one hundred and twenty)

Men and brethren. 16.

Of those men which accompanied with us all the time, that 21. the Lord Iesus went in and out among us.

Must one be ordained to be Witness with us of his Resur­rection. 22.

And they appointed two Ioseph and Matthias. 23.

And they prayed and said, Thou Lord which knowest the 24. hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen.

And they gave forth their lots, and the lot fell upon Ma­thias, 26. [...].

They whom Peter acquainted that one must be Ordained, one would verily believe▪ were the hundred and twenty Di­sciples, in the midst of whom he stood up, and made the Proposition, and so much the rather, because this was no more than the Apostles knew before: and (in all right un­derstanding of Government and sense) were already a­greed upon, it being the Office of the Aristocracy or Senate in a Common-wealth (and such exactly were the Apostles in the Church) upon all new Orders or Elections to be made; first, to debate and determine by themselves, and then to propose unto the Chirotonia or ultimate result of the People. But Divines say absolutely no, which word to [Page 62] make good, They appointed two, and they prayed, and they gave forth their lots, being sentences that stand plainly toge­ther, or hunt in couples, must leap sheere over nine ver­ses, Peters whole Oration, (which by this means is no more than a Parenthesis neither) and over the hundred and twen­ty Disciples; without touching an hair of their heads, to light plumbe upon the thirteenth verse, and the eleven A­postles! Never man used his Grammer so since he threw it at a Pear tree! yet that Chrylostome (who understood Greek) allows of no such construction, is confessed by the Grotius. learnedest of this opinion; and whereas they flye unto the Latine Fathers, that retreat is wholly cut off by David Blundell in his very learned Treatise of the right of the People in Church Government,

But what do we stand upon words? Are these such where­of the things unto which they relate may be interpretors? Or unto what things can they relate but the Institution of the Sanhedrim by Moses? That at the Institution of the Sanhedrim the Competitors were Elected by the suffrage of the People, and from thence that the Ballot of Israel consi­sted not onely of a Lot but of a Suffrage too, hath been al­ready demonstrated out of Scripture; and that the Election of Mathias was by the Ballot of Israel is not less apparent in it self, than fully confessed upon the place by Groti­us.

They that under colour of Religion, in matter of Go­vernment
Demonstrati­on that God never ordained any policy Ec­clesiastical or Civil, but up­on the princi­ples of humane Prudence. Josh. 9. 11.
slight prudence, are mistaken or do not mean honestly. Neither God nor Christ ever instituted any Po­licy whatsoever, upon any other principles than those of Humane Prudence. The Embassadors sent from the Gi­beonites to Ioshua, deliver their message in this manner, The Elders and all the Inhabitants of our Country spake unto us saying go meet them, and say unto them, We are your ser­vants, Therefore now make you a League with us. They that had power to send Embassadors, and to make a League with a forraign Nation, had soveraign power, this soveraign power was in the Elders, or Senate, and in the People of Gibeon; wherefore God constituting his Common-wealth for the main Orders (that is to say the Senate & the people) upon the same Principles, on which [Page 63] the Gibeonites had long before built theirs, laid his founda­tions upon no other than humane prudence; so for the in­feriour Courts they were transcribed by Moses ont of the Common-wealth of Midian, upon advice of Jethro his Fa­ther in Law. According unto such patterns was Israel fra­med, and by that of Israel this first Policy of the Church of Christ so exactly, as ( sans comparison) any man shall shew the Common-wealth of Occana to have been transcribed out of Rome or Venice. Let them that would have the Go­vernment be somewhat between earth and heaven consider this place.

Nor is Ecclesiasticall Policy onely subject unto humane Prudence, but unto the same vicissitudes also whereunto humane prudence is subject, both in her own nature and as she is obnoxious to the State wherein she is planted, and that inavoidably; as I come now to demonstrate by the Alterati­ons which happened even in the Age of the Apostles them­selves; for this at the Election of Mathias being altered, the next form of Ecclesiastical Policy introduced in their times, is resembled by Grotius unto that of Athens, of which, for the better clearing of what followes, it is necessary that I first say something by way of introduction.

The Thesmothetae, being in number six, were Magistrates of the highest dignity, power and rank in Athens. These Arist. 2. lib. 2. c. 10. saith Aristotle, were elected by the Chirotonia or suffrage of the people, and saith, Pollux being Elected underwent the inquisition of the Senate, where they were to answer to these Interrogatories, Whether they worshiped the god of their Coun­tries? Whether they had been dutifull unto their Parents? born Arms for the Common-wealth? paid duties or taxes? In Pol. lib. 8. c 9. which particulars the Senate being satisfied, They were sworn and Crowned with Mirile: which comes to this, that the ( [...]) or constitution being reserved unto the Senate, the Thesmothetae were Elected by the Chirotonia of the peo­ple. Now though the Government of Athens through­out the Cities of Asia (being most of them of the like Model) was most known, I will not say that the Apostles wrote their Orders out of Athens, but seeing all Political Institutions must needs be according to humane Prudence, and there is nothing to be written out of this but what will fall even with [Page 64] some other Government that is or hath been, I may say as Act. 6. Grotius hath said hefore me) that the frame of Church-Go­vernment in the ensuing example was after the manner of Athens.

When the number of the Disciples (or Believers) was mul­tiplied, Second way of Ordination in the Church of Cstrist. there arose a murmuring among such of the Jews as having beenbredin Alexandria or other parts, were for their Language (which was Greek) partly strangers, against the Hebrews or converted Jews, that spoke their own Lan­guage, as if these indeed used them like strangers, their wi­dowes being neglected, or not dealt so liberally withall as those of the Hebrewes in the Contributions due for their constant maintenance.

Hereupon the twelve Ayostles (after the manner of the Senate) having without all question debated the businesse a­mong themselves, as appears by the speech upon which they were agreed, assembled the people (which is still Senatorian) or called the multitude of the Disciples unto them, and said, It is not reason that we should leave preaching, or the word of God, to be taken up with this, though charitable, nay, see­ing we have introduced community of goods, most just and necessary imployment of providing food and cloathing for e­very one of our fellowship or community (the Christians in these times, much after the manner of the Lacedemonian Convives used to eat in publick and together) to do this as it ought to be done, were to become Caterers, and be taken up in serving Tables. Wherefore brethren (take the wise men and understanding, and known among you) look out se­v [...]nt Men of honest report full of the Holy Ghost, and of wisdom, ( [...]) whom we may appoint over this businesse.

This saying, that is, this Proposition of the Senate or A­postles pleased the whole multitude (like that of Moses, the thing which thou hast said is good for us to do) So they chose Ste­phen, Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Permenas and Ni­cholas, whom being Elected, they set before the Apostles, who when they had prayed, laid their hands upon them.

What fuller demonstration can be given of any thing, than that in this example, Ordination and Election are one and the same, and that this was conferred by the Chirotonia of the [Page 65] People? If there be any possible way of making this clea­rer, it must be by Opposition. Wherefore let us see what Divines have to say to the contrary.

Grotius gives all we ask from this place, which he gives for nothing, because it concerns not the Election of Pastors, but of Deacons. As if Stephen and Phillip had not onely been Preachers of the Gospel, but done Myracles. What Dr. Seaman denies or grants in relation unto the same, I have endeavoured to understand, but it will not do. Dr. Ham [...]nd is so plain, that his Objections may be of use. He to prove that the Ordination of these Deacons was not in the Chi­rotonia of their Disciples; but in the Chirothesia of the Apo­stles hath these Arguments.

There be two things distinctly set down Election permitted unto the poople (and the [...]) constituting reserved unto the Apostles.

To which I answer, That there were two things set down by the Athenian Law, Election of the Thesmothetae by the People, and the ( [...]) constituting of them by the Senate, yet that the Ordination was in the power, and that the power was in the people of Athens; he thar makes a doubt is not resolved whether the most popular Common-wealth that ever was▪ were a Democracy.

But saith he, this looking out of men (or chusing) was per­mitted unto he multitude by the Apostles with these three bounds. First to take seven neither more nor fewer. Secondly, those men generally known and well reputed of. And thirdly, full of the Spirit and of discretion or parts fit for Government. To which I answer, that the Election of the Thesmothetae was permitted by the Law unto the people of Athens, with these three bounds, First to take six neither more nor fewer: Second­ly, those generally known and reputed of. Thirdly in such estimation for their honesty and ability for Government as in their consciences (to which also they made Oath) they should judge fittest for the Common-wealth; yet is all this so far from any proof, that Athens was no Democracy, or that the Soveraign power, whether in Enacting of Laws, or election of Magistrates by the lott or the suffrage (instituti­ons equally popular) was not in the people, that it amounts unto the strongest argument the people were Soveraigne, and [Page 66] the Common-wealth was Democratical. Could truth desire greater advantage than redounds from such opposition? We have another example of the same modell, in which, because it hath been paraphrased upon already in the Introduction, I shall be briefer here. In the Church of Antioch where the Acts 13. Disciples were now become so numerous, that they began to be called Christians, there were among them Prophets, so being assembled upon occasion (as I conceive) of giving an extraordinary Commission after the manner of the people of Athens when they Elected Ambassadors, or (that I may avoid strife upon a point so indifferent) to choose two new Apo­stles; The Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work wbereunto I have appointed them; that is, (for so it is rendred by all Interpretors) the Holy Ghost spake those words by the mouths of the Prophets. Now the Prophets being well known for such, this suffrage of theirs was no soo­ner given than (as one that can allow Prophets to be leading men may easily think) followed by all the rest of the Con­gregation: so the whole multitude having fasted and prayed, the most eminent among them, or the Senatorian order in that Church, laid their hands upon Paul and Barnabas, who being thus sent forth by the Holy Ghost, departed unto Se­leucia.

To evade this apparent Election, or Chirotonia of the whole Congregation, whereby these Apostles or Embassa­dors unto the Churches of the Gentiles were ordained; Di­vines have nothing to say, but that they were elected by the Holy Ghost: as if the Chirotonia of the people were more exclusive unto Election by the Holy Ghost, than the Chiro­thesia of the Aristocracy, for which in the mean time they contend: but if neither of these were indeed exclusive of the Holy Ghost, how is it possible, in this frame (where though of natural necessity an Aristocracy must have been included, yet the Aristocracy is not in the Text, so much as distinguisht from the people, or once named) that the power, and so the ordination should not have been in the people? The Council of the Apostles, of the Elders, and of the whole Church at Jerusalem, and other Councils, not of Apostles, nor of the whole Church in other times or places, used this form in their Acts, It seemeth good unto the Holy Ghost, and Acts 15. 22. [Page 67] unto us: but doth this where a true, or where a pretended style exclude that act from being an Act of that whole Coun­cil? or how comes it to pals that because Paul and Barnabas were separated by the Holy Ghost, they were not ordained by the Chirotonia of the whole Christian people at Antioch?

The Chirothesia can be no otherwise understood in nature, nor ever was in the Common-wealth of the Jews, than Electi­on by the few: And so even under the meer Chirothesia, Or­dination and Election were not two, but one and the same thing. If Moses ordain'd Joshua his Successor by the Chiro­thesia, he Elected Ioshua his Successour by the Chiro­thesia, and for what reason must it be otherwise with the Chirotonia? That a Pharisee could do more with one hand, or a pair of hands, than a Christian Church, or Congregation can do with all their hands, is a Doctrine very much for the honour of the true Religion, and a soveraign maxime of Ec­clesiastical policy.

The third constitution of Church Government in Scrip­ture Third way of Ordination i the Church c Christ. (whether consisting of Bishops or Presbyters, between which at this time a man shall hardly find a difference) runs wholly upon the Aristocracy without mention of the people, and is therefore compared by Grotius unto the Sanhedrim of Grot ad 2 Tim. 4. 14. Israel, as that came to be in these dayes; from whence Di­vines also generally and truly confess that it was taken up, to which I shall need to add no more than that it is an order for which there is no precept, either in the Old Testament of God, or in the New of Christ: This therefore thus taken up by the Apostles from the Jews, is a clear demonstration that the Government of the Church in what purity soever of the times, nay though under the inspection of the Apo­stles themselves, hath been obnoxious unto that of the State wherein it was planted. The Sanhedrim from the institution of the Chirothesia for a constant Order, consisted of no other Senators than such only as had been ordain'd by the Impositi­on of Hands, which came now to be conferred by the Prince in the presence, or with the assistance of the Sanhedrim; the same order was observed by the Jewish Synagogues, of Grot. ad Mat. 19. 13. which each had her archon: nor would the Jews conver­ted unto the Christian Faith relinquish the Law of Moses, whereunto this way of Ordination, among other things, [Page 68] though erroneously, was vulgarly attributed: whence in the Church, where it consisted of converted Jews, Ordination was conferred by the Archon, or first in order of the Presby­tery with the assistance of the rest. Hence Paul, in one place, exhorts Timothy thus: Neglect not the gift that is in 1 Tim. 4. 14. thee, which was given thee by Prophecy, with the laying on of the 2 Tim. 1. 6. hands of the Presbytery. And in another thus: Wherefore I put thee in remembrance, that thou st [...]r up the gift of God which is in thee by the putting on of my hands.

I grant Divines, that Ordination by this time was wholly in the Presbytery, what say they then unto the di­stinction of Ordination and Election? Are these still two distinct things, or may we hence, at least, compute them to be one and the same? If they say yes; Why then might they not have been so before? If they say no; Who in this place but the Presbytery elected? Why saies Doctor Ha­mond, § 106. it is plain that the Spirit of Prophesie elected? But to give account of no more than is already performed, were the spirit of History rather than of Prophecy, to which it appertains to tell things before they be done, as did the Prophets now living in this Church, that Tim thy should come to be ordained, so the place is interpreted by Grotius, and how it should otherwise be understood I cannot see: But putting the case some Act preceded, as Saul and Da­vid were elected Kings by Prophecy: Yet did ever man say that for this Soul or David were any whit the less elected Kings by the People? To the contrary in every well ordered Common-wealth ( a jove principium) the disposing of the Lot and of the Suffrage too, hath universally been attribu­ted unto God.

The Piety of Divines in perswading the People, that God § 134. elects for them, and therefore they need not trouble them­selves to vote, is as if they should perswade them that God provides their daily bread, and therefore they need not trou­ble themselves to work. To conclude this point with Do­ctor Hamonds own words upon the same occasion; this di­dinction of Ordination and Election is in Divines the procreative mistake, or ignorance producing all the § 111. rest.

The reason why Paul ordained now after this manner a­mong [Page 69] the Jews, is unto me an irrefragable Argument, that he ordained not after this manner among the Gentiles; for whereas the first ordination in the Christian Church, namely that of Matthias, was performed by the Chirotonia; which by degrees came now in complacence with the Jews unto the Chirothesia; it seems he was contented not to alter the worst of Political institutions or customes, where he found them confirm'd by long and universal practice; and if so, why should any man think that he would go about to alter or weed out the best, where they had taken like Root? That this administration of the Jews was of the very worst, is clear in the nature of the politicks, there being no example of a pure Aristocracy, or of a Senate, such as was now the Sanhedrim without a popular ballance that ever governed with Justice, or was of any continuance. Nor was the Chiroth sia, by which means this work came to effect in Israel, introduced by the prudence of God, but by the corrupt arts of men. Now that the Governments at the same time of the Gentiles, all ballanced by the Chirotonia of the people, were in their Nature more excellent, and indeed more accomodated unto antient prudence, as it was introduced by God himself in the Common-wealth of Israel, hath been already sufficiently proved; Nevertheless to refresh your memory with one ex­ample more.

Crete having been (as is affirmed by the consent of Au­thors) the most antient, and the most excellent Common-wealth in humane Story, was founded by Rhadamanthus and Minos, an age before the Trojan War; These were held to have learnt their arts by familiar discourse with Jupiter, and from point to point to have framed their modell, according unto his direction. Nor though all acknowledg Minos to have been a King, did he found his Government upon any other than a popular ballance, or a fundamental regard unto the Liberty of the people. For the whole Common-wealth Epitome of the Common-wealth of Crete was made up of these three parts, The Colledge, The Senate, and the People. The Colledge consisted of the Annual Magi­strates called the Cosmi, these had the whole extentive power, s [...]me in leading forth the Armies, and others in judging the peo­ple, which functions were accordingly assigned by the Orders un­to each in particular; that which was common unto them all, [Page 70] was to propose such things as they had debated or prepared in their Colledg or Council unto the Senate, The Senate being E­lective for life, was the Council unto which appertained the Debate of what ever was to be proposed unto the Congregation. The Congregation or Assembly of the people of Crete had not the right of Debate, but in enacting of Laws, and election of Magi­strates had the ultimate result of the Common-wealth, such was the copy after w ch Lycurgus wrote himself so famous a Legi­slator: And thus stood this frame unto the six hundred and eight year of Rome; when this people having been too favou­rable unto Pyrates then infesting those Seas, turned the arms of the Romans upon themselves, and by these under the con­duct of Quinctus Metellus, thence called Creticus, Crete was made a Province, though the chief Cities being first freed, it should seem (by Cicero's second Oration against Anthony) that the whole Island was at length restored unto her antient Liberty. However by the manner observed by the Romans (as was shewn) in Provincial Government, the Gities under their Magistrates (who while the Common-wealth was a Province, perhaps might have exercised the Office of the Cosmi) were not yet deprived of their popular Assemblies, at least in their distinct Cities, electing all Magistrates for their ( [...]) peculiar or domestick Government; such was the state of Crete, when Paul having appealed from the Iews unto Casar; and being thereupon conducted by Sea towards Rome, touched in his way upon this Island, where he left Titus to constitute Elders in every City. The word ( [...]) Constitate our Divines will have to signifie Ordain by Im­position of Hands, and Imposition of Hands fo signifie an Act of power, excluding the people. But why Paul, who among the Jews had complyed with their customes, should enjoyn, or how Titus had it been so enjoyned should accomplish this where the power was Popular, they have not shewn nor con­sidered. To introduce Religion, or Government there be but two ways, that is to say, either by perswasion, or by force. To perswade the people of Crete, in whom was the power unto this new way of Ordination; Titus must have spoken to this effect, Men of Crete.

Minos being a King could not choose but have a natural in­clination unto popular power, wherefore his pretence that Jupi­ter [Page 71] told him, Power was to be in the people, may be suspected to have been imagined meerly for his own ends; or this is a certain signe that Jupiter is no true, but a feigned god; seeing the true God will have it that the people should have no power at all; but that such upon whom his Embassadors shall confer power, be with­out all dispute obeyed. How! are you starting at this! are you solicitous for your Common-wealth! it is true that upon carnall principles or humane prudence, without power in the people, there can be no Common-wealth: but Israel was a Common-wealth without power in the people ▪ Where Moses made all the Laws by the power invested in him by God, and created all the Magistrates, not by popular suffrage but by his Chirotonsia. Wherefore Men of Creet know ye that on whomsoever I lay my hands, the same is in all spiritual affairs or matter of Church-go­vernment to be obeyed by you, after the sam manner that you have hitherto obeyed such Magistrates or Priests as have been ordained by your own Election, or Chirotonia. Of what other nature the Arguments of Titus to the pretended purpose could have been; I am not able to imagine; nor how this should have done less than provoke the people unto a dan­gerous jealousie of such a Doctrine. But Divines to set all straight, think it enough to repeat the words of Paul to Ti­tus in Greek. For this cause left I thee in Crete ( [...]) Tit. 1. 5. that thou shouldst ordain Elders in every City. It is true that Demosthenes speaketh somewhat Decorond. like words concerning the expedition of Phillip, of Macedon, in Peloponesus ( [...]) when he had ordained Tyrants in every City: but then Philip had an Army; what Army did Paul leave with Ti­tus? or if he ordained his Elders neither of these two ways, I see no other than that only by the known and legal Chiroto­nia or Suffrage of the people. But if this be clear the Clergy come from Crete, not upon the wings of Titus, but of Icarus, whose ambitious wax is dissolved by the Sun.

So much I conceive is now discovered concerning Church­government, as may shew, that it was not of one, but of three kinds, each obnoxious unto the nature of the civil Go­vernment under which it was planted, in as much as the Chi­rotonia, or ballot of Israel being first introduced pure, and without any mixture, as at the Ordination of Mathias, came [Page 72] aftewards to receive some mixture of the Chirothesia, as in the ordination of Stephen, and last of all by excluding the people to degenerate wholly into the Chirothesia of the Pres­bytery, as in the ordination of Timothy; all this by the testi­mony of Scripture, and in the purest times, even the age of the Apostles. Whence my undertaking to shew that as Christ intended his Doctrine should be preached unto all Na­tions, so he intended his Discipline should be such as might sute with any Government, (as indeed if the choice of any of these three be lawful, it doth exactly) is I hope performed. For where the Government is popular, it is the same with the first, where it is Aristocratical or Monarchical, it agrees with the last, and where it is mixed, it is between both, and respon­sible unto the second. Of these three in the further exercise of their natural and intended complyance with humane pru­dence, it may be convenient to give some fuller Exemplifi­cation.

That any other Ordination than that of the first kinde for the original Authority or practise of it whether in the Common-wealth of Israel or in the Church of Christ, and indeed for the prerogative of the same in nature should have been introduced by the Apostles, where it might, much less where the nature of the civil Policy would admit of no other, is neither propable by Scripture nor Reason; whence it is that in the Cities of Lyeaonia and Pisidia, the Government of these being then Popular, we do not find any mention at all of the Chirothesia, the Apostles in these places ( [...]) Chirotonizing Elders in every Congregation.

To evade this place, our Adversaries turn tails to the § 3. things, and make their whole flight at the words. In ta­king one of them into the disputation, I shall take in all, for they run all upon the same quotations, or with little additi­on.

That the word Chirotonizing, (saith Doctor Hamond) in this place signifies no more than Ordaining by the Imposition of Hands, is not so generally acknowledged by late Writers, but that it may be useful to give some few Testimonies out of those Wtiters which were nearest the times of the Scripture. Thus Philo Judaeus of Joseph ( [...]) he [Page 73] was ordained Governour of all Aegypt under the King. So again of Moses ( [...]) he was constituted their Ruler. So of Aarons sons ( [...]) God constituted them Priests. Alexander son of Antiochus Epiphanes writes to Jo­nathan Joseph. An. L. 13. C. 5. ( [...]) we (in the regal stile) con­stitute thee High Priest. Lucian saies of Hephestion ( [...]) that Alexander made him a God when he was dead. Appian (which is added out of Grotius whence most of the rest is taken) to signifie Election of Magistrates made by the Romane Emperors uses no other word; and later Writers speak of some that were chiroto­nized Emperors by their Fathers. For the use of the word a­mong Christian Writers take one place in the Author of the Con­stitutions L. 7. C. 45. for many; Clement after the death of Linus ( [...]) was ordained Bishop of Rome by Peter. But what need Acts 10. 41. any more, Christs Disciples are said ( [...]) designed or fore-constituted by God the witnesses of his Resur­rection: by al which that of Paul & Barnabas ( [...]) is but constituting or creating El­ders in every Church. Wherefore they that have looked so far back to the Original, as to think it necessary to render the word to create by suffrages, are sure guilty of very impertinent nicety. I promise you had this been against one of our Doctors, it might have been a rude charge; but it is but against Erasmus, Beza, Diodati, and such as took upon them to translate the Switz, French, Italian, Belgicke, and (till the Episcopal correction) the English Bibles. And what apparent cause is there of such confidence? What necessity is there even in the places alleadged why the word Chirotonia should be un­derstood in the sense imposed? The People of Aegypt till having sold their Lands they came to loose their Popular bal­lance, were not servants unto Pharaoh, wherefore when Joseph was made Governour over all Aegypt they were sree, now that a King should make a Governour of a free People without their consent, or some advice as we say of his Par­liament, is altogether impropable, the rather because a Protector in the absence or minority of the King hath been no otherwise made in England, nor pretendeth the present Protector unto any other title than the like Chirotonia. But that Moses is said by the same Author (who affirmed that he [Page 74] introduced the Chirotonia in Israel) to have been Chiroto­nized Ruler of the People, can in my judgement be no other­wise than originally and literally taken, seeing God himself was no otherwise made King in Israel than by the suffrage of the People. That the like must be understood of the Sons of Aaron hath been already shewn. The Doctor is the first hath told me, that the plural number for the royal stile is so ancient as Epiphanes: Sure I am it was not deriv'd from his Macedonian Predecessors, for in the Letters to the Athenians and the Thebans recited by Demosthenes, Philip of Macedon De Cor. writes in the singular number. But the Letter of Epiphanes to Jonathan must it seems import that he at single hand (though the words carry double) had Chirotonized an High Priest of the Jews: Who can help it? Some Princes have not onely given out that their Priests have been chiro­tonized when they were not, but that themselves have been Chirotonized when there was no such matter. When a Prince saies that he was Chirotonized or Elected by the Peo­ple, to talk of Rhetorique is to have none. Divines in this case commonly understand it to be proper, or literally meant, for to impose a new sense is to spoil the word, and spoil the word, spoil the Prince. Lucian is a droll and intends a jest, but not so good an one, as that he of all other should come nearest to help up with an Heirarchy. For the Chiro­tonia or Election of the Roman Magistrates by the suffrage of the People or of the Army, every man knows that it is literal; Suidas himself interpreting the word by this very example; where he affirms it to signifie Election or Ratifi­cation by the many. The quotation out of the Constituti­ons, with those of Bishop Bilson, and others out of the Greek Fathers, and out of Councils, do not onely imply the word Chirotonia, but the thing, while they all relate unto that kind of Ordination, which being in those Churches yet administred as at the Ordination of Stephen, was not con­ferred without the consent of the People. But it is above all, that labouring to prove the Chirotonia and the Chirothesia, to be the same thing, they should rely most upon the place where the Apostles are said ( [...]) to have been fore-chirotonized by God; as if it were clear in this, that God ordained the Apostles by the laying on of [Page 75] Hands, for so it must be understood, or it makes no more for them, than for us. Or if they mean it onely to shew that the word Chirotonia or suffrage is used for some Ordina­tion that cannot be taken in our sense; so the word Chiro­thesia ( [...]) or laying on of Hands, where A­nanias being neither Bishop nor Ptesbyter but onely a Di­sciple, that is a Christian, layes his Hands upon Paul, is used for some Ordination that cannot be taken in their sense; or a man not Ordained may Ordain as well as they, for to say that the call was extraordinary where the like is, or is pre­tended, will avayl little. But there is no need that we should go so near the wind; wherefore to give them all these places in their own sense, even till we come to the Cities in question. What word in any Language is not sometimes nay frequently used in some other than the proper sense? With what elegance, if this be forbidden, can any man write or speak? Is a word like a Woman that being taken with a Metaphor, it can never be restored unto the Original Vir­tue? If Chirotonia have (as Divines pretend) lost all other but their signification, how shall we understand it in Isaiah or where Paul speaks it of the Brother ( [...]) 2 Cor. 8. 19. Chirotonized, or chosen by the Churches? Certain­ly in this one place at least it is of our sense, and in the word [...], it is but once yet in all the New Testa­ment of any other, so that if we gain the place in contro­versie, we have it twice of our sense in Scripture for once not in theirs, but in any other; and in humane Authors, they will not so much as pretend to have it once for them of an hundred times for us; which is pretty well for the vin­dication of the propriety of one word, and somewhat more perhaps than can be done for another. But in the sense of words that are sometimes properly and sometimes improper­ly taken, may we admit of the things whereof they are spo­ken for Interpretors? Or if Lillies and Roses have been al­most as often said of Ladies Cheeks, must we understand them no otherwise when we are speaking of Gardens?

Yes sayes Doctor Hamond, and therefore to say of the A­postles Paul and Barnabas, that they created [...]ld [...]rs by their own suffrages, is no w [...]re than to say that they joyntly did cre­ate, and indeed being but two, there could be no place for suffra­ges, [Page 76] and to affirm they did it by the suffrages of others, is not a­greeable to the pretended use of the word, for where it is used of choosing by suffrages, as when the people are said to Chirotonize, it is certain that their own, and not others suffrages are meant by it.

It were hardly possible to have contrived a greater number of His own words to Mr. Hobbs. § 118. Affirmations inso smal a compasse, nor to have gone farther in them from all truth. Phrases as words are to be understood according unto the Rule and Law of Speech, which is use, and thus that the Apostles created Elders by their own suffrage, is not said, that they did it by the suffrage of others, is necessari­ly implyed; as also that the people are understood to chiroto­nize as well when it is said of the Presidents of their Assem­blies, as of themselves.

Diruit, aedificat, mutat quadratarotundis.

When a man is said to build an House, or marry a Daugh­ter, he is not understood to be the Mason, of the Brides­groom; But the Apostles built Churches in these Cities, therefore the people were not the Masons. The Apostles married Christ unto these Nations, therefore the people gave not their consent or suffrage! what a construction were this, in-ordinary discourse or writing, and yet in the language (as I may say) of a Common-wealth the phrase is more usuall. How often doth Demosthenes speak of his Laws, ( see my Pse­phisma, peruse my Law) and those of other private men: after De Coron. which Copy the Par [...]è, or Laws in the Common-wealth of Venice, are called by the names of the Proposers, as were those of Rome, Rupilia, Cornelia, Tr [...]bonia, in which manner we have Poynings Laws▪ and some Statutes bearing no other Style than Enacted by the Kings most excellent Majesty, which nevertheless are known to have been all Enacted by the Parliament. Thus the Laws of Moses Rhadamanthus, Minos, Lycurgus, S [...]lon, Romulus, King Edward, were ( leges & con­suetudines quas vulgus elegerit) such as the people had confir­med or chosen by their Chirotonia. But they may say gran­ting you this use of speech in relation unto Laws, what have you of this kind for Elections? The exception is nice, but to leave none.

[Page 77]The High Sheriffs in England proposing unto their Coun­ries the Names of such as stand, are said to Elect Parliament men. They that thus propose Competitors unto the Great Council in Venice are called Electors, and said to elect the Ma­gistrates. The Proedri certain Magistrates to whom it be­longed to put the question in the Representative of the peo­ple of Athens consisting of one thousand, were said ( [...]) Demost. cont. Timocrat. to give or make the suffrage. The Thesmothe­tae who were Presidents at the creation of Magistrates were said ( [...]) to chirotonize the Generals. Jo­sephus Pol. l. 8. c. 8. renders those words of God unto Samuel, Hearken unto the voice of the people ( [...]) Ant. l. 6. c. 4. I command thee to chirotonize them a King, which Authors vindicating Luke for his understanding, both of the Grecian customes, and propriety of speech, at each of which he was expert, come up unto the full and genuine interpretation of the place in controversie, where Paul and Barnabas ( [...]) Chirotonizing them Elders in every Congregation, can be no otherwise understood than that they here, as Moses at the institution of the Sanhe­drim; Samuel at the Election of the King; the Proedri at the passing of Laws; the Thesmothetae at the creation of Magi­strates; the Electors in the great Council of Venice; and the High Sheriffs in the Counties of England, were no more than Presidents of that Chirotonia, which was given or made by the suffrage of the people.

Wherefore the Greek is thus rendred by these several Tran­slations of the Bible.

That of Zurich.
When they had created them Elders by suffrages in every Con­gregation.
That of Beza.
When they had created them Elders by suffrages in every Con­gregation.
The French.
When by the advice of the Assemblies they had established Elders.
The Italian.
When by the advice of the Congregation they had constituted them Elders.
That of Diodati.
When they had ordained them in every Church by the common votes of the Elders.
That appointed by the Synod of Dort.
When in each Church by the holding up of Hands they had E­lected Presbyters.
That used in England from the time of the Reformation, untill the Episcopal correction of the same.
When they had ordained them Elders by Election in every Congregation.

Indeed the circumstance of the place forbids any other con­struction of the words, for if the suffrage or Chirotonia, (which were scarce sense) related unto the Apostles onely, what needed they have done that in every Congregation, or Church, which they might have done in any Chamber or clo­set? The circumstance of the action forbids any other con­struction, for the people were assembled upon occasion of Election or creation of Officers, which thing doth not use to be done in Assemblies gathered for Divine service; besides these Congregations were not alwayes of one mind, but sometimes for sacrificing unto the Apostles, sometimes for stoning them, which are acts of power; wherefore they were political Assemblies. Now these consisting also of a people that had in their Cities ( quandam [...]) the government, of themselves, hence ariseth the strongest circumstance of all, forbidding any interpretation of the Text, that might exclude them from election of their own Magistrates, Priests, or Ec­clesiastical Elders, such as had been the Asiarchs, though Heathen Prelates, yet remembred by the Scriptures as affecti­onate Acts 19. 31. Friends unto Paul, or such as were those, though to a better end, now ordained by the Apostles. Wherefore Gro­tius, notwithstanding all the art he useth in other places to avoid this sense, giving his note upon the Text yeilds; though chirotonizing may be said of any Election made by one, or by the Few: yet to the Election in this place it is probable that the con­sent of the people was given, no lesse being implyed in the begin­ning of the Chapter, where the Multitude believed, where they were stirred up, where they were evill affected, and where part held with the Iews, and part with the Apostles. Which shews that the people were active in the business. But sayes Do­ctor [Page 79] Seaman, There is difference between the consent of the people▪ and the power of the people, which is not to understand the case in controversie, nor to take notice that the people whereof we are speaking were under popular Government, for where ever the people are under popular Government, between that which is done by their consent, and that which is done (Iussu populi) by their power, there is no difference. How should the people give their consent but by their suffrage? or what difference, where they have power, can there be be­tween the suffrage, and the power of the people?

Doctor Hamond upon this point is far more quainct, where the Scriprure saith that the multitude were evill affe­cted, and where part held with the Iews, and part with the Apo­stles, he thinks it ee'n like enough. But where it is said that a great multitude of the Jews, and also of the Greeks believed; he seemeth to have no opinion of it. For saith he, It is evi­dent § 134 that Believers were at first but few in every Town or City, they were not whole Corporations at once converted, nor conse­quently could they act in a common capacity: But as Clemens Romanus saith, they that were by the Apostles constituted Bi­shops and Deacons in several Cities aud Regions, were constitu­ted over those that should after believe, there were oft so few at the present. And then as fast as any did come into the Faith, they readily submitted themselves to those by and under whom they did come in, and were not at all troubled (honest men) with the consultation or deliberation about the way of electing their Teachers and Guides.

Come away; to leave the Scripture a while, and follow Clemens, be it so for discourse sake that in those dayes there was no where any such thing as a great multitude believing, much less whole States or Common-wealths at once converted, whereby they might still act in a common capacity, but onely some private or gathered Congregations or Churches, and that in such it was the Apostles Paul and Barnabas chiroto­nized: yet these as they were found, or as afterwards they came to be made, must of necessity have been Corporatioos, for what can a number of Men coming into a Society regula­ted by certain Laws, Constitutions, or form be but a Corpo­ration? Some Ecclesiastical policy or discipline they must have had: and that probably seeing the greatest Legislators, [Page 80] even Moses himself) have written after Copies, according unto some pattern, what was this pattern? and whence came it?

Why saith he, not from their Heathen customes, but from § 125. the Metropolis; for it must be remembred that wheresoever the Gospel was preached, it came originally from Ierusalem, and then § 135. as Agrippa in Philo saith of that City, it was the Metropolis not only of Iudea, but many other Regions, because of the Colonies thence sent into Aegypt, Phenice, and both the Syria's; nay to Pamphilia, Celicia, and a great part of Asia, as far as Bythinia and Pontus. So in reason the Churches in Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, where Paul and Barnabas ordain'd Elders were to follow the pattern at Ierusalem, and there We know it was not by the suffrage of the people, that an Elder was assumed into the Sanhedrim, but the Prince or head of the Sanhedrim received him in by Imposition of Hands; it will be much more reasonable to deduce the circumstances of ordaining Elders from the customs familiar unto them that preached the Faith unto them, than from the former usages of them, to whom it was preached, who were not to dispute, but to believe and receive the institutions as well as Doctrines which were brought them.

These me thinks are strange arguments; the Gospel came to us from Rome, is Rome therefore the Metropolis of Eng­land? It is true Agrippa being a Jew, and writing unto Cali­gula in the behalf of the Jews▪ not of the Christians, tells him, That Ierusalem is the Metropolis of the Iews, and of all their Colonies; so is London of the English, and of all their Philo delegati­tione ad Ca­jum. Colonies; but doth it follow from hence that either Jerusa­lem, or London is the Metropolis of Christendome? But the Jews▪ had many Colonies in Asia, and therefore the Churches of Lystra, Iconinm, and Antioch were to follow the pattern at Je­rusalem. The Jews indeed had Synagogues in Iconium and Lystra, as the French have Churches in England, but is this a good argument, the French have Churches in England, therefore the English are to follow the orders of the French Church? The Jews withstood the Gospel at Iconium, for saith the Text, The multitude of the City was divided, and part Acts 14. 4. he [...]d with the Iews, and part with the Apostles: therefore the believing Iconians must have acknowledged Jerusalem to be their Metropolis, and were to follow the pattern of that Ci­ty. [Page 81] And what was that? why there we know it was not by the suffrages of the people that an Elder was assumed into the Sanhedrim, but the Prince or head of the Sanhedrim received him in by Imposition of Hands. The Government of the Ico­nians was popular, that of the Jews was Aristoeratical; there­fore the Iconians receiving the Christian Faith, were bound to change their Democracy into Aristocracy. The Apostles to comply with an Oligarchy, had alter'd that ordination, which originally (as at the election of Mathias) was popu­lar unto Aristocracy; therefore being now to plant the Go­spel in a free State, they might not alter it from Aristocracy to Democracy: to please the Jews they might change for the worse, therefore to please the Iconians they might not change for the betrer, but must tell the people plainly that they were not to dispute, but to believe and receive the instituti­ons as well as Doctrines that were brought them from the Metro­polis. How would this found unto a people that understood themselves!

Sic volo sic juheo stat proratione voluntas.

The right temper of a Metropolitan, to whom Popular power is an Heathen eustome, and with whom nothing will a­gree but Princing of it in the Senate. But with the Apostles it was otherwise, who making no words of the Chirothesia where it was needless, were glad of this occasion to Chiroto­nize, or elect them Elders in every Congregation by Popular fuffrage. But this (they will say) is not to come off from the haune, but to run still upon the People in a common or publick capacity. Though the Scripture speak of great mul­titudes believing, believe it there was no such thing; Clemens saith they were very few, their Assemblies private, and very scanty things. As private as they were, by the judgement of Divines they were it seems to receive from their pattern (if that were the Sanhedrim) a form that was publick enough, and why might not they have received this from that pub­lick from whereunto they were accustomed, rather than from a Forraign Policy, and one contrary to their customes? why should they suffer such power in new and private, as they would not endure in their old and publick Magistrates? or if they received the Scriptures, why should they choose [Page 82] that Ordination which would fit them worst rather that which would fit them best? That of Timothy, rather than that of Matthias? Or let their Assemblies have been never so private or scanty, yet if the Apostles Chirotonized th [...]m Elders in every Congregation, Is it not demonstrable that they did receive that of Matthias, and not that of Timo­thy?

Thus much for the Propagation of the pure or first kind of Ecclesiastical Policy unto the Cities of Lycaonia. The mixed or second kind into which (the Christian Presbytery delighting to follow the stepps of the Jewish) the former might soon degenerate, continued in the primitive Church (to speak with the least, for Wall [...]us brings it down to Charles the Great) three hundred years after Christ; which Assertion in Mr. Hobbs proved out of Amianus Marcelli­nus, Doctor Hamond hath either willingly overseen, or in­cludes in this Answer, it is most visibly void of all appear­ance of truth. Wherefore to the quotation mentioned, I § 138. shall ad the words of Platina. Damasus the second by Na­tion a Bravarian surnamed Bagniarius, or as some will Popo; possessed himself of the Papacy by force, and without consent of the Clergy and of the People. Now what can be clearer than that by this place the Clergy and the People had hitherto right to elect the Pope? The Doctor comes near the word of defiance unto Mr. Hobbs, in a matter of fact so apparent unto any judgement that I need not ad what goes before in the life of Clement the second, where the Emperour ingageth the People of Rome not to meddle with the Election of the Pope without his express Command: nor what follows after in Leo the ninth, where the whole power of Election was now conserred by the Emperour upon ihe Clergy. Again Victor the second, (saith the same Author) obtained the Papacy rather by fa­vour of the Emperour, than by free suffrages of ihe Clergy and the People of Rome, who apprehended the power of the Em­perour whose displeasure they had sometime incurred by Crea­ting Popes: So then the People, (it is clear) had hither­to created the Popes. The power of Election thus in the whole Clergy came afterwards, as at this day, to be re­strained unto the Cardinals onely; and so to devolve into the third kind of Ordination exactly correspondent unto [Page 83] the Sanhedrim and their Chirothesia, as it was exereised a­mong the converted Jews, when Timothy was Ordained by the laying on of the Hands of the Presbytery.

Now this is that with which of all others Divines are so inamoured, that they will not endure it should he said there is any other: It is also propitious above all the rest unto Monarchy, as that which according unto the inherent na­ture or impotence of Oligarchy, must have a Prince at home or abroad to rest upon or become the inevitable prey of the People. Herein lies the Arcanum or secret of that Antipa­thy, which is between a Clergy and a Popular Government, and of that simpathy which is between the Mitre and the Crown. A Prince receiving a Clergy with the Monopoly of their Chirothesia, hath no more to do than to make a Metrapolitan, by whom he governs them, and by them the People, especially if he endow them with good Revenues, for so they become an Estate of his Realm, and a more stea­dy Pillar of his Throne than his Nobility themselves, who as their dependance is not so strong, are of a more stirring nature. This is the Gothick Model from whence we had our Pattern, and in which No Bishop, no King.

Thus for the dignity of Ecclesiastical Policies, whether in Scripture or Humane Prudence, Popular Government you see is naturally inclin'd unto the very best, and the spiritual Aristocracy unto the very worst. It is also remarkable that the Political ballance extends it self unto the decision of the question about Ordination. For as a People never of­fer'd to dispute with a well ballanced Clergy, so a Clergy dis-mounted never gain'd any thing by disputing with the People. As to the question of Empire, or Government, ( I Propheti disarmati Rovivano) The Apostles became all▪ things unto all.

Thus beyond all measure improsperous are this Divines un­dertakings His own words to Mr. Hobbs▪ § 122. against Mr. Hobbs, and the undertakings of Di­vines upon this Subject.

FINIS.

Advertisement to the Reader, or Dire­ction to the Answerer.

THe Answer of this Book must lye in proving that the Apostles at the several times and places mentioned, intro­duced but one way of Ordination, and that the same unto w ch Divines now pretend: or if the Apostles divided, that is to say introduced divers ways of Ordination, than the People or Magistrate may choose.

I have taken the more leisure and paines to state (I think) all the cases of Controversie that can arise out of the Com­mon-wealth of Oceana, as you have seen in these two Books, to the end that I may be no more obliged to write; and yet not omit Writing upon any occasion that shall be offered, for if my Principles be overthrown (which when I see I shall most ingenuously confess with thanks unto the Author) such an acknowledgement will lye in a little room; and this failing, I am deceived if I shall not now be able to shew any Writer a­gainst me that his Answer is none, within the compass of three or four Sheets.

This also will be the fittest way for Boyes play, with which I am sure enough to he entertained by the quibling Univer­sity men, I mean a certain busie Ginge of them, who having publickly vanted that they would bring forty examples a­gainst the ballance, and since laid their Caps together about it, have not produced one. These vaunts of theirs offering prejudice unto truth, and good Principles, were the cause why they were indeed pressed to shew some of their skil; not that they were thought fit Judges of these things, but first that they had declared themselves so, and next that they may know they are not.

The Errors of the [...].

FOr Sanhedrin read Sanhedrim, this error [...] place, for Sin­das p. 1. l. 4. r. Suidas, for stand p▪ 21 [...]l [...]3 [...]. [...] ▪ stayd, [...] Zotertha p. 27. l. 29. r. Zotertha, for [...] [...]. [...], for [...] p. 24. l. 39. r. [...], page 28. l. 34. dele Also, for Golthick p. 49. r. Gothick, for Christonia p. 50. r. Chirotonia, for [...] p. 26. l. 45. [...]. [...]. for [...] p. 26. l. 32. [...], for Council p. 56▪ l. 26. r. Consul, for the p. 54. l. 26. r. ye.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.